>> Owner's Manualmoba.i.daimler.com/markets-smart/ece-row/baix/cars/smart-fortwo-4… · smart...

>> Owner's Manualsmart fortwo and smart fortwo cabrio

É4535849415)ËÍ

4535

8494

15

Ord

er n

o. 6

522

0302

02

Part

no.

453

5849

415

Edit

ion

ÄJ2

018-

1b

www.smart.com smart - A Daimler brand smar

t fo

rtw

o an

d s

mar

t fo

rtw

o ca

bri

o O

wn

er's

Man

ual

Publication details

Internet

Further information about smart vehiclesand about Daimler AG can be found on thefollowing websites:http://www.smart.comhttp://www.daimler.com

Editorial office

You are welcome to forward any queries orsuggestions you may have regarding thisOwner's Manual to the technical documen-tation team at the following address:Daimler AG, HPC: CAC, Customer Service,70546 Stuttgart, Germany©Daimler AG: not to be reprinted, translatedor otherwise reproduced, in whole or inpart, without written permission fromDaimler AG.

Vehicle manufacturer

Daimler AGMercedesstraße 13770327 StuttgartGermany

Symbols in the Owner's ManualThe following symbols are used in thisOwner's Manual:

G WARNING

Warning notes draw your attention tohazards that may endanger your healthor life, or the health or life of others.

Observe the warning notes.

H Environmental note

Environmental notes provide you withinformation on environmentally awareactions or disposal.

! Notes on material damage alert you todangers that could lead to damage toyour vehicle.

i These symbols indicate useful instruc-tions or further information that could behelpful to you.

X Instructions that must be followed.

X Several consecutive symbols indicate aninstruction with several consecutive steps.

(Y page) Further information on a topic

YY A warning or an instruction that iscontinued on the next page.Display text: Display text in the instru-ment cluster display, the smart Audio-Sys-tem or the smart Media-System.

G WARNING

If the front passenger airbag has beenactivated, a child on the front passengerseat may be hit by the front passengerairbag in the event of an accident. Thereis a risk of injury or fatal injury.

NEVER use a rearward-facing childrestraint system on a seat protected by

an ACTIVE FRONT AIRBAG; DEATH or SERI-OUS INJURY to the CHILD can occur.

Observe the "Children in the vehicle" sec-tion .

As at 27.06.2018

About this Owner's ManualBefore you first drive off, read this Owner'sManual carefully and familiarise yourselfwith your vehicle. For your own safety anda longer vehicle life, follow the instructionsand warning notices in this Owner's Man-ual. Disregarding them may lead to damageto the vehicle or personal injury.This Owner's Manual provides informationon the most important functions of yourvehicle.The equipment or model designation ofyour vehicle may vary according to:

RModelROrderRCountry variantRAvailabilityThe illustrations in this Owner's Manualshow a left-hand-drive vehicle. On right-hand-drive vehicles, the layout of compo-nents and controls differs accordingly.smart is constantly updating its vehicles tothe state of the art.smart therefore reserves the right to intro-duce changes in the following areas:

RDesignREquipmentRTechnical featuresTherefore, the description may differ fromyour vehicle in some cases.Integral parts of the vehicle include:

ROwner's ManualRService BookletREquipment-dependent SupplementsThese documents should be kept in thevehicle at all times. If you sell the vehicle,always pass all documents on to the newowner.Your Owner's Manuals:

Digital – on the InternetThe Owner's Manual on the Internetprovides you with convenient accessto all the information relevant to yourvehicle and multimedia system. It alsooffers helpful animations, excitingbackground information and a widevariety of search options.Digital – as an App

Using the smart guides App, you cancall up all of the information relevantto your vehicle and multimedia systemonline on your phone or as a downloadregardless of the status of your net-work connection. Available for smart-phones or tablets.

QR codes for the smart guides App.

Apple® iOS

Android™

Please note that the smart guides App maynot currently be available in your country.

4535849415 É4535849415)ËÍ

Index ......................................................... 5

Introduction ........................................... 22Protecting the environment ................. 22smart genuine parts .............................. 22Warranty for the smart Audio-System and smart Media-System ........ 23Vehicle equipment ................................. 23Declarations of conformity ................... 23Operating safety .................................... 25Information on the REACH Regula-tion .......................................................... 28QR codes for rescue card ....................... 28Data stored in the vehicle .................... 28Copyright information .......................... 30

At a glance .............................................. 31Cockpit .................................................... 31Multifunction steering wheel .............. 32Centre console with drawer .................. 33Overhead control panel ......................... 34Door control panel ................................. 35Displays shown in the instrumentcluster and the display ......................... 36

Safety ...................................................... 37Occupant safety ..................................... 37Travelling safely with children inthe vehicle .............................................. 43Pets in the vehicle ................................. 57Driving safely ........................................ 57

Entering and setting up ........................ 62Understanding functions of thekey ........................................................... 62Opening the door ................................... 62Correct driver's seat position ............... 62Adjusting the seats ............................... 63Adjusting the steering wheel ............... 64Adjusting the mirrors ............................ 65Using the armrest .................................. 66

Driving ..................................................... 67Running-in a new vehicle .................... 67

Starting the engine ............................... 67Pulling away .......................................... 68Automatic start/stop system ................ 70Manual transmission ............................ 71Automatic transmission ........................ 71Using the turn signals .......................... 75Driving economically ............................ 75Braking correctly ................................... 78Driving on wet roads ............................. 79Winter driving ........................................ 79Lane Keeping Assist .............................. 80Cruise control and limiter .................... 81Refuelling ............................................... 82

Ensuring good visibility ........................ 85Switching on the lighting ..................... 85Adjusting the lighting .......................... 86Using the interior lighting ................... 87Using the windscreen wipers ............... 87Folding the sun visor to the side ......... 89

Feeling comfortable in the vehicleinterior .................................................... 90Locking and unlocking the vehiclefrom the inside ....................................... 90Understanding the reversingfunction .................................................. 91Opening and closing the windows ....... 91Using the soft top (smart fortwocabrio) ..................................................... 92Fitting and removing the draughtstop (smart fortwo cabrio) .................... 95Operating the climate control sys-tem ........................................................... 95Switching the seat heating on andoff ............................................................. 98Using the accessories ........................... 99

Parking and getting out ...................... 101Parking .................................................. 101Using the parking aid ......................... 101Using the reversing camera ............... 102Locking the vehicle ............................. 104Priming and deactivating theanti-theft alarm system ..................... 104

2 Contents

Operating the on-board computer ..... 105Overview of the on-board com-puter ...................................................... 105Calling up displays .............................. 106Setting values ...................................... 108

Using the smart Audio-System ........... 110Operating and setting the smartAudio-System ....................................... 110Listening to the radio .......................... 112Using a mobile phone .......................... 113Operating external data storagemedia ..................................................... 116

Using the smart Media-System .......... 118Operating and setting up thesmart Media-System ........................... 118Listening to the radio .......................... 123Using a mobile phone .......................... 124Connecting and operating externaldata storage media .............................. 129Viewing images .................................... 131Video playback ..................................... 132Using TomTom Services ...................... 132Using the navigation system ............. 134

Using online offerings ......................... 143Using smart "ready to" services ........ 143

Loading and stowing ............................ 144Stowing small objects ......................... 144Stowing luggage and large objects ... 145Using the boot separator .................... 148

Maintenance and care .......................... 149Useful information ............................... 149Removing/fitting the subwoofer ........ 149Opening and closing the enginecompartment cover .............................. 149Opening and closing the servicecover ...................................................... 150Checking service products andtopping up ............................................ 151Checking wheels and tyres ................. 155

Changing a wheel ................................ 156Using the tyre pressure monitor ....... 160Checking the tyre pressures .............. 161Using winter tyres ............................... 162Using snow chains ............................... 162Changing the window wiperblades .................................................... 162Cleaning the vehicle ............................ 164Observing service due dates .............. 168Parking up the vehicle ........................ 169

Dealing with accidents and break-downs .................................................... 170Securing the vehicle in the eventof an accident or a breakdown ........... 170Removing the first-aid kit .................. 172Removing the fire extinguisher ......... 172Removing the vehicle tool tray .......... 172Sealing tyres using the TIREFITkit ........................................................... 172Jump-starting and charging thebattery .................................................. 175Towing and tow-starting thevehicle ................................................... 179Manually releasing the selectorlever lock .............................................. 181Replacing the bulbs ............................ 182Replacing fuses .................................... 184Replacing the key battery .................. 186Open a door with the emergencyrelease. .................................................. 186Locking the doors in an emer-gency ..................................................... 187

Practical advice .................................... 188Notes on display messages ................ 188Locking and unlocking ........................ 188Vision, vehicle occupants, airbag ...... 190Engine, brakes, transmission ............. 192Driving safety systems ....................... 199Driver assistance systems .................. 204Battery, lights, heating ....................... 207smart Audio-System and smartMedia-System ...................................... 209

Contents 3

Technical data ...................................... 211Obtaining technical data .................... 211Reading vehicle data ........................... 211Service products .................................. 212Bulb types ............................................. 214Fuse allocation ..................................... 214Radio type approvals for the tyrepressure monitors ................................ 217Installing two-way radios andmobile phones ...................................... 217

4 Contents

1, 2, 3 ...

12 V batteryImportant safety notes ................... 27

12 V socketsee Socket (12 V)

A

ABS (Anti-lock Braking System)Display message ............................ 199Function/notes ................................. 57Warning lamp (yellow) .................. 199

Activating voicemail ............................ 129Active Brake Assist

Activating or deactivating ............. 60Display message ............................ 205Forward collision warningfunction ............................................ 60Function/notes ................................. 59Important safety notes ................... 59Switching off/on (on-boardcomputer with colour display) ..... 109Switching on/off (on-boardcomputer with monochromedisplay) ........................................... 108

Adding a contact to favourites ........... 129Additives (engine oil) ........................... 153Additives (fuel) ....................................... 82Adjusting the headlamp range ............. 86Air conditioning

General notes ................................... 95Air distribution

Setting (automatic climatecontrol) ............................................. 97Setting (heating) .............................. 96

Air pressuresee Tyre pressure

Air ventsImportant safety notes ................... 98Setting ............................................... 98

Air ventssee Air vents

Air-recirculation modeActivating/deactivating (heat-ing) .................................................... 96Switching on/off (automaticclimate control) ................................ 97

AirbagEnabling and disabling thepassenger airbag* ........................... 53Installation locations ...................... 41Limited protection ........................... 42Overview ........................................... 41PASSENGER AIR BAG indicatorlamps ................................................. 43

AirbagsFront airbag (driver, frontpassenger) ........................................ 41Kneebag ............................................ 41Protection provided ......................... 41Sidebag ............................................. 41Triggering ........................................ 38

AlarmAnti-theft alarm system ............... 104Switching off .................................. 104

AlertsSetting (Audio-System) ................ 113

Ambient lightingSetting the brightness .................. 109Switching on/off ............................ 109

Android Auto™Using ............................................... 128

Animalssee Pets in the vehicle

Anti-lock Braking Systemsee ABS (Anti-lock Braking System)

Anti-skid chainssee Snow chains

Anti-theft alarm systemPriming/deactivating .................... 104Switching off the alarm ................ 104

Aquaplaning ........................................... 79Ashtray .................................................... 99Audio-System

Connecting a mobile phone .......... 113Connecting Bluetooth® audiodevices ............................................ 117Connecting external audioequipment (AUX) ............................ 116Operating ........................................ 110Operating the radio ....................... 112Overview ......................................... 110Setting interruption for news ...... 113Setting the time ............................. 111System settings ............................. 111

Index 5

Troubleshooting ............................. 209Using external devices .................. 110Volume/sound settings ................. 111Warranty ........................................... 23

Authorised workshopsee Qualified specialist workshop

Automatic climate controlActivating/deactivating air-recirculation mode .......................... 97Cooling with air dehumidifica-tion .................................................... 97Demisting the rear window ............ 98Demisting the windscreen .............. 98Increasing/decreasing theblower speed .................................... 97Setting air distribution .................. 97Setting the temperature ................. 97Switching on/off .............................. 97Windows misted up ......................... 98

Automatic engine switch-off(automatic start/stop system) .............. 70Automatic headlamp mode .................... 85Automatic start/stop system

Activating/deactivating ................. 71Automatic engine switch-off ... 70, 71General information ........................ 70

Automatic transmissionDisplay message ............................ 197Drive programs ................................ 73Emergency running mode ............. 198Engaging neutral ............................. 72Engaging reverse gear .................... 72Engaging the park position ............ 72Gearshift paddles ............................ 74Gearshift recommendation ............. 76Important safety notes ................... 71Kickdown .......................................... 73Malfunction (on-board com-puter with colour display) ............ 197Malfunction (on-board com-puter with monochrome dis-play) ................................................ 197Manual shifting ............................... 73Manually releasing the selec-tor lever lock .................................. 181Pulling away .................................... 68Starting the engine ......................... 67Transmission positions .................. 72

Automatic transmission emer-gency running mode ............................ 198AUX jack

Audio-System ................................. 110Media-System ................................ 118

B

BatteryDisplay message ............................ 207

Battery (key)Important safety notes ................. 186Replacing ........................................ 186

Battery (vehicle)Charging .................................. 175, 178Important safety notes ................. 175Jump starting ................................. 177

Belt tensionerActivation ......................................... 38

Belt warning ........................................... 40Blower speed

Increasing or decreasing(automatic climate control) ............ 97Increasing/decreasing (heat-ing) .................................................... 96

Bluetooth®

Activating mobile phone(Audio-System) ...................... 113, 114Activating the mobile phone(Media-System) .............................. 125Authorising function formobile phone (Audio-System) ...... 114Connecting a device (Media-System) ........................................... 130Connecting a different mobilephone ....................................... 114, 125Operating (Audio-System) ............ 117Switching on/off (Media-Sys-tem) ................................................. 125

Bonnet (front)see Service cover

Bootsee Tailgate

Boot separatorFitting ............................................. 148Removing ........................................ 148

BrakeEBD ..................................................... 61

6 Index

Brake Assistsee Active Brake Assist

Brake fluidDisplay message ............................ 195Notes ............................................... 213

Brake force distributionsee EBD (electronic brake forcedistribution)

Brake lampReplacing bulbs ............................. 183

Brake lampsDisplay message ............................ 208

BrakesABS ..................................................... 57Driving tips ...................................... 78Important safety notes ................... 78Parking brake ................................... 69Warning lamp ................................. 195

BrakingBraking on steep downhill gra-dients ................................................ 79Braking on wet road surfaces ........ 79Limited braking performanceon salt-treated roads ...................... 79

Breakdownsee Flat tyresee Towing away/tow-starting

C

CallEnding ............................................. 126

Carsee Vehicle

Car parkDestination entry .......................... 135

Car wash (care) ..................................... 164Care

Automatic car wash ....................... 164Carpets ............................................ 168Cleaning the interior ..................... 167Display ............................................ 167Exhaust pipe ................................... 166Exterior ........................................... 164Exterior lighting ............................ 167Gear or selector lever .................... 167High-pressure cleaner .................. 164Interior ............................................ 167

Matt paintwork .............................. 164Notes ............................................... 164Paint ................................................ 167Plastic trim ..................................... 168Reversing camera .......................... 165Roof lining ...................................... 166Seat belt .......................................... 167Seat cover ....................................... 167Sensors ............................................ 165Soft-top system ............................. 166Steering wheel ............................... 167Trim pieces ..................................... 168Vehicle ............................................ 164Washing by hand ........................... 164Wheels ............................................. 165Windows .......................................... 166Wiper blades ................................... 166

Central lockingAutomatic locking ............................ 90Locking/unlocking (key) ............... 104

Centre consoleOverview ........................................... 33

Changing the routeNavigation ...................................... 137

Child seatApproval categories ........................ 48Basic instructions ........................... 43Disabling or enabling the frontpassenger front airbag ................... 53Front passenger seat (notes) .......... 56ISOFIX/i-Size (fitting) ..................... 51Notes on risks and dangers ............ 44Recommendations for childrestraint systems ............................ 46Seats suitable for belt-securedchild restraint systems .................. 55Seats suitable for ISOFIX childrestraint systems ............................ 49Securing (notes) ............................... 47Securing on the frontpassenger seat ................................. 56Suitability of the seats for i-Size child restraint systems .......... 51Top Tether ........................................ 52

ChildrenAvoiding dangers in the vehi-cle ...................................................... 44Basic instructions ........................... 43

Index 7

Cigarette lighter ..................................... 99Climate control

Automatic air conditioning ............ 97Heating ............................................. 96Setting the air vents ....................... 98

ClockSetting the time (Media-Sys-tem) ................................................. 121

CockpitOverview ........................................... 31

Collision warningWarning lamp ................................. 204

COMAND displayCleaning .......................................... 167

Connecting a telephoneDeleting a mobile phone ............... 125

Connectivity manager .......................... 134Continuous wipe ..................................... 88

Switching on/off .............................. 88Controlling speed

see Cruise controlCoolant

Checking coolant level andtopping up ...................................... 154Display message ............................ 194Important safety notes ................. 154Temperature gauge ....................... 107

Coolingsee Climate control

Cooling with air dehumidificationAutomatic climate control .............. 97

Copyright ................................................ 30Cornering light function ........................ 86Cover (front)

see Service coverCrosswind Assist ..................................... 60Cruise control

Activating ......................................... 82Buttons .............................................. 82Calling up the speed laststored ................................................ 82Cancelling cruise control ................ 82Deactivating ..................................... 82Display message (colour dis-play) ................................................ 206Display message (monochromedisplay) ........................................... 206Function/notes ................................. 81

General notes ................................... 81Important safety notes ................... 81Increasing/decreasing thespeed ................................................. 82Storing and maintaining cur-rent speed ......................................... 82

Cup holderCentre console ................................ 144Important safety notes ................. 144

Cup holdersee Cup holder

D

DAB radiosee Digital radio

DashboardAdditional instruments .................. 76

Dashboard clock ..................................... 76Data

see Technical dataData sharing

Managing ........................................ 134Data storage media

see External data storage mediaDaytime driving lights ........................... 85Dealership

see Qualified specialist workshopDeclarations of conformity .................... 23Diagnostics connection .......................... 26Digital radio

Audio-System ................................. 112Displaying services (Media-System) ........................................... 124EPG (Electronic ProgrammeGuide) (Media-System) ................. 124Frequency range (Audio-Sys-tem) ................................................. 112Intellitext™ (Media-System) ........ 124Introducing (Audio-System) ........ 112Media-System ................................ 123Setting interruption for news(Audio-System) .............................. 113Slide show (Media-System) .......... 124

Digital speedometerDisplaying ...................................... 109

Dipped-beam headlampsDriving abroad ................................. 87

8 Index

Replacing bulbs ............................. 182Switching on/off .............................. 85

Disconnecting ....................................... 126Display

Colour .............................................. 106Monochrome ................................... 105

Display messageColour display ................................ 107

Display messagesGeneral information ...................... 188

Display modeFrequency display mode ....... 123, 124List display mode .......................... 123Preset display mode ...................... 123

Distance recorderMonochrome display ..................... 106

Distance recordersee Trip meter

Distance warning functionDisplay message ............................ 205Function/notes ................................. 58Warning lamp ................................. 204

DoorAutomatic locking (switch) ............ 90Central locking/unlocking(key) ................................................ 104Control panel .................................... 35Display message ............................ 189Emergency locking ........................ 187Emergency unlocking ................... 186Opening (from the inside) ............... 90Unlocking (key) ................................ 62

Double lock function .............................. 90Draught stop

Inserting and removing .................. 95Driver's door

see DoorDriver's seat

see SeatDriving abroad

Symmetrical dipped beam .............. 87Driving economically

Observing gearshift recom-mendations ....................................... 76

Driving safety systemActive Brake Assist .......................... 59Crosswind Assist .............................. 60

Driving safety system limita-tions .................................................. 57EBD (electronic brake forcedistribution) ..................................... 61

Driving safety systemsABS (Anti-lock Braking Sys-tem) ................................................... 57Distance warning function ............. 58ESP® (Electronic Stability Pro-gram) ................................................. 60ETS (Electronic Traction Sys-tem) ................................................... 60

Driving systemsCruise control ................................... 81Lane Keeping Assist ........................ 80Speed limiter .................................... 81

Driving tipsAquaplaning ..................................... 79Brakes ................................................ 78Downhill gradient ............................ 79Driving in winter ............................. 79Driving on flooded roads ................ 79Driving on wet roads ....................... 79Icy road surfaces ............................. 79Limited braking efficiency onsalted roads ...................................... 79Pulling away .................................... 68Running-in tips ............................... 67Symmetrical dipped beam .............. 87see Economical driving

E

EBD (electronic brake force distri-bution)

Function/notes ................................. 61Indicator lamp ................................ 199

eco scoreCalling up ......................................... 77Comparing the trip .......................... 78Display (colour display) ................. 77Display (monochrome display) ...... 77Evaluating the current trip ............ 77Function/notes ................................. 77Preferred trips ................................. 78Renaming a category ...................... 78Resetting a category ....................... 78Resetting data .................................. 78

Index 9

Saving the trip ................................. 77Economical driving

eco score display ............................. 77General information ........................ 75

Electromagnetic compatibilityDeclaration of conformity ............... 23

Electronic Brake-force Distribu-tion

see EBD (electronic brake forcedistribution)

Electronic Traction Systemsee ETS (Electronic Traction System)

Emergency releaseDriver's door ................................... 186

Emergency unlockingVehicle ............................................ 186

EngineAutomatic start/stop system .......... 70Display message ............................ 193Jump-starting ............................... 175Running irregularly ...................... 192Starting problems .......................... 192Starting the engine with thekey ..................................................... 67Tow-starting (vehicle) .................. 181Warning lamp (engine diag-nostics) ........................................... 193

Engine compartment ............................ 149Engine compartment cover ................. 149Engine electronics

Notes ................................................. 25Problem (fault) ............................... 192

Engine oilAdditives ......................................... 153Checking the oil level .................... 152Display message ............................ 194Notes about oil grades .................. 212Topping up ..................................... 153Warning lamp ................................. 194

Engine oil additivessee Additives (engine oil)

Entering a destinationEntering a destination viaTomTom Places ............................... 137Navigation ...................................... 135

Entering the destinationSelecting your home town asthe destination ............................... 136

Environmental protectionReturning an end-of-life vehi-cle ...................................................... 22

EPG (Electronic Program Guide)Displaying (Audio-System) .......... 113

EPG (Electronic Programme Guide)Displaying (Media-System) .......... 124

ESP® (Electronic Stability Program)Crosswind Assist .............................. 60Display message ............................ 200General notes ................................... 60Important safety guidelines .......... 60Warning and indicator lamps ...... 200

ETS (Electronic Traction System) ......... 60Exhaust pipe

Cleaning .......................................... 166Exterior lighting

Cleaning .......................................... 167see Lights

Exterior mirrorsAdjusting .......................................... 66Adjusting (electrically) ................... 66Out of position (troubleshoot-ing) .................................................. 190

External audio equipment (AUX)Connecting (Audio-System) ......... 116

External data carriersConnection (Media-System) .. 129, 130Operation (Media-System) .... 129, 130

External data storage mediaConnecting (Audio-System) ......... 110Operating (Audio-System) ............ 116

F

Factory settingsResetting (Media-System) ............ 121

FavouritesCreating (Media-System) .............. 122Managing (Media-System) ........... 122

Fire extinguisher .................................. 172First-aid kit .......................................... 172Fitting a wheel

Fitting a wheel ............................... 159Preparing the vehicle .................... 157Raising the vehicle ........................ 157Removing a wheel .......................... 157

10 Index

Securing the vehicle againstrolling away ................................... 170

Fitting/removingfront wheel arch cover .................. 183

Flat tyrePreparing the vehicle .................... 170TIREFIT kit ...................................... 172

Floormat ................................................ 100Foglamps

Switching on/off .............................. 86Fording

On flooded roads .............................. 79Forward collision warning function

Function/notes ................................. 60Frequencies

Mobile phone .................................. 217Two-way radio ............................... 217

Front airbag ............................................ 41Front cover

see Service coverFront wheel arch

Fitting/removing the cover .......... 183Front-passenger front airbagdeactivation system

PASSENGER AIR BAG indicatorlamps ................................................. 43Status indicator ............................... 43

Frontal area coversee Service cover

FuelAdditives ........................................... 82Displaying the current con-sumption (colour display) ............ 107Displaying the current con-sumption (monochrome dis-play) ................................................ 106E10 ..................................................... 82Grade (petrol) ................................... 82Important safety notes ................... 82Problem (malfunction) .................. 193Refuelling ......................................... 84Tank content/reserve fuel ............ 213

Fuel filler flapOpening/closing ............................... 84Problem (malfunction) .................. 189

Fuel gauge ............................................. 105Fuel level

Gauge ............................................... 105

Functions of the keyUnderstanding ................................. 62

Further settings ................................... 129Fuses

Allocation chart ............................. 214Before changing ............................. 185Dashboard fuse box ....................... 185Important safety notes ................. 184Opening the fuse box ..................... 185

G

Glove compartment .............................. 145

H

Hands-free systemsee Mobile phone

Hazard warning lampsSwitching on/off ............................ 170

Headlamp flasher ................................... 86Headlamps

see Automatic headlamp modeHeating

Activating/deactivating air-recirculation mode .......................... 96Demisting the rear window ............ 96Demisting the windscreen .............. 96Increasing/decreasing theblower speed .................................... 96Misted up windows .......................... 97Setting the air distribution ............ 96Setting the temperature ................. 96Switching on/off .............................. 96see Climate control

Home addressEntering and saving ...................... 136

I

i-Announcements (DAB) ...................... 124i-Size child seat securing system

Fitting ............................................... 51Suitable seats for securing ............ 51

i-TrafficTraffic announcements ................. 124

Ice warningWarning lamp (colour display) .... 207

Index 11

Warning lamp (monochromedisplay) ........................................... 207

Ignition locksee Key positions

ImagePlayback (Media-System) ............. 131

Immobiliser ........................................... 104Indicator and warning lamp

Restraint system ............................ 191Indicator and warning lamps

Battery ............................................ 207Coolant ............................................ 194Engine diagnostics ........................ 193

Indicator lampssee Warning and indicator lamps

Instrument clusterOverview ........................................... 36Warning and indicator lamps ........ 36

Instrument cluster lightingSetting ............................................. 108

Intellitext™Setting (Media-System) ................ 124Switching on (Audio-System) ...... 113

Interior lighting ..................................... 87Adjusting the ambient lighting(colour display) ................................ 87Changing bulbs .............................. 184Setting the ambient lighting ....... 109Switching on/off .............................. 87

Intermittent wipe ................................... 88ISOFIX child seat securing system

Fitting ............................................... 51Suitable seats for securing ............ 49

J

JackUsing ............................................... 157

Jump start (engine)see Jump starting (engine)

Jump starting (engine) ........................ 175

K

KeyChanging the battery .................... 186Loss .................................................. 188Opening the soft top ........................ 93Position in the ignition lock .......... 67

Problem (malfunction) .................. 188Starting the engine ......................... 67

Key positions (ignition lock) ................. 67Keyboard

Adjusting (Media-System) ............ 120Kickdown ................................................. 73Kneebag ................................................... 41

L

Lampssee Warning and indicator lamps

Lane Keeping AssistActivating/deactivating ................. 81Function/information ...................... 80Warning lamp (colour display) .... 206Warning lamp (monochromedisplay) ........................................... 206

Lane recognition system (auto-matic)

see Lane Keeping AssistLanguage

Selecting (Media-System) ............ 120Language (on-board computer) .......... 109Licence plate lighting

Changing bulbs .............................. 184Light

see Replacing bulbsLighting

see LightsLights

Automatic headlamp mode ............. 85Cornering light function ................. 86Dipped-beam headlamps ................ 85Display message ............................ 208Driving abroad ................................. 87Foglamps .......................................... 86Hazard warning lamps .................. 170Headlamp flasher ............................ 86Headlamp range ............................... 86Light switch ..................................... 85Main-beam headlamps ................... 85Rear foglamp .................................... 86Setting the ambient lighting ....... 109Side lamps ........................................ 86Turn signals ..................................... 75see Interior lighting

12 Index

LimiterCalling up the stored limitspeed ................................................. 82Cancelling ......................................... 82Deactivating ..................................... 82Display message (colour dis-play) ................................................ 207Exceeding the stored limitspeed ................................................. 81General notes ................................... 81Increasing or reducing thestored limit speed ............................ 82

Limiting the speedsee Speed limiter

Loading guidelines ............................... 145Locking

see Central lockingLocking (doors)

Automatic ......................................... 90Emergency locking ........................ 187From inside (central lockingbutton) .............................................. 90

Loudspeakersee Subwoofer

Lubricant additivessee Additives (engine oil)

M

M+S tyres (winter tyres) ...................... 162Main-beam headlamps


Making a callMedia-System ................................ 126

Manual transmissionDisplay message (colour dis-play) ................................................ 196Display message (monochromedisplay) ........................................... 196Engaging a gear ............................... 71Engaging reverse gear .................... 71Gear lever ......................................... 71Malfunction (on-board com-puter with colour display) ............ 197Malfunction (on-board com-puter with monochrome dis-play) ................................................ 197

Pulling away .................................... 68Shift recommendation ..................... 76Shifting to neutral ........................... 71Starting the engine ......................... 67

Manually releasing the selectorlever lock (automatic transmis-sion) ....................................................... 181Matt finish (cleaning instructions) .... 164Media-System

Adjusting the on-screen key-board ............................................... 120Buttons on the multifunctionsteering wheel ............................... 118Calling up Applications man-ager ................................................. 133Calling up menus ........................... 120Connectivity manager ................... 134Controls ........................................... 118Creating favourites ........................ 122Data connectivity .......................... 132Display settings ............................. 120Downloading updates and POIs ... 133eco score ........................................... 77Enabling data sharing .................. 134Home screen ................................... 119Image playback .............................. 131Navigation menu ........................... 134Navigation system ......................... 134Operating the radio ....................... 123Overview ......................................... 118Problem solving ............................. 209Reversing camera .......................... 102Selecting the home screen dis-play ................................................. 120Selecting the language ................. 120Setting the time ............................. 121Setting warning tones ................... 122Status and information ................. 121Switching on/off ............................ 119System menu .................................. 120System settings ............................. 120Video playback ............................... 132Volume/tone settings .................... 121Warranty ........................................... 23

Message memory (colour display) ...... 107MirrorLink™

Using ............................................... 127

Index 13

MirrorsAdjustment ....................................... 65see Exterior mirrorssee Rear-view mirror

Mobile phoneConnecting (Audio-System) ......... 113Connecting (Media-System) ......... 124De-authorising .............................. 114Downloading data automati-cally (Media-System) .................... 125Frequencies .................................... 217Installation ..................................... 217Loading and updating thetelephone book (Audio-System) ... 114Making a call (Media-System) ..... 126Setting the sound (Audio-Sys-tem) ................................................. 114Transmission output (maxi-mum) ................................................ 217Using Android Auto™ .................... 128Using MirrorLink™ ........................ 127Using voice control (Audio-System) ........................................... 115Using voice control (Media-System) ........................................... 129

Model seriessee Vehicle identification plate

Multi-functional seatsee Seat

Multifunction steering wheelOverview ........................................... 32

Multimedia menu settingsRadio settings ................................ 124

N

NavigationAlternative route ........................... 138Changing the route ........................ 137Current location ............................. 140Destination memory ...................... 136Entering a destination .................. 135Entering a destination byaddress ............................................ 135Entering a destination usinggeo-coordinates ............................. 136Entering a destination usingthe map ........................................... 135

Entering a POI ................................ 136Entering/saving your homeaddress ............................................ 136Reading map data .......................... 134Route details .................................. 137Selecting a destination fromthe list of last destinations .......... 136Setting route planning .................. 138Setting the voice ............................ 142Starting ........................................... 134Starting route calculation ............ 137Switching announcementson/off ............................................... 139System settings ............................. 142TomTom Services .................... 132, 141Traffic information ........................ 140Troubleshooting ............................. 209Using information duringroute guidance ............................... 139Way points ...................................... 138

Navigation menu settingsChanging the map .......................... 142Changing the map colours ............ 142Managing POIs ............................... 136Managing saved locations ............ 136

Notes on running in a new vehicle ....... 67

O

Occupant safetyAirbags .............................................. 41Belt warning ..................................... 40Children in the vehicle ................... 43PASSENGER AIRBAG indicatorlamp ................................................... 43Pets in the vehicle ........................... 57Restraint system ............................. 37Restraint system warninglamp ................................................... 37Seat belts .......................................... 39

Oilsee Engine oil

Oil levelFilling capacities ........................... 213

On-board computerCalling up displays (colourdisplay) ........................................... 106

14 Index

Calling up displays (mono-chrome display) ............................. 106Important safety notes ................. 105Operation ........................................ 105Overview ......................................... 105Selecting the language ................. 109Setting and resetting values(colour display) .............................. 108Setting and resetting values(monochrome display) .................. 108

On-board diagnostics interfacesee Diagnostics connection

On-screen keyboardAdjusting (Media-System) ............ 120

Operating instructionsVehicle equipment ........................... 23

Operating safetyDeclaration of conformity ............... 23

Operating systemsee On-board computer

Original parts ......................................... 22Outside temperature display

Colour display ................................ 106Monochrome display ..................... 105Setting the units ............................ 109

Overhead control panel ......................... 34Overrevving range ................................. 76

P

Paint code ............................................. 211Paintwork (cleaning instructions) ...... 167Panorama roof

Cleaning .......................................... 166Parking .................................................. 101

Engaging park position .................. 72Important safety notes ................. 101Parking aid ..................................... 101Parking brake ................................... 69Reversing camera .......................... 102

Parking brakeDisplay message ............................ 195General information ........................ 69Warning lamp ................................. 195

PASSENGER AIR BAGDisabling/activating ....................... 53Indicator lamps ................................ 43

Passenger airbagEnabling and disabling* ................. 53Problem (malfunction)* ................. 191

Passenger seatFolding down .................................. 147

Petrol ....................................................... 82Pets in the vehicle ................................. 57Phone book

Calling a contact ............................ 126Updating the phone book ............. 129

Phone menu settingsVoicemail configuration ............... 129

Plastic trim (cleaning instructions) ... 168Power windows

see Side windowsProgramme type list (PTY) .................. 124Protection against theft

Anti-theft alarm system ............... 104Protection of the environment

General notes ................................... 22Pulling away

General notes ................................... 68Hill start assist ................................ 70

Q

QR codeRescue card ...................................... 28

Qualified specialist workshop ............... 27

R

RadioChanging a station (on-boardcomputer) ........................................ 124Display mode .................................. 123Displaying programme infor-mation (EPG) (Audio-System) ....... 113i-Traffic (Traffic announce-ments) ............................................. 124Operating (Audio-System) ............ 112Operation (Media-System) ........... 123Switching on ........................... 112, 123

Radio stationStoring ............................................ 124

Radio textDisplaying (Audio-System) .. 112, 113Displaying (Media-System) .......... 124

Index 15

Radio type approvalsTyre pressure monitors ................. 217

Radio-based vehicle componentsDeclaration of conformity ............... 24

Rain sensor ............................................. 88Rain/light sensor (display mes-sage) ...................................................... 208RDS (Radio Data System) ...................... 112REACH Regulation ................................... 28Reading lamp .......................................... 87Rear foglamp


Rear lampReplacing bulbs ............................. 183

Rear parking aidActivating/deactivating ............... 102Function/notes ............................... 101

Rear soft topClosing ............................................ 147Opening ........................................... 146

Rear window heatingDemisting the rear window(automatic climate control) ............ 98Heating ............................................. 96

Rear window wiperAutomatic rear window wiperwhen in reverse gear ....................... 89Replacing the wiper blade ............ 163Switching on/off .............................. 88

Rear-view mirrorAdjusting .......................................... 65Anti-dazzle mode (automatic) ....... 65Dipping (manual) ............................. 65

Recyclingsee Protection of the environment

Reflective safety jacket ....................... 171Refuelling

Fuel filler flap .................................. 84Important safety notes ................... 82Refuelling process ........................... 84see Fuel

Replacing bulbsBrake lamp ...................................... 183Dipped-beam headlamps .............. 182Fitting/removing the cover(front wheel arch) .......................... 183Important safety notes ................. 182

LED ................................................... 183Licence plate lighting ................... 184Main-beam headlamps ................. 182Overview of bulb types ................. 214Rear foglamp .................................. 183Rear lamp ........................................ 183Reversing lamp .............................. 183Turn signal lamp (rear) ................. 183see Changing bulbs

Replacing lampssee Changing bulbs

Replacing the bulbTurn signal lamp (front) ............... 183

Replacing the bulbsInterior lighting ............................ 184

Rescue card ............................................. 28Reserve fuel

Display message ............................ 193Restraint system

Basic instructions ........................... 43Display message ............................ 191Function during an accident .......... 38Limited protection ........................... 37Malfunction ...................................... 37Operational readiness ..................... 37Protection provided ......................... 37Self-check ......................................... 37Warning lamp ................................. 191Warning lamp (function) ................ 37

Rev counter ............................................. 76Reverse gear

Engaging (automatic trans-mission) ............................................ 72Engaging (manual transmis-sion) ................................................... 71

Reversing cameraCleaning instructions ................... 165Function/notes ............................... 102Guide lines in the display ............ 103Settings ........................................... 104Switching on/off ............................ 103

Reversing featureSide windows .................................... 91

Reversing lampReplacing bulbs ............................. 183

Roof lining and carpets (cleaninginstructions) ......................................... 168

16 Index

RouteEditing ............................................ 137

Route planningPlanning a route in advance ........ 138

S

SafetyChildren in the vehicle ................... 43see Occupant safetysee Operating safety

SD cardConnecting (Media-System) ......... 130Reading map data .......................... 134SD card slot ..................................... 118

SeatCorrect driver's seat position ......... 62Folding passenger seat down ....... 147

Seat beltLimited protection ........................... 39Protection provided ......................... 39

Seat beltsCleaning .......................................... 167Fastening .......................................... 40Releasing .......................................... 40Warning lamp ................................. 190Warning lamp (function) ................ 40

Seat heating ............................................ 98Seats

Adjusting (manually) ...................... 63Cleaning the cover ......................... 167Important safety notes ................... 63Switching seat heating on/off ........ 98

Selecting unitsDisplaying GPS coordinates ......... 142

Selector leverCleaning .......................................... 167

Sensors (cleaning instructions) .......... 165Service Centre

see Qualified specialist workshopService cover ........................................ 150Service display

Calling up (colour display) ........... 107Calling up (monochrome dis-play) ................................................ 106

Service due dateDisplay message ............................ 198

Service productsBrake fluid ...................................... 212Checking ......................................... 151Coolant (engine) ............................. 154Engine oil ........................................ 212Fuel .................................................. 212Important safety notes ................. 151Topping up ..................................... 151Washer fluid ................................... 212

Services menu settingsTomTom Services ........................... 133

Setting the waveband .......................... 112Settings

Time format .................................... 121Shift paddles ........................................... 74Shift recommendation ........................... 76Side bars

Closing the stowage space .............. 95Stowing ............................................. 93

Side lampsSwitching on/off .............................. 86

Side sparsFitting ............................................... 94Removing .......................................... 93

Side windowsImportant safety notes ................... 91Opening/closing ............................... 92Problem (malfunction) .................. 188Resetting ......................................... 188Reversing feature ............................ 91

Sidebag .................................................... 41smart Centre

see Qualified specialist workshopsmart Services

Registering ..................................... 143Using ............................................... 143

Smartphone ScreenSetting (Media -System) ............... 126

Snow chains .......................................... 162Socket (12 V)

Centre console ................................ 100Soft top

Cleaning .......................................... 166Closing .............................................. 93Closing the rear soft top ............... 147Closing the stowage spacewithout the side bars ...................... 95Important safety notes ................... 92

Index 17

Opening ............................................. 93Opening the rear soft top .............. 146Removing the side bars .................. 93Stowing the side bars ...................... 93

SoundSetting (Audio-System) ................ 111Setting (Media-System) ................ 121

Speakerssee Subwoofer

Special destinationEntry ............................................... 136

Specialist workshop ............................... 27Speed limiter

Activating ......................................... 82Functions and conditions foractivation ......................................... 81Setting limit speed .......................... 82

SpeedometerDigital ............................................. 106Displaying (digital speedome-ter) ................................................... 109General notes (digital speed-ometer) ............................................ 108see Instrument cluster

Starting (engine) .................................... 67Starting the engine

see Starting (engine)Station

Selecting a stored station(Audio-System) .............................. 112Setting (Media-System) ................ 123Storing ............................................ 124

Station listSetting a station from the sta-tion list (Audio-System) ............... 112Updating (Media-System) ............ 124

Station search ....................................... 124Audio-System ................................. 112

StationsSetting (Audio-System) ................ 112Storing (Audio-System) ................ 112

SteeringDisplay message (colour dis-play) ................................................ 204Warning lamps ............................... 204

Steering wheelAdjusting (manually) ...................... 64Button overview ............................... 32

Cleaning .......................................... 167Gearshift paddles ............................ 74Important safety notes ................... 64

Stowage areas ....................................... 144Stowage compartment in the tail-gate ........................................................ 145Stowage compartments

Centre console ................................ 144Cup holder ....................................... 144Door ................................................. 144Glove compartment ........................ 144Important safety information ...... 144Spectacles compartment ............... 144

SubwooferFitting/removing ........................... 149

Sun visor ................................................. 89SVHC (Substances of Very HighConcern) .................................................. 28System menu

Safety warnings ............................. 142System menu settings

Voice output settings .................... 142

T

TailgateOpening dimensions ...................... 211Opening/closing ............................. 146Warning lamp ................................. 189

Tailgate (smart fortwo cabrio)Opening/closing ............................. 146

Technical dataInformation .................................... 211Vehicle data .................................... 211

TelephoneVoice control .................................. 129

Telephone (on-board computer)Accepting an incoming call .......... 126Rejecting or ending a call ............. 126

Telephone bookLoading (Audio-System) ............... 114

Telephone operationAudio-System ................................. 114

TemperatureCoolant (display in the on-board computer) ............................. 107Setting (automatic climatecontrol) ............................................. 97

18 Index

Setting (heating) .............................. 96Time

Setting (Audio-System) ................ 111Setting (colour display) ................ 108Setting (monochrome display) ..... 108Setting the time format (colourdisplay) ........................................... 108

TIREFIT kit ............................................ 172TomTom Services

Activating ....................................... 133Introduction ................................... 132My Services menu .......................... 133Starting ........................................... 133Subscription status ....................... 133Traffic information menu ............. 141

Toolsee Vehicle tool kit

Top Tether .............................................. 52Total distance recorder

Colour display ................................ 107Monochrome display ..................... 105Setting the display unit ................ 109

TouchscreenConfirming settings with Done .... 120Operating the touchscreen ........... 119

Tow-startingEmergency engine starting .......... 181Important safety notes ................. 179

TowingImportant safety notes ................. 179With the rear axle raised .............. 180

Towing awayFitting the towing eye .................. 180Removing the towing eye ............. 181With both axles on the ground ..... 180

Traffic announcementsCalling up ....................................... 140

Traffic reportsSwitching on/off ............................ 112

Transmissionsee Automatic transmissionsee Manual transmission

Transporting the vehicle ..................... 180Trip computer

Displaying ...................................... 107Trip meter

Colour display ................................ 107Displaying (colour display) .......... 107

Displaying (monochrome dis-play) ................................................ 106

Trip metersee Trip meter

Turn signal lamp (front)Replacing the bulb ........................ 183

Turn signal lamp (rear)Replacing bulbs ............................. 183

Turn signalsReplacing the bulb ........................ 183Switching on/off .............................. 75

Turn signalssee Turn signals

Two-way radioFrequencies .................................... 217Installation ..................................... 217Transmission output (maxi-mum) ................................................ 217

Type identification platesee Vehicle identification plate

Tyre pressureAdjusting ........................................ 175Checking/correcting ...................... 161Display message ............................ 201Important safety notes ................. 161Not reached (TIREFIT) ................... 174Reached (TIREFIT) .......................... 174Recommended ................................ 161

Tyre pressure monitorFunction/notes ............................... 160Radio type approval for thetyre pressure monitor ................... 217Restarting ....................................... 160Restarting (on-board computerwith colour display) ...................... 160Restarting (on-board computerwith monochrome display) ........... 160Starting ........................................... 109Using ............................................... 160Warning lamp ................................. 201

Tyre sealantUsing ............................................... 173

TyresChanging a wheel .......................... 156Checking ......................................... 155Direction of rotation ...................... 159Important safety notes ................. 155M+S tyres (winter tyres) ............... 162

Index 19

Rules for new tyres ........................ 156Service life ...................................... 156Snow chains .................................... 162Storing ............................................ 160Tyre tread ....................................... 155see Flat tyre

U

Unit of measurement for distanceSetting ..................................... 109, 142

UnitsSetting (on-board computer) ....... 109

UnlockingFrom inside the vehicle (cen-tral unlocking button) .................... 90With emergency key element ....... 186

Updating the call log ........................... 129USB device

Connecting (Audio-System) ......... 116Connection (Media-System) ......... 130Operating (Audio-System) ............ 116

USB portAudio-System ................................. 110Media-System ................................ 118

Using a mobile phone ................... 113, 124

V

ValuesSetting (colour display) ................ 108Setting (monochrome display) ..... 108

VehicleCorrect use ........................................ 27Data acquisition .............................. 28Electronics ........................................ 25Equipment ........................................ 23Implied warranty ............................. 27Locking (in an emergency) ........... 187Locking (key) .................................. 104Operating safety .............................. 25Parking ............................................ 101Parking up ...................................... 169Raising ............................................ 157REACH Regulation ............................ 28Registration ...................................... 27Securing from rolling away .......... 170Tow-starting .................................. 181Towing away .................................. 179

Transporting .................................. 180Unlocking (in an emergency) ....... 186Unlocking (key) ................................ 62Vehicle data .................................... 211

Vehicle data .......................................... 211Dimensions and weights ............... 212

Vehicle dimensions .............................. 211Vehicle emergency locking ................. 187Vehicle identification number

see VINVehicle identification plate ................. 211Vehicle menu settings

Activating/deactivating ecoscore after a trip .............................. 78

Vehicle tool kit ..................................... 172Video

Playback (Media-System) ............. 132VIN ......................................................... 211Voice control system

Entering a destination in thenavigation system ......................... 135Problems with the voice con-trol system ...................................... 210Starting an application ................. 118

VolumeAdjusting ........................................ 129Adjusting automatically ............... 111Setting (Audio-System) ................ 111Setting (Media-System) ................ 121

W

Warning and indicator lampsABS ................................................... 199Active Brake Assist ........................ 205Automatic Start/Stop function(green) ............................................. 195Automatic Start/Stop function(yellow) ........................................... 195Brakes .............................................. 195Collision warning (red) ................. 204Distance warning function(red) ................................................. 204EBD ................................................... 199ESP® (yellow) .................................. 200Lane Keeping Assist ...................... 206Oil pressure .................................... 194Overview ........................................... 36

20 Index

Parking brake ................................. 195PASSENGER AIR BAG ........................ 43PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF ................ 191Seat belt .......................................... 190Steering ........................................... 204Tyre pressure monitor .................. 201

Warning triangle .................................. 171Wheel bolt tightening torque .............. 159Wheels

Changing a wheel .......................... 156Checking ......................................... 155Cleaning .......................................... 165Fitting a new wheel ....................... 159Important safety notes ................. 155Removing a wheel .......................... 157Snow chains .................................... 162Storing ............................................ 160Tightening torque ......................... 159

WindowsCleaning .......................................... 166see Side windows

WindscreenDemisting (automatic climatecontrol) ............................................. 98Demisting (heating) ........................ 96

Windscreen washer fluidsee Windscreen washer system

Windscreen washer systemImportant safety notes ................. 154Topping up ..................................... 154

Windscreen wipersIntermittent wipe ............................ 88Problem (malfunction) .................. 190Rain sensor ....................................... 88Rear window wiper .......................... 88Replacing the wiper blades .......... 162Switching on/off .............................. 87Wiping with washer fluid ............... 88

Winter drivingGeneral notes ................................... 79

Winter operationSlippery road surfaces .................... 79Snow chains .................................... 162

Winter tyresM+S tyres ........................................ 162

Wiper bladesCleaning .......................................... 166Replacing (on the rear window) ... 163

Replacing (windscreen) ................ 163Workshop

see Qualified specialist workshop

Index 21

Protecting the environment

General notes


Daimler's declared policy is one of inte-grated environmental protection.

The objectives are for the natural resour-ces which form the basis of our existenceon this planet to be used sparingly and ina manner which takes the requirementsof both nature and humanity intoaccount.

You too can help to protect the environ-ment by operating your vehicle in anenvironmentally responsible manner.

Fuel consumption and the rate of engine,transmission, brake and tyre weardepend on the following factors:

Roperating conditions of your vehicle

Ryour personal driving style

You can influence both factors.

You should bear the following in mind:

Operating conditions

Ravoid short trips as these increase fuelconsumption.

Rmake sure that the tyre pressures arealways correct.

Rdo not carry any unnecessary weight.

Rkeep an eye on the vehicle's fuel con-sumption.

Rremove rear racks once you no longerneed them.

Ra regularly serviced vehicle will con-tribute to environmental protection.You should therefore adhere to the ser-vice intervals.

Ralways have maintenance work carriedout at a qualified specialist workshop,e.g. a smart Centre.

Personal driving style

Rdo not depress the accelerator pedalwhen starting the engine.

Rdo not warm up the engine with thevehicle stationary.

Rdrive carefully and maintain a safedistance from the vehicle in front.

Ravoid frequent, sudden acceleration.

Rchange gear in good time, if possible inaccordance with the gearshift recom-mendations in the multifunction dis-play.

Rshift up to the next gear as early aspossible.

Rswitch off the engine in stationarytraffic.

Returning an end-of-life vehicle

EU countries only:smart will take back your end-of-life vehi-cle for environment-friendly disposal inaccordance with the European Union (EU)End-Of-Life Vehicles Directive.A network of vehicle take-back points anddismantlers has been established for you toreturn your vehicle. This makes an impor-tant contribution to closing the recyclingcircle and conserving resources. You canleave it any of these points free of charge.For further information about the recyclingand disposal of end-of-life vehicles, andthe take-back conditions, please visit thenational smart website for your country.

smart genuine parts


Daimler AG also supplies reconditionedassemblies and parts which are of thesame quality as new parts. For these, thesame warranty applies as for new parts.

22 >> Introduction.

! Airbags and seat belt tensioners, aswell as control units and sensors forthese restraint systems, may be installedin the following areas of your vehicle:

RdoorsRdoor pillarsRdoor sillsRseatsRdashboardRinstrument clusterRcentre consoleDo not install accessories such as audiosystems in these areas. Do not carry outrepairs or welding. You could impair theoperating efficiency of the restraint sys-tems.Have accessories retrofitted at a quali-fied specialist workshop.

Only smart genuine parts or parts of thesame quality may be used. Additionally,only tyres, wheels and accessoriesapproved for the specific type of vehiclemay be used.Always specify the vehicle identificationnumber (VIN) when ordering smart genuineparts.Using parts, tyres, wheels or safety-rele-vant equipment not approved by smartcould endanger the operating safety of thevehicle. Safety-relevant systems, e.g. thebrake system, could malfunction.smart tests genuine parts and conversionparts and accessories that have been spe-cifically approved for your vehicle for theirreliability, safety and suitability. Despiteongoing market research, smart is unable toassess other parts. smart therefore acceptsno responsibility for the use of such partsin smart vehicles, even if they have beenofficially approved or independentlyapproved by a testing centre.In Germany, certain parts are only offi-cially approved for installation or modifi-cation if they comply with legal require-ments. This also applies to some othercountries. All genuine smart parts meet theapproval requirements. The use of non-approved parts may invalidate the vehicle'sgeneral operating permit.

The following situations will invalidate theoperating permit:

RThe vehicle type changes from that sta-ted in the vehicle's operating permit, dueto modifications.ROther road users are likely to be endan-

gered.REmissions or noise characteristics deteri-

orate.

Warranty for the smart Audio-Systemand smart Media-System

The smart sales organisation provides awarranty for a period of 24 months withouta kilometre limit for the smart Audio-Sys-tem and the smart Media-System.The warranty issuer is the respective salesorganisation in the country in which theaccessory or replacement part was pur-chased (see list in the service booklet).

Vehicle equipment

This Owner's Manual describes all modelsand all standard and optional equipmentavailable for the vehicle at the time of pub-lication of this Owner's Manual. Country-specific differences are possible. Pleasenote that the vehicle equipment may differfrom certain descriptions and illustrationsprovided in this manual. This is also thecase for systems and functions relevant tosafety.The vehicle's original purchase contractdocumentation contains a list of all thesystems in your vehicle. Please contact anysmart Centre to help clarify any questionsrelated to the vehicle equipment and oper-ation.

Declarations of conformity

Electromagnetic compatibility

The electromagnetic compatibility of thevehicle components has been checked andcertified according to the currently validversion of UNECE standard UN-R10.

>> Introduction. 23

Z

Declaration of conformity for two-wayradio systems according to Directive2014/53/EU

The components of the vehicle that receiveand/or transmit radio waves are compliantwith the basic requirements and all otherrelevant regulations stipulated by Directive2014/53/EU.You can obtain further information fromany Mercedes-Benz Service Centre.In the following, you will find the addressesof radio component manufacturers which,due to their size or nature, do not allow thisinformation to be indicated on the equip-ment.Tyre pressure monitor sensors: SchraderElectronics Ltd., 11 Technology Park, BelfastRoad, Antrim BT41 1QS, Northern IrelandTransponder ring:Visteon Electronics, 04 Rue Nelson Mandela,Zone Industrielle Borj Cedria, 2055 Bir ElBey, TunisiaRemote Keyless Entry:Visteon Electronics, 04 Rue Nelson Mandela,Zone Industrielle Borj Cedria, 2055 Bir ElBey, TunisiaAlps Electric Europe GmbH, Ohmstraße 4,D-85716 Unterschleißheim, GermanyRadio:Visteon Electronics, 04 Rue Nelson Mandela,Zone Industrielle Borj Cedria, 2055 Bir ElBey, TunisiaContinental Automotive, 1 Rue de Clairefon-taine, 78120 Rambouillet, FranceMobile communication and telemetry:Ficosa Internationnal, Gran Via de Carles III98, 08028 Barcelona, SpainRadar:Robert Bosch GmbH, Daimlerstraße 6, 71229Leonberg, GermanyWindscreen unit:car2go Group GmbH, Fasanenweg 15-17,70771 Leinfelden-Echterdingen, Germany

Wireless vehicle components (Mexico)

The following information applies to allcomponents of the vehicle and the informa-tion systems and communication devices

integrated into the vehicle which receiveand/or transmit radio waves:Operation of this device is dependent onthe following two conditions: (1) this deviceor this equipment must not cause anyinterference, and (2) this device must toler-ate the reception of interference, includinginterference that may cause undesiredoperating behaviour.

TIREFIT kit

Copy of the original declaration of conform-ity:VERIFICATION OF EMC COMPLIANCEVerificationNo.:

GZEM161000740001V

Applicant: ITW Global Tire Repair EuropeGmbH

Address ofManufac-turer:

No. 11 Kuiqing Road, QingxiTown, Dongguan City, China.

Factory: The same as manufacturerAddress ofFactory:

The same as manufacturer

ProductDescription:

Air compressor

Model No: AEROB-DP

Sufficient samples of the product have beentested and found to be in conformity withTest Standards: EN 50498:2010

As shown in theTest ReportNumber(s):

GZEM161000740001

This verification of EMC Compliance hasbeen granted to the applicant based on theresults of the tests, performed by labora-tory of SGS-CSTC Standards Technical Serv-ices Co., Ltd. on the sample of the above-mentioned product in accordance with theprovisions of the relevant specific stand-ards under Directive 2014/30/EU. The CEmark as shown below can be used, underthe responsibility of the manufacturer,after completion of an EU Declaration ofConformity and compliance with all rele-vant EU Directives.Date: 2016-11-10Signature: Kobe Jian

24 >> Introduction.

Type of radio device in the vehicle

Frequencyrange

Technology Transmis-sion output/magneticfieldstrength

125 kHz(119 kHz -135 kHz)

Trans-ponder ring

≤ 42 dBμA/mat 10 m

13.553 MHz -13.567 MHz

Windscreenunit (vehi-cle accesssystem forCar2Go)

≤ 42 dBμA/mat 10 m

433 MHz(433.05 MHz-434.79 MHz)

RemoteKeylessEntryTyre pres-sure moni-tor

≤ 10 mWe.r.p.

2.4 GHz ISMwaveband(2400 MHz -2483.5 MHz)

Bluetooth® ≤ 100 mWe.i.r.p.

76 GHz -77 GHz

76 GHzRadar ≤ 55 dBmpeak e.i.r.p.

Operating safety

Important safety notes

G WARNING

If you do not have the prescribed service/maintenance work or necessary repairscarried out, this could result in malfunc-tions or system failures. There is a risk ofan accident.

Always have the prescribed service/maintenance work as well as necessaryrepairs carried out at a qualified special-ist workshop.

G WARNING

Flammable material such as leaves, grassor twigs may ignite if they come into

contact with hot parts of the exhaustsystem. There is a risk of fire.

When driving on an unpaved road or off-road, check the vehicle underside regu-larly. In particular, remove trapped plantparts or other flammable material. Con-tact a qualified specialist workshopimmediately if damage is detected.

G WARNING

If you operate information and communi-cation equipment integrated in the vehi-cle when driving, you could be distractedfrom the traffic situation. This could alsocause you to lose control of the vehicle.There is a risk of an accident.

Only operate this equipment when thetraffic situation permits. If you cannot besure of this, stop the vehicle payingattention to road and traffic conditionsand operate the equipment with the vehi-cle stationary.

G WARNING

Modification to electronic components,their software or wiring could impairtheir function and/or the function ofother networked components. In particu-lar, systems relevant to safety could alsobe affected. As a result, these may no lon-ger function properly and/or jeopardisethe operating safety of the vehicle. Thereis an increased risk of accident andinjury.

You must not tamper with wiring, elec-tronic components, or their software. Youshould have all work on electrical andelectronic components carried out at aqualified specialist workshop.

If you fail to adapt your driving style or ifyou are inattentive, the driving safety sys-tems can neither reduce the risk of accidentnor override the laws of physics. Drivingsafety systems are merely aids designed toassist driving. The driver is responsible forkeeping a safe distance from the vehicle infront, for vehicle speed, for braking in good

>> Introduction. 25

Z

time and for staying in lane. The drivingstyle should always be adjusted to the cur-rent street and weather conditions. An ade-quate safe distance must be maintained atall times.You must observe the legal requirementsfor the country in which you are currentlydriving when operating information sys-tems and communication devices integra-ted into the vehicle.If you make any changes to the vehicleelectronics, the general operating permit isrendered invalid.

! There is a risk of damage to the vehicleif:

Rthe vehicle becomes stuck, e.g. on ahigh kerb or an unpaved roadRyou drive too quickly over an obstacle,

e.g. a kerb, slowing thresholds or apothole in the roadRa heavy object strikes the underbody

or parts of the chassisIn situations like this, the body, under-body, chassis parts, wheels or tyres couldbe damaged without the damage beingvisible. Components damaged in this waycan unexpectedly fail or, in the case of anaccident, no longer withstand the strainthey are designed to withstand.If the underbody panelling is damaged,combustible materials such as leaves,grass or twigs can gather between theunderbody and the underbody panelling.If these materials come into contact withhot parts of the exhaust system, they cancatch fire.In such situations, have the vehiclechecked and repaired immediately at aqualified specialist workshop. If, on con-tinuing your journey, you notice thatdriving safety is impaired, stop the vehi-cle immediately, paying attention to roadand traffic conditions. In such cases,consult a qualified specialist workshop.

The multimedia device is equipped withtechnical provisions to protect it againsttheft. Further information is available fromany smart Centre.The functionality of a roof aerial (radio,DAB) may be impaired if roof carriers areused. Metallised retrofit film on windowsmay also affect radio and GPS reception and

have a negative impact on all other aerialfunctions in the vehicle interior.

Diagnostics connection

The diagnostics connection is only inten-ded for the connection of diagnostic equip-ment at a qualified specialist workshop.

G WARNING

If you connect equipment to a diagnosticsconnection in the vehicle, it may affectthe operation of vehicle systems. As aresult, the operating safety of the vehiclecould be affected. There is a risk of anaccident.

Only connect equipment to a diagnosticsconnection in the vehicle, which isapproved for your vehicle by Mercedes-Benz.

G WARNING

Objects in the driver's footwell mayrestrict the clearance around the pedalsor block a depressed pedal. This jeopard-ises the operating and road safety of thevehicle. There is a risk of an accident.

Stow all objects securely in the vehicle sothat they do not get into the driver'sfootwell. Always fit the floormatssecurely and as prescribed in order toensure that there is always sufficientroom for the pedals. Do not use loosefloormats and do not place several floor-mats on top of one another.

! If the engine is switched off and adevice is connected to a diagnostic con-nection, the battery may become dis-charged.

Connecting equipment to the diagnosticsconnection can lead to emissions monitor-ing information being reset, for example.This may lead to the vehicle failing to meetthe requirements of the next emissions testduring the main inspection.

26 >> Introduction.

Qualified specialist workshop

A qualified specialist workshop has thenecessary special skills, tools and qualifi-cations to correctly carry out any neces-sary work on your vehicle. This particularlyapplies to work relevant to safety.Observe the information contained in theService Booklet.Always have the following work carried outon your vehicle at a smart Centre:

Rwork relevant to safetyRservice and maintenance workRrepair workRmodifications, installations and conver-

sionsRwork on electronic componentsYou can obtain current information con-cerning the servicing of your vehicle at anytime from a qualified specialist workshop,e.g. a smart Centre.

Replacing the 12 V battery

Observe the notes on the 12 V battery.smart recommends that you have the 12 Vbattery replaced at a qualified specialistworkshop, e.g. at a smart Centre.If you intend to replace the battery your-self, please observe the following points:

Ralways replace a defective battery with abattery which fulfils the specific vehiclerequirementsThe vehicle is equipped with either anAGM (Absorbent Glass Mat) technologybattery or a lithium-ion battery. Fullvehicle functionality is only guaranteedwith a battery of the same technology.smart recommends that you only use bat-teries of the same technology which havebeen tested and approved for your vehi-cle.Rcarry over detachable parts, e.g. the

breather hose, angled connecting piece orterminal cover from the battery which isbeing replacedRmake sure that the breather hose is

always connected to the original openingon the battery sideFit any existing or supplied cell caps.

Otherwise, gases or battery acid mayleak.Rmake sure that the detachable parts are

reconnected in the same way

Vehicle registration

smart may ask its smart Centres to carryout technical inspections on certain vehi-cles. The quality or safety of the vehicle isimproved as a result of the inspection.smart is only able to notify the vehicleowner about vehicle inspections if smarthas the vehicle registration data.In the following cases, it is possible that avehicle has not yet been registered in theowner's name:

Rthe vehicle was not purchased at anauthorised specialist dealerRthe vehicle has not yet been examined at

a smart Centresmart recommends registering the vehiclein a smart Centre.Notify smart as soon as possible if there isa change of address or if ownership of thevehicles changes. This can be done at asmart Centre, for example.

Correct use

If warning stickers are removed, you mayfail to recognise certain dangers. Leavewarning stickers in place.The following are important sources ofinformation in regard to vehicle use:

Rsafety notes in this Owner's ManualRtechnical data in this Owner's ManualRtraffic rules and regulationsRlaws and safety standards pertaining to

motor vehicles

Implied warranty

! Follow the instructions in this manualabout the proper operation of your vehi-cle as well as about possible vehicledamage. Damage to your vehicle that ari-ses from culpable contraventions againstthese instructions is not covered either

>> Introduction. 27

Z

by the smart implied warranty or by theNew or Used-Vehicle Warranty.

Information on the REACH Regulation

EU and EFTA countries only:The REACH Regulation (Regulation (EU) no.1907/2006, Article 33) provides for an obli-gation to inform for Substances of VeryHigh Concern (SVHCs).Daimler AG acts to the best of its knowledgeto prevent the use of SVHCs, and to enablethe customer to handle these substancessafely. There are SVHCs known to DaimlerAG, according to supplier information andinternal product information, found inindividual components of this vehicle inquantities of over 0.1 percent by weight.You can obtain further information at thefollowing addresses:

Rhttp://www.daimler.com/reach (Germanversion)Rhttp://www.daimler.com/reach/en (Eng-

lish version)

QR codes for rescue card

The QR code is affixed on the fuel filler flapand on the door pillar (B-pillar), on theopposite side. In the event of an accident,rescue services can use the QR code toquickly determine the corresponding res-cue card for a vehicle. The current rescuecard contains the most important informa-tion about the vehicle in compact form,such as the routing of the electric cables.Further information: http://www.mercedes-benz.de/qr-code

Data stored in the vehicle

Electronic control units

Your vehicle is equipped with electroniccontrol units. Some of them are necessaryfor your vehicle to function safely, someprovide support when driving (driver assis-tance systems). In addition, your vehicleoffers comfort or entertainment functions

which are also made possible with elec-tronic control units.Electronic control units contain data mem-ories which can permanently or tempora-rily store technical information on vehiclecondition, component stress, servicerequirements as well as technical incidentsand faults.This information generally documents thecondition of a component, a module, a sys-tem or of the environment such as:

Roperating states of system components(e.g. fluid levels, battery status, tyrepressure)Rstatus messages of the vehicle or its

individual components (e.g. wheel revo-lutions/speed, deceleration in movement,lateral acceleration, display of seat beltsfastened)Rmalfunctions and defects in important

system components (e.g. the lights andbrakes)Rinformation on incidents in which the

vehicle is damagedRreactions of the systems in specific driv-

ing situations (e.g. deployment of an air-bag, use of stability control systems)Rambient conditions (e.g. temperature,

rain sensor)In addition to the provision of control unitfunctions, this data serves to detect andrectify faults as well as to optimise vehiclefunctions by the manufacturer. Most of thisdata is volatile and is only processed in thevehicle itself. Only a small proportion ofthe data is stored in event or error memo-ries.When service work is carried out on yourvehicle, the technical data from the vehiclecan be read out by service network staff(e.g. workshops, manufacturers) or thirdparties (e.g. breakdown services). Servicework is, for example, repair work, mainte-nance, warranty claims and quality assur-ance measures. The data is read out via thelegally prescribed connection for the diag-nostics connection in the vehicle. Therespective workshop of service network orthird parties collect, process and use thedata. The data documents technical statesof the vehicle, help in finding errors and inimproving quality and are transferred tothe manufacturer if necessary. In addition,

28 >> Introduction.

the manufacturer is subject to product lia-bility. For this purpose, the manufacturerrequires technical data from vehicles.Error memories in the vehicle can be resetby a service outlet during repairs or servicework.Depending on the equipment selected, youcan enter data in comfort and infotainmentfunctions of the vehicle.This includes, for example:

Rmultimedia data, such as music, films orphotos for playback in an integratedmultimedia systemRaddress book data for use in an integra-

ted hands-free system or an integratednavigation systemRnavigation destinations enteredRdata on the use of Internet servicesThis data can be saved locally in the vehi-cle or it is located on a device which youhave connected to the vehicle (e.g. smart-phone, USB memory stick or MP3 player). Ifthis data is saved in the vehicle, you candelete it at any time. Transfer of this datato third parties only occurs at your request,especially as part of online servicesaccording to the settings you have selected.You can save comfort settings/individuali-sation in the vehicle and change them atany time.Depending on the equipment, these include,for example:

Rsettings for seat and steering wheel posi-tionsRsuspension and air-conditioning settingsRindividualisation such as interior light-

ingIf your vehicle is suitably equipped, youcan connect your mobile phone or anothermobile end device with the vehicle. You canoperate these devices via the control ele-ments integrated in the vehicle. Images andsound from the mobile phone can playedback via the multimedia system. At thesame time, certain information is transfer-red to your mobile phone.Depending on the type of integration, thiscan include:

Rgeneral vehicle statusRposition data

This allows the use of selected mobilephone apps, e.g. navigation or music play-back. There is no further interactionbetween mobile phone and vehicle; in par-ticular there is no active access to vehicledata. The provider of the app being useddetermines how the data may be furtherprocessed. Which settings you can adjust, ifany, depends on the specific app and theoperating system of your mobile phone.

Online services

Wireless network connection

If your vehicle has a wireless network con-nection, this will permit the exchange ofdata between your vehicle and further sys-tems. The wireless network connection isenabled by a transmission and receptiondevice belonging to the vehicle or viamobile end devices (e.g. mobile phones) youbring into the vehicle. Online functions canbe used via this wireless network connec-tion. These include online services andapplications/apps, which are provided bythe manufacturer or by other providers.

Manufacturer's own services

Regarding online services of the manufac-turer, the individual functions are descri-bed by the manufacturer in a suitable place(e.g. Owner's Manual, the manufacturer'swebsite) along with the relevant data pro-tection information. Personal identificationdata may be used to provide online serv-ices. The data exchange for this takes placevia a secure connection, e.g. with the man-ufacturer's IT systems intended for thepurpose. The collecting, processing, anduse of personal identification data beyondthe provision of services occurs exclusivelyon the basis of a legal permit or after dueconsent.Generally, you can enable or disable theservices and functions (which sometimeshave associated costs). In some cases, thisalso applies to the whole data connection ofthe vehicle. Excluded from this are speciallegally prescribed functions and services.

>> Introduction. 29

Z

Services of third parties

If it is possible to use online services fromother providers, these services are theresponsibility of the provider in questionand subject to that provider's data protec-tion conditions and terms of use. The man-ufacturer has no influence on the contentsexchanged whilst using these services.Please ask the respective service providerfor details on the type, extent and purposeof the collection and use of personal data inthe context of third party services.

Copyright information

Information on licences for Free and Open-Source software used in the vehicle and itselectronic components is available at:http://www.mercedes-benz.com/opensourceand on the CD provided.

30 >> Introduction.

Cockpit

Function Page

: Rev counter, dashboardclock 76

; Instrument cluster 36

= Horn

? Instrument cluster multi-function lever 106Windscreen wipers combi-nation switch 87

A Automatic locking feature 90Hazard warning lamps 170

B Overhead control panel 34

C smart Audio-System 110smart Media-System 118

D Climate control systemcontrol panel 95

Function Page

E Ignition lock 67

F Adjusting the steeringwheel 64

G Control panel for:Automatic start/stop sys-tem 70Lane Keeping Assist 80Distance warning function 58Parking aid 101Headlamp range control 86

H Light combination switch 85

I Automatic transmission:shift paddles 74

Cockpit 31

>> A

t a

glan

ce.

Multifunction steering wheel

Function Page

: Colour display of theinstrument cluster 106Monochrome display ofthe instrument cluster 105

; smart Audio-System 110smart Media-System 118

= Only for instrument clus-ter with colour display:WX Adjusts the vol-ume 118

Switches voice-oper-ated control on or off andaccepts or ends a call 118

? ® Increases or storesthe current speed 82g Decreases currentspeed 82

Function Page

A ° Calls up the lastspeed stored 82

B ± Interrupts cruisecontrol or the limiter 82

C ¯ Activates cruise con-trol 82^ Deactivates cruisecontrol or the limiter 82È Activates limiter 82

D Only for instrument clus-ter with colour display:9: Scrolls throughmenus 106a Confirms the selec-tion 108

32 Multifunction steering wheel>>

At

a gl

ance

.

Centre console with drawer

i Vehicles with automatic transmission

Function Page

: Cup holders 144Ashtray 99

; Drawer 144

= smart fortwo: coin holder

= smart fortwo cabrio: opensand closes the soft top 92

? Selector lever 72

A Parking brake 69

Function Page

B Cigarette lighter 9912 V socket 100

C smart Media-System: AUXport, USB port and SD cardslot 118

D Cup holders 144

E Selector lever indicator 72

F Sets the drive programs(program selector button) 73

Centre console with drawer 33

>> A

t a

glan

ce.

Overhead control panel

Function Page

: Left-hand reading lamp 87

; Interior lighting 87

= Right-hand reading lamp 87

Function Page

? PASSENGER AIRBAG indi-cator lamps 43

A Rear-view mirror 65

34 Overhead control panel>>

At

a gl

ance

.

Door control panel

Function Page

: Opens the door 90

; Adjusts the exterior mir-rors 66

Function Page

= Opens and closes the sidewindows 92

Door control panel 35

>> A

t a

glan

ce.

Displays shown in the instrument cluster and the display

Function Page

: Speedometer

; Display

= Warning and indicatorlamps

C Doors or tailgate 189

7 Seat belts 190

6 Restraint system 191

ç Automatic start/stop sys-tem warning 195

è Automatic start/stop sys-tem 195

; Engine diagnostics 193

? Coolant temperature 194

5 Oil pressure 194

J Brakes 195

! ABS 199

÷ ESP® 60

h Tyre pressure monitor 201

D Power steering 204

Function Page

· Distance warning signal 204

^ Forward collision warning 204

Ã Lane Keeping Assist 206

# Battery 207

R Rear foglamp 86

O Foglamps 86

K Main-beam headlamps 85

L Dipped-beam headlamps 85

T Side lamps 86

S Transmission electronics 197

8 Reserve fuel level reached 193

¯ Cruise control 206

È Limiter 207

Ò Black ice warning 207

b Brake lamps 208

¯

°

Next service due date

198

36 Displays shown in the instrument cluster and the display>>

At

a gl

ance

.

Occupant safety

Restraint system

Protection provided by the restraintsystem

The restraint system includes the followingcomponents:

RSeat belt systemRAirbagsRChild restraint systemRChild seat securing systemThe restraint system can reduce the risk ofvehicle occupants coming into contact withparts of the vehicle's interior in the eventof an accident. In the event of an accident,the restraint system can also reduce theforces to which the vehicle occupants aresubjected.A seat belt can only provide maximum pro-tection when worn correctly. Depending onthe type of accident detected, seat belt ten-sioners and/or airbags may supplement acorrectly worn seat belt. Not every accidentwill trigger the seat belt tensioners and/ordeploy the airbags.In order for the restraint system to providethe intended level of protection, each vehi-cle occupant must observe the followinginformation:

Rfasten the seat belt correctly.Rbe in an almost upright position with the

back against the backrest.Rsit with feet resting on the floor, if possi-

ble.Ralways secure persons under 1.50 m tall

in an additional restraint system suita-ble for this vehicle.

However, no system available today cancompletely eliminate injuries and fatalitiesin every accident. In particular, the seatbelt and airbag generally do not protectagainst objects penetrating the vehiclefrom the outside. The risk of injuries due toa deployed airbag also cannot be com-pletely eliminated.

Limited protection from restraint sys-tem

G WARNING

If the restraint system is modified, it mayno longer work as intended. The restraintsystem may then not perform its inten-ded protective function by failing in anaccident or triggering unexpectedly, forexample. There is an increased risk ofinjury, possibly even fatal.

Never modify parts of the restraint sys-tem. Do not attempt to modify the wiringas well as electronic components or theirsoftware.

If it is necessary to adjust the vehicle toaccommodate a person with disabilities,contact a qualified specialist workshop.smart recommends that you use drivingaids which have been approved specificallyfor your vehicle by smart.

Preparing the restraint system foroperation

When the ignition is switched on, therestraint system warning lamp lights up6 during the self-check. It goes out nolater than a few seconds after the vehicle isstarted. The components of the restraintsystem are then in operational readiness.

Malfunctioning restraint system

A malfunction has occurred in the restraintsystem if:

RWhen the ignition is switched on, the6 restraint system warning lamp doesnot light up.RWhile driving, the 6 restraint system

warning lamp remains lit or lights uprepeatedly.

G WARNING

If the restraint system is malfunctioning,restraint system components may betriggered unintentionally or might not betriggered as intended in the event of anaccident. This may apply to belt tension-

Occupant safety 37

>> S

afet

y.

Z

ers or airbags, for example. There is a riskof injury.

Have the restraint system checked andrepaired immediately at a qualified spe-cialist workshop.

Restraint system function during anaccident

The way the restraint system respondsdepends on the severity of the impactdetected and the apparent type of accident:

RHead-on collisionRRear impactRSide impactThe activation threshold for the restraintsystem components is determined based onthe analysis of the sensor values measuredat various points in the vehicle. This proc-ess is pre-emptive in nature. The trigger-ing process of the restraint system compo-nents should take place in good time at thestart of the collision.Factors which can only be seen and meas-ured after a collision has occurred do notplay a decisive role in the deployment of anairbag, nor do they provide an indication ofairbag deployment.The vehicle may be deformed significantlywithout an airbag being deployed. This isthe case if only parts which are relativelyeasily deformed are affected and the rate ofvehicle deceleration is not high. Con-versely, an airbag may be deployed eventhough the vehicle suffers only minordeformation. If, for instance, very rigidvehicle parts such as longitudinal bodymembers are hit, the rate of vehicle decel-eration may be sufficient.

The restraint system components can beactivated or triggered independently ofeach other:

Component Detected triggersituation

Belt tensioners Head-on collision,rear impact, sideimpact

Driver's airbag,front-passengerfront airbag andkneebag

Head-on collision

Sidebag Side impact

G WARNING

After the airbag deploys, the airbag partsare hot. There is a risk of injury.

Do not touch the airbag parts. Have adeployed airbag replaced at a qualifiedspecialist workshop as soon as possible.

i smart recommends that you have thevehicle towed to a qualified specialistworkshop after an accident. Take thisinto account, particularly if a seat belttensioner was triggered or an airbag wasdeployed.

If the belt tensioners are triggered or anairbag is deployed, you will hear a bang,and a small amount of powder may also bereleased:

RThe bang will not usually affect yourhearing.RIn general, the powder released is not

hazardous to health but may cause short-term breathing difficulties to personssuffering from asthma or other pulmo-nary conditions.Provided it is safe to do so, leave thevehicle immediately or open the windowin order to prevent breathing difficulties.

38 Occupant safety>>

Saf

ety

.

Seat belts

Protection provided by seat belts

Always fasten seat belts correctly beforecommencing your journey. A seat belt canonly provide maximum protection whenworn correctly.

G WARNING

If the seat belt is worn incorrectly, itcannot perform its intended protectivefunction. Furthermore, an incorrectlyworn seat belt can cause additional inju-ries, e.g. in the event of an accident,heavy braking or sudden changes ofdirection. There is an increased risk ofinjury, possibly even fatal.

Always ensure that all vehicle occupantshave their seat belts fastened correctlyand are sitting properly.

Always observe the notes on correct driv-er's seat position (Y page 62) and seatadjustment (Y page 63).In order for the correctly worn seat belt toprovide the intended level of protection,each vehicle occupant must observe thefollowing information:

Rthe seat belt must not be twisted andmust fit tightly and snugly across thebody.Rthe seat belt must be routed across the

centre of the shoulder and as low downacross the hips as possible.Rthe shoulder section of the belt should

not touch your neck nor be routed underyour arm or behind your back.Ravoid wearing bulky clothing, e.g. a win-

ter coat.Rpress the lap belt down into your hip

joints and pull taut by the shoulder sec-tion of the belt. The lap belt must neverbe routed across your stomach or abdo-men.Rnever route the seat belt across sharp,

pointed, abrasive or fragile objects.

Ronly one person per seat belt. Infants andchildren must never travel sitting on thelap of a vehicle occupant.Rnever secure objects with a seat belt if

the seat belt is also being used by one ofthe vehicle's occupants. Always observethe notes on "Loading the vehicle" forsecuring objects, luggage or loads(Y page 145).Also make sure that objects are neverplaced between an occupant and the seat,e.g. a cushion.

If children are travelling in the vehicle, besure to observe the instructions and safetynotes on "Children in the vehicle"(Y page 43).

Limited protection from seat belts

G WARNING

The seat belt does not offer the intendedlevel of protection if you have not movedthe backrest to an almost vertical posi-tion. When braking or in the event of anaccident, you could slide underneath theseat belt and sustain abdomen or neckinjuries, for example. This poses anincreased risk of injury or even fatalinjury.

Adjust the seat properly before beginningyour journey. Always ensure that thebackrest is in an almost vertical positionand that the shoulder section of yourseatbelt is routed across the centre ofyour shoulder.

G WARNING

Persons under 1.50 m tall cannot wear theseat belts correctly without an additionalsuitable restraint system. If the seat beltis worn incorrectly, it cannot perform itsintended protective function. Further-more, an incorrectly worn seat belt cancause additional injuries, e.g. in theevent of an accident, heavy braking orsudden changes of direction. There is anincreased risk of injury, possibly evenfatal.

Occupant safety 39

>> S

afet

y.

Z

Always secure persons less than 1.50 mtall in additional suitable restraint sys-tems.

G WARNING

Seat belts may not be used in the follow-ing situations in particular:

Rthe seat belt is damaged, has beenmodified, is very dirty, bleached ordyed.

Rthe seat belt buckle is damaged or verydirty.

Rmodifications have been made to theseat belt tensioner, seat belt anchorageor seat belt retractor.

Seat belts may sustain non-visible dam-age in an accident, e.g. due to glasssplinters. Modified or damaged seat beltscan tear or fail, for example in the eventof an accident. Modified seat belt ten-sioners may be triggered unintentionallyor may not function as intended. There isan increased risk of injury, possibly evenfatal.

Never modify seat belts, seat belt ten-sioners, seat belt anchorages and inertiareels. Ensure that seat belts are not dam-aged or worn and are clean. After an acci-dent, have the seat belts checked imme-diately at a qualified specialist work-shop.

smart recommends that you only use seatbelts which have been approved specifi-cally for your vehicle by smart.

G WARNING

Pyrotechnical belt tensioners which havebeen triggered are no longer operationaland therefore cannot protect as intended.There is an increased risk of injury, pos-sibly even fatal.

Have pyrotechnic belt tensioners whichhave been triggered replaced at a quali-fied specialist workshop immediately.

smart recommends that you have the vehi-cle towed to a qualified specialist workshopafter an accident.

! Make sure that the seat belt is fully rol-led up. Otherwise, the seat belt or belttongue will be trapped in the door or inthe seat mechanism. This could damagethe door, the door trim panel and the seatbelt. Damaged seat belts can no longerfulfil their protective function and mustbe replaced. Visit a qualified specialistworkshop.

Fastening and releasing the seat belt

If the seat belt is pulled out quickly orsharply, the inertia reel locks. The beltstrap cannot be pulled out any further.

! If the co-driver's seat is not occupied,do not engage the seat belt tongue in thebuckle on the co-driver's seat. Otherwise,in the event of an accident the belt ten-sioner could be triggered in addition toother systems and would need to bereplaced.

For easy fastening, the seat belt is routedthrough the seat belt guide on the side ofthe seat, if available.

X To fasten: always engage seat belttongue ; into belt buckle : of the cor-responding seat.

X To release: press the release button inbelt buckle : and guide the seat beltback by belt tongue ;.

Function of seat belt warning for thedriver and front passenger

The 7 seat belt warning lamp in theinstrument display is a reminder that all


Saf

ety

.

vehicle occupants must wear their seatbelts correctly.In addition, a warning tone may sound.The belt warning goes out as soon as thedriver and front-passenger fasten theirseat belts.

i If you are using an ISOFIX or an i-Sizechild restraint system on the front-passenger seat and the child is notsecured using the seat belt of the front-passenger seat, the belt warning may beactivated. In this case, you can insert thebelt tongue of the seat belt into the beltbuckle belonging to the front-passengerseat. To do this, guide the seat beltbetween the ISOFIX child restraint sys-tem or i-Size child restraint system andthe backrest of the front-passenger seat.

Airbags

Overview of airbags

The installation location of an airbag isidentified by the AIRBAG symbol.A deployed airbag can increase the level ofprotection provided to the vehicle occu-pant.

AIRBAG Possible protectionfor:

: Kneebag Thigh, knee andlower leg

; Driver's air-bag

Head and thorax

AIRBAG Possible protectionfor:

= Front-passengerfront airbag

Head and thorax

? Sidebag Head and thorax

The front-passenger front airbag can bedeployed in an accident only if thePASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamp islit. If the front-passenger seat is occupied,make sure both before and during the jour-ney that the status of the front-passengerfront airbag is correct (Y page 43).

Protection provided by the airbags

Depending on the type of accident, an air-bag can supplement a correctly worn seatbelt and provide added protection.

G WARNING

If you deviate from the correct seat posi-tion, the airbag cannot carry out itsintended function and may even causeadditional injuries if it is deployed. Thereis an increased risk of injury, possiblyeven fatal.

To avoid risks, vehicle occupants mustensure the following points are followed:

Rfasten the seat belt correctly. in par-ticular, make sure that the lap beltnever runs over the stomach or abdo-men of pregnant women..

Rtake the correct seating position andkeep as far away from the airbags aspossible.

Robserve the following information:

Always make sure that there are noobjects between the airbag and vehicleoccupant.

To avoid the risks resulting from thedeployment of an airbag, each vehicleoccupant must observe the following notes:

RAdjust seats correctly before startingyour journey and move the driver's and

Occupant safety 41

>> S

afet

y.

Z

front passenger seat as far back as possi-ble.Always observe the information on thecorrect driver's seat position(Y page 62).ROnly hold onto the outside of the steering

wheel rim. This allows the airbag to befully deployed.RAlways lean against the backrest while

driving. Do not lean forwards or againstthe door or side window. You may other-wise be in the deployment area of theairbags.RAlways keep your feet on the floor. Do not

put your feet on the dashboard, for exam-ple. Your feet may otherwise be in thedeployment area of the airbag.RWhen children are travelling in the vehi-

cle, follow the related additional notes(Y page 43).RAlways properly stow and secure objects.Objects in the vehicle interior may limit anairbag's ability to function correctly. Eachvehicle occupant must always make sure ofthe following:

RThere are no people, animals or objectsbetween the vehicle occupants and anairbag.RThere are no objects between the seat,

the door and the door pillar (B-pillar).RNo hard objects, e.g. coat hangers, are

hanging on the grab handles or coathooks.RThere are no accessory parts, such as

mobile navigation devices, mobile phonesor cup holders, attached to the vehiclewithin the deployment area of an airbag,e.g. on the cockpit, on doors, side win-dows or side panelling.In addition, no connection cable, tension-ing strap or retainer belt may be routedor secured in the deployment area of anairbag. Always observe the accessorymanufacturer's installation instructions,in particular the notes on a suitableplace to fit the accessory.RNo heavy, sharp-edged or fragile objects

are kept in the pockets of clothing. Storesuch objects in a suitable place.

Limited protection from airbags

G WARNING

If you modify the cover of an airbag oraffix objects such as stickers to it, theairbag can no longer perform its intendedfunction. This poses an increased risk ofinjury.

Never modify the cover of an airbag oraffix objects to it.

The installation location of an airbag isindicated by the AIRBAG symbol(Y page 41).

G WARNING

Unsuitable seat covers may obstruct oreven prevent deployment of the airbagsintegrated into the seats. The airbagsmay then fail to protect the vehicle occu-pants as intended. There is an increasedrisk of injury, possibly even fatal.

Use only seat covers which have beenspecifically approved for the respectiveseat by smart.

G WARNING

Sensors to control the airbags are locatedin the doors. Modifications or work notperformed correctly to the doors or doorpanelling, as well as damaged doors, canlead to the function of the sensors beingimpaired. The airbags might therefore notfunction properly any more. Conse-quently, the airbags cannot protect vehi-cle occupants as they are designed to do.This poses an increased risk of injury.

Never modify the doors or parts of thedoors. Always have work on the doors ordoor panelling carried out at a qualifiedspecialist workshop.

G WARNING

An airbag that has been deployed oncecannot provide any further protectionand, in the event of an accident, can nolonger perform its intended protective


Saf

ety

.

function. There is an increased risk ofinjury.

Have the vehicle towed to a qualifiedspecialist workshop to have the deployedairbag replaced.

Have deployed airbags replaced immedi-ately.

Status of the front passenger front air-bag

Function of the PASSENGER AIR BAG indi-cator lampsThe front-passenger front airbag can beenabled or disabled using the airbag-offswitch in the instrument panel on thefront-passenger side (Y page 53).

The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF andPASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamps arepart of the front-passenger front airbagdeactivation system.The indicator lamps display the status ofthe front-passenger front airbag:

RPASSENGER AIR BAG OFF lights up: thefront-passenger front airbag is disabled.It will then not be deployed in the eventof an accident.RPASSENGER AIR BAG ON lights up: the

front-passenger front airbag is enabled.The front-passenger front airbag maydeploy during an accident.

If the front-passenger seat is occupied,make sure that the status of the front-passenger front airbag is correct dependingon the situation both before and during thejourney:

RChildren in a child restraint system:whether the front-passenger front airbag

should be enabled or disabled depends onthe child restraint system fitted and theage and size of the child. Make sure thatyou observe the notes on "Children in thevehicle" (Y page 43). There you will alsofind instructions on backwards and for-wards-facing child restraint systems onthe front-passenger seat.RAll other persons: the PASSENGER AIR BAG

ON indicator lamp must be lit. The front-passenger front airbag is enabled. Besure to observe the notes on "Seat belts"(Y page 39) and "Airbags" (Y page 41).There you can also find information onthe correct seat position.

Observe the information on the airbagdeactivation system of the front-passengerfront airbag (Y page 53).

Travelling safely with children in thevehicle

Observe carefully when children aretravelling in the vehicle

Be diligent

i Be sure to observe the safety notes rele-vant to the situation. In doing so, youwill be able to identify possible risks andavoid dangers when children are travel-ling in the vehicle (Y page 44).

Bear in mind that negligence when secur-ing the child in the child restraint systemmay have serious consequences. Always bediligent and secure a child carefully beforeeach journey.To improve protection for children youngerthan twelve years old and under 1.50 m inheight, smart recommends you alwaysobserve the following notes:

RAlways secure the child in a childrestraint system suitable for your smartvehicle.RThe child restraint system must be

appropriate to the age, weight and size ofthe child.RThe vehicle seat must be suitable for the

child restraint system to be fitted(Y page 47).

Travelling safely with children in the vehicle 43

>> S

afet

y.

Z

The generic term child restraint system

The generic term child restraint system isused in this Owner's Manual. A childrestraint system is, for example:

Ra baby car seatRa rearward-facing child seatRa forward-facing child seatRa child booster seat with a backrest and

seat belt guidesThe child restraint system must be appro-priate to the age, weight and size of thechild.

Observing laws and regulations

Always observe the legal requirements forusing a child restraint system in the vehi-cle.Ensure that the child restraint system isapproved in accordance with the valid testspecifications and guidelines. Furtherinformation can be obtained at a qualifiedspecialist workshop. smart recommendsthat you use a smart Centre.

Use only approved child restraint sys-tems

Only child restraint systems that meet thefollowing UNECE standards are permittedfor use in the vehicle:

RUN-R44RUN-R129 (i‑Size child restraint systems)Information about the approval categoriesfor child restraint systems and details onthe approval label on the child restraintsystem (Y page 48).

Detecting risks, avoiding danger

Securing systems for child restraintsystems in the vehicle

Only use the following securing systems forchild restraint systems:

Rthe ISOFIX or i‑Size securing ringsRthe vehicle's seat belt systemRthe Top Tether anchoragesPreferably, fit an ISOFIX or i‑Size childrestraint system.

The risk of incorrectly fitting the childrestraint system can be reduced by simplyfitting it on the securing rings of the vehi-cle.When the child is secured using the seatbelt integrated in the ISOFIX or i-Size childrestraint system, be sure to observe themaximum permissible weight of the childand child restraint system together(Y page 51).

The advantage of a rearward-facingchild restraint system

Babies or infants should preferably travelin a suitable rearward-facing childrestraint system. In this case, the child isseated in the opposite direction to thedirection of travel and is facing backwards.Babies and infants have comparativelypoorly developed neck muscles in relationto the size and weight of their head. A rear-ward-facing child restraint system canreduce the risk of injury to the cervicalspine in an accident.

Secure the child restraint system cor-rectly at all times

G WARNING

If the child restraint system is incor-rectly fitted on the seat position suitablefor this purpose, it cannot perform itsintended protective function. In the eventof an accident, sharp braking or a suddenchange in direction, the child may not beheld securely. There is an increased riskof serious or even fatal injuries.

Observe the manufacturer's installationinstructions and the correct use for thechild restraint system. Make sure thatthe entire surface of the child restraintsystem is resting on the seat surface.Never place objects under or behind thechild restraint system, e.g. cushions.Only use child restraint systems with theoriginal cover designed for them. Onlyreplace damaged covers with genuinecovers.

44 Travelling safely with children in the vehicle>>

Saf

ety

.

Where possible, use child restraint systemsrecommended for Mercedes-Benz(Y page 46).

G WARNING

If the child restraint system is fittedincorrectly or is not secured, it can comeloose in the event of an accident, heavybraking or a sudden change in direction.The child restraint system could bethrown about, striking vehicle occupants.There is an increased risk of injury, pos-sibly even fatal.

Always fit child restraint systems prop-erly, even if they are not being used.Make sure that you observe the childrestraint system manufacturer's installa-tion instructions.

RBe sure to observe the installation andoperating instructions provided by themanufacturer for the child restraint sys-tem being used as well as the vehicle-specific notes at all times:- Fitting an ISOFIX or i-Size child

restraint system to the front-passenger seat (Y page 51).

- Securing the child restraint systemwith the seat belt on the front-passenger seat (Y page 56). Observethe specific notes on rearward-facingand forward-facing child restraintsystems (Y page 56).If the front-passenger seat is occupied,make sure that the status of the front-passenger front airbag is correctdepending on the situation both beforeand during the journey (Y page 43).

RObserve the warning labels in the vehicleinterior and on the child restraint sys-tem.RAlso secure Top Tether, if available.

Do not modify the child restraint sys-tem

G WARNING

If you modify a child restraint system oraffix objects to it, e.g. toys or unsuitableaccessories, the child restraint system

may no longer function properly. Thisposes an increased risk of injury.

Never modify a child restraint system.Only affix accessories which have beenspecially approved for this childrestraint system by the child restraintsystem's manufacturer.

smart recommends you use smart careproducts to clean child restraint systemsrecommended by smart.

Only use child restraint systems whichare not damaged

G WARNING

Child restraint systems or their securingsystems that have been damaged or sub-jected to a load in an accident cannotperform their intended protective func-tion. In the event of an accident, sharpbraking or a sudden change in direction,the child may not be held securely. Thereis an increased risk of serious or evenfatal injuries.

Immediately replace child restraint sys-tems that have been damaged or subjec-ted to a load in an accident. Have thechild restraint securing systems checkedin a qualified specialist workshop beforefitting a child restraint system again.

Avoiding direct sunlight

G WARNING

If the child restraint system is placed indirect sunlight, the parts could becomevery hot. Children could be suffer burnsby touching these parts, in particular onthe metallic parts of the child restraintsystem. There is a risk of injury.

If you and your child leave the vehicle,always make sure that the child restraintsystem is not in direct sunlight. Cover itwith a blanket, for example. If the childrestraint system has been exposed todirect sunlight, leave it to cool down


>> S

afet

y.

Z

before securing the child in it. Neverleave children unattended in the vehicle.

Observe the following when stopping orparking

G WARNING

If children are left unattended in thevehicle, they could in particular:

Ropen doors, thereby endangering otherpersons or road users.

Rget out and be struck by oncomingtraffic.

Roperate vehicle equipment and becometrapped, for example.

In addition, the children could also setthe vehicle in motion, for example by:

Rreleasing the parking brake.

Rchanging the transmission position.

Ryou start the vehicle.

There is a risk of accident and injury.

Never leave children unattended in thevehicle.

When leaving the vehicle, always takethe key with you and lock the vehicle.

Keep the key out of the reach of children.

G WARNING

If persons (particularly children) areexposed to heat or cold for a prolongedperiod, there is a risk of serious or evenfatal injuries. Never leave persons (par-ticularly children) unattended in thevehicle.

Overview of recommended child restraint systems

The smart fortwo is equipped with a manual front-passenger front airbag deactivationsystem.

X Before using a rearward-facing child restraint system on the front-passenger seat, dis-able the front-passenger front airbag (Y page 53).

i You can obtain further information about the correct child restraint system from aqualified specialist workshop. smart recommends that you use a smart Centre.

Securing with ISOFIX

Weight categorySize category

Type1

Type approval numberOrder number2

Category 0+:up to 13 kg and up toapproximately 15 monthsSize category E

BABY SAFE PLUSE1 04 301 146

B6 6 86 8224

Category I:9–18 kgSize category B1

DUO PLUSE1 04 301 133

A 000 970 17 02

1 Manufacturer: Britax Römer.2 With colour code 9H95.


Saf

ety

.

Securing with the vehicle seat belt

Weight category Type1

Type approval numberOrder number2

Category 0:up to 10 kg and up toapproximately 6 months

BABY SAFE plus IIE1 04 301 146

A 000 970 13 02

Category 0+:up to 13 kg and up toapproximately 15 months

BABY SAFE plus IIE1 04 301 146

A 000 970 13 02

Category I:9–18 kg and from approx-imately 9 months to 4 years

DUO PLUSE1 04 301 133

A 000 970 17 02

Category II/III:15–36 kg and from approx-imately 4–12 years

KIDFIXE1 04 301 198

A 000 970 20 02

Category II/III:15–36 kg and from approx-imately 4–12 years

KIDFIX XPE1 04 301 304

A 000 970 23 02

Suitable seats in the vehicle for fitting a child restraint system

Securing systems for child restraint systems

Vehicle seat

Front-passenger seat Preferred securing system:

ISOFIX child seatsecuring system(Y page 49)ori‑Size child seatsecuring system(Y page 51)Also secure TopTether if available(Y page 52)

Other securing system:

RVehicle seat belt(Y page 55)

Be sure to observe:

RIf the front-passengerseat is occupied, makesure that the status of thefront-passenger frontairbag is correct depend-ing on the situation bothbefore and during thejourney (Y page 43).

1 Manufacturer: Britax Römer.2 With colour code 9H95.


>> S

afet

y.

Z

Permitted categories for childrestraint systems

Use only approved child restraint sys-tems

Only child restraint systems that meet thefollowing UNECE standards are permittedfor use in the vehicle:

RUN-R44RUN-R129 (i‑Size child restraint systems)

Identification on the child restraintsystem

Information about the approval category,weight category and approval number, forexample, is on the approval label on thechild restraint system.Depending on the approval category of thechild restraint system, there may be fur-ther information, e.g. the ISOFIX size cate-gory.

Approval categories in accordance withUN-R44

Example of an approval label

RUniversal: child restraint systems in the"Universal" category are approved forinstallation in vehicles. They can beused, in accordance with overviews of thesuitability of seats for securing childrestraint systems, on seats labelled U, UFor IUF.The designation IUF refers to ISOFIX childrestraint systems in the "Universal" cat-egory. These child restraint systems

must also be secured using Top Tether ora supporting bracket.RSemi-Universal: child restraint systems

in the "semi-universal" category mayonly be used if the vehicle and the seatare listed in the child restraint systemmanufacturer's vehicle model list.RVehicle-specific: child restraint systems

in the "vehicle-specific" category mayonly be used if the vehicle and the seatare listed in the child restraint systemmanufacturer's vehicle model list.

Approval categories in accordance withUN-R129

Example of an approval label

Ri‑Size: child restraint systems in the"i‑Size" category are approved for instal-lation in vehicles with i‑Size securingrings. They can be used, in accordancewith overviews of the suitability of seatsfor securing child restraint systems, onseats labelled i-U.The designation i-U refers to i-Size childrestraint systems in the "Universal" cat-egory. These child restraint systemsmust also be secured using Top Tether ora supporting bracket.


Saf

ety

.

Observe the suitability of vehicle seats

Depending on the approval category, thereare forward-facing and/or rearward-facingchild restraint systems. Usage may be limi-ted for certain vehicle seats.

RSuitability of the seats for attaching ISO-FIX child restraint systems (Y page 49)RSuitability of the seats for attaching

i‑Size child restraint systems(Y page 51)RSuitability of the seats for attaching

belt-secured child restraint systems(Y page 55)

Securing the ISOFIX or i-Size child restraint system

Suitability of the seats for attaching ISOFIX child restraint systems

ISOFIX identification

ISOFIX is a standardised securing system for special restraint systems.

RThis symbol indicates which seats are suitable for securing an ISOFIXchild restraint system in accordance with UN-R44 (Y page 48).ROnly secure child restraint systems approved by UN-R44 in accordance

with the following ISOFIX tables.

Carry cot

Size class Equipment Front-passenger front air-bag enabled

Front-passenger front air-bag disabled1

F ISO/L1 X X

G ISO/L2 X X

X Not suitable for an ISOFIX child

restraint system in this weight cate-

gory and/or size category.

1 The vehicle is equipped with a front-

passenger front airbag deactivation

system. The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF

indicator lamp must be lit.


>> S

afet

y.

Z

Weight category 0 (up to 10 kg and up to approximately 6 months)



E ISO/R1 X IL








IL Suitable for ISOFIX child restraint

systems in accordance with the table in

"Overview of recommended child

restraint systems", or if the vehicle and

the seat are listed in the child restraint

system manufacturer's vehicle model

list.

Weight category 0+ (up to 13 kg and up to approximately 15 months)



E ISO/R1 X IL

D ISO/R2 X IL

C ISO/R3 X IL














list.

Weight category I (9‑18 kg and approximately 9 months to 4 years)



D ISO/R2 X IL

C ISO/R3 X IL

B ISO/F2 IUF IUF

B1 ISO/F2X IUF IUF


Saf

ety

.



A ISO/F3 IUF IUF




IUF Suitable for forward-facing ISOFIX

child restraint systems in the "Univer-

sal" category in this weight category.











list.

Suitability of the seats for attaching i‑Size child restraint systems

i‑Size identification

i‑Size is a standardised securing system for special restraint systems.

RThis symbol indicates which seats are suitable for securing an i‑Sizechild restraint system in accordance with UN-R129 (Y page 48).RChild restraint systems which have been approved in accordance with

the following may be secured:- UN-R44 in accordance with the ISOFIX tables (Y page 49)- UN-R129 in accordance with the following i‑Size table

Front-passenger front air-bag enabled


i‑Size child restraint sys-tem

i-UF i‑U

i-UF Suitable for a forward-facing

i‑Size child restraint system in the

"Universal" category.





i-U Suitable for forward-facing and

rearward-facing i‑Size child restraint

systems in the "Universal" category.

Installing an ISOFIX or i-Size childrestraint system on the front passengerseat

G WARNING

For ISOFIX or i‑Size child restraint sys-tems, where the child is secured using

the integrated seat belt of the childrestraint system, the permissible grossweight of the child and the childrestraint system is 33 kg.

If the child together with the childrestraint system weighs more than 33 kg,


>> S

afet

y.

Z

ISOFIX or i‑Size child restraint systemswith integrated seat belt no longer offersufficient protection. ISOFIX or i‑Sizechild seat securing systems may be over-loaded and will not be able to restrain thechild, for example, in the event of anaccident. This poses an increased risk ofinjury or even fatal injury.

If the child together with the childrestraint system weighs more than 33 kg ,only use ISOFIX or i-Size child restraintsystems with which the child is securedwith the vehicle seat belt. Also secure thechild restraint system with the TopTether belt, if available.

Always observe the information on theweight of the child restraint system:

Rin the installation and operating instruc-tions provided by the manufacturer forthe child restraint system being usedRon the label of the child restraint system,

if presentRegularly check that the maximum permis-sible weight of the child and child restraintsystem together is still complied with.When fitting a child restraint system, besure to observe the following:

O be sure to observe the correct use andthe suitability of seats for securing achild restraint system.ISOFIX child seat securing system(Y page 49)i‑Size child seat securing system(Y page 51)

O be sure to observe the installation andoperating instructions provided by themanufacturer for the child restraintsystem being used.

When fitting an ISOFIX childrestraint system, also observe the follow-ing:

O For certain child restraint systems inweight category II or III, there may berestrictions on the maximum size set-ting, e.g. due to possible contact withthe roof.

O The child restraint system must not beput under strain between the roof and

the seat cushion and/or be fitted facingthe wrong direction.

: ISOFIX securing rings; i-Size securing rings

Before every trip, make sure that the ISOFIXchild restraint system or the i-Size childrestraint system is engaged correctly inboth ISOFIX or i-Size securing rings.

X Fit the ISOFIX or i-Size child restraintsystem on both securing rings of thevehicle.

Securing Top Tether

If the child restraint system isequipped with a Top Tether belt:Top Tether can reduce the risk of injury.The Top Tether belt provides an additionalconnection between the child restraint sys-tem secured with ISOFIX or i-Size and thevehicle.


Saf

ety

.

Top Tether anchorage ; is fitted to theluggage compartment floor.

X Fit the ISOFIX or i-Size child restraintsystem with Top Tether. Always complywith the child restraint system manufac-turer's installation instructions whendoing so.

X Route Top Tether belt ? back over thehead restraint, keeping it as central aspossible, into the luggage compartmentthrough loop :.

X Hook Top Tether hook = of Top Tetherbelt ? into Top Tether anchorage ;.Lift up the carpet a little if necessary.Ensure that:

RTop Tether hook = is hooked into TopTether anchorage ; as shown.RTop Tether belt ? is not twisted.

X Tension Top Tether belt ?. Always com-ply with the child restraint system man-ufacturer's installation instructionswhen doing so.

Disabling or enabling the frontpassenger front airbag

G WARNING

If the PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF indicatorlamp is lit, the front-passenger front air-bag is disabled. It will not be deployed inthe event of an accident and cannot per-form its intended protective function. Aperson in the front-passenger seat couldthen, for example, come into contact withthe vehicle's interior, especially if theperson is sitting too close to the dash-board. This poses an increased risk ofinjury or even fatal injury.

In this case the front-passenger seat maynot be used. You may only transport achild on the front-passenger seat if theyare seated in a suitable rearward orforward-facing child restraint system.Always observe the information aboutsuitable positioning of the child restraintsystem in this Owner's Manual as well asthe child restraint system manufacturer'sinstallation instructions.

G WARNING

If you secure a child in a rearward-facingchild restraint system on the front-passenger seat and the PASSENGER AIRBAG ON indicator lamp is lit, the front-passenger front airbag can deploy in theevent of an accident. The child could bestruck by the airbag. This poses anincreased risk of injury or even fatalinjury.

Make sure that the front-passenger frontairbag has been disabled. The PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF indicator lamp must be lit.

NEVER use a rearward-facing childrestraint on a seat protected by anACTIVE AIRBAG in front of it; DEATH orSERIOUS INJURY to the child can occur.

If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicatorlamp remains off and/or the PASSENGER AIRBAG ON indicator lamp is lit, do not fit arearward-facing child restraint system to


>> S

afet

y.

Z

the front-passenger seat. Further informa-tion can be found under "Problems with thefront-passenger front airbag deactivationsystem" (Y page 191).

G WARNING

If you secure a child in a forward-facingchild restraint system on the front-passenger seat and you position thefront-passenger seat too close to thedashboard, in the event of an accident,the child could:

Rcome into contact with the vehicle'sinterior if the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFFindicator lamp is lit, for example

Rbe struck by the airbag if thePASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lampis on.

This poses an increased risk of injury oreven fatal injury.

Move the front-passenger seat as farback as possible. Always make sure thatthe shoulder belt strap is correctly routedfrom the vehicle belt outlet to the shoul-der belt guide on the child restraint sys-tem. The shoulder belt strap must berouted forwards and downwards from thevehicle belt outlet. If necessary, adjustthe front-passenger seat accordingly.Additionally, always observe the infor-mation on suitable positioning of thechild restraint system in this Owner'sManual in addition to the child restraintsystem manufacturer's installationinstructions.

Symbol for a rearward-facing child restraintsystem

If you use a rearward-facing child restraintsystem on the front-passenger seat, youmust disable the front-passenger front air-bag.

Airbag-off switch : for enabling and disa-bling the front-passenger front airbagmanually is in the dashboard on the front-passenger side.

X Push in airbag-off switch : of the front-passenger front airbag beyond the pointof resistance.

X To disable the front-passenger front air-bag: turn airbag-off switch : anti-clockwise.The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF 4 indica-tor lamp on the overhead control panellights up and stays on when the ignitionis switched on (Y page 43).

X To enable the front-passenger front air-bag: turn airbag-off switch : clockwise.The PASSENGER AIR BAG ON × indica-tor lamp on the overhead control panellights up and stays on when the ignitionis switched on (Y page 43).

The front-passenger front airbag is gener-ally enabled when the ignition is switched


Saf

ety

.

on, except when the front-passenger frontairbag has been disabled manually. Whenthe front-passenger front airbag is disa-

bled, the 4 PASSENGER AIR BAG OFFindicator lamp on the overhead controlpanel (Y page 43) lights up continuouslywhen the ignition is switched on.

Attaching a child restraint system with the seat belt

Notes on the suitability of the seats for attaching belt-secured child restraint sys-tems

Front-passenger seat – notes

Notes on child restraint systems on the front-passenger seat

RObserve the specific notes on rearward-facing and forward-facing child restraint sys-tems. If the front-passenger seat is occupied, make sure that the status of the front-passenger front airbag is correct depending on the situation both before and duringthe journey (Y page 43).

Weight category Front-passenger front air-bag is enabled

Front-passenger front air-bag is disabled1





Category 0: up to 10 kg X U, L

Category 0+: up to 13 kg X U, L

Category I: 9 to 18 kg UF, L U, L

Category II: 15 to 25 kg UF, L U, L

Category III: 22 to 36 kg U, L U, L




UF Suitable for forward-facing child

restraint systems in the "Universal"

category in this weight category.

U Suitable for child restraint systems

in the "Universal" category in this

weight category.

L Suitable for semi-universal child

restraint systems in accordance with

the table in "Recommended child




list.


>> S

afet

y.

Z

Notes on rearward-facing and forward-facing child restraint systems on thefront passenger seat

G WARNING

If you secure a child in a rearward-facingchild restraint system on the front-passenger seat and the PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp is off, the front-passenger front airbag can deploy in theevent of an accident. The child could bestruck by the airbag. This poses anincreased risk of injury or even fatalinjury.

Make sure that the front-passenger frontairbag has been disabled. The PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF indicator lamp must be lit.

NEVER use a rearward-facing childrestraint on a seat protected by anACTIVE AIRBAG in front of it; DEATH orSERIOUS INJURY to the child can occur.

Observe the specific notes on rearward-facing and forward-facing child restraintsystems.

Warning notice on the front-passenger sunvisor

Always pay attention to the status of thefront-passenger front airbag with thePASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp:

RIf you fit a child restraint system to thefront-passenger seat, be sure to observethe notes on disabling the front-passenger front airbag (Y page 53).RWhen using a rearward-facing child

restraint system on the front-passengerseat, the front-passenger front airbagmust always be disabled. This is only the

case if the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indi-cator lamp is permanently lit (Y page 43).RIf the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator

lamp goes out, the front-passenger frontairbag is enabled. The front-passengerfront airbag may deploy during an acci-dent.

Attaching a child restraint system withthe seat belt to the front passenger seat

When fitting a belt-secured child restraintsystem on the front-passenger seat, alwaysobserve the following:

O Be sure to observe the installation andoperating instructions provided by themanufacturer for the child restraintsystem being used.

O When using a "Universal" or "Semi-Universal" category child restraintsystem, ensure that it is approved forthe vehicle seat.Observe the notes under "Suitability ofseats for attaching belt-secured childrestraint systems" (Y page 55).

O The backrest of a forward-facing childrestraint system must, as far as possi-ble, rest flat against the backrest of thefront-passenger seat.

O For certain child restraint systems inweight categories II or III, the maxi-mum size setting may be restricted, forinstance due to possible contact withthe roof.

O The child restraint system must not beput under strain between the roof andthe seat cushion and/or be fitted facingthe wrong direction.

O The child restraint system must not beput under strain by the head restraint.

O Never place objects, such as a cushion,under or behind the child restraintsystem.

X Set the front-passenger seat as far backas possible.

X Adjust the seat backrest to an almostvertical position.

X Fit the child restraint system.The base of the child restraint systemmust lie fully against the seat cushion ofthe front-passenger seat.


Saf

ety

.

X Always make sure that the shoulder beltstrap is correctly routed from the vehiclebelt outlet to the shoulder belt guide onthe child restraint system.The shoulder belt strap must be routedforwards and downwards from the beltoutlet.

X If necessary, adjust the belt outlet andthe front-passenger seat as appropriate.

Pets in the vehicle

G WARNING

If you leave animals unsupervised orunsecured in the vehicle, they may pressbuttons or switches, for instance.

In this way, animals may:

Ractivate vehicle equipment and becometrapped, for example

Rswitch systems on or off and therebyendanger other road users

Furthermore, unsecured animals may beflung around inside the vehicle in theevent of an accident or abrupt steering orbraking manoeuvre, and thereby injurevehicle occupants. There is a risk of acci-dent and injury.

Never leave animals unattended in thevehicle.

Always secure animals properly whendriving, for instance with a suitable petcarrier.

Driving safely

Driving safety system limitations

! Make sure you have suitable tyres, sothat assistance systems and drivingsafety systems can work as effectively aspossible.

If you fail to adapt your driving style or ifyou are inattentive, the driving safety sys-tems can neither reduce the risk of accidentnor override the laws of physics. Drivingsafety systems are merely aids designed toassist driving. You are responsible for the

distance to the vehicle in front, for vehiclespeed and for braking in good time. Alwaysadapt your driving style to suit the pre-vailing road, weather and traffic conditionsand maintain a safe distance from the vehi-cle in front. Drive carefully.For safety reasons, smart recommends thatyou only use snow chains that have beenspecially approved for your vehicle bysmart. Further information can be obtainedat a smart Centre or a qualified specialistworkshop.

Braking with ABS (Anti-lock BrakingSystem)

ABS controls brake pressure in such a waythat the wheels do not lock when you brake.This allows you to continue steering thevehicle when braking.When you switch on the ignition, the !warning lamp in the instrument clusterlights up. It goes out after the engine isstarted.ABS works from a speed of about 6 km/h,regardless of road surface conditions. ABSintervenes in the case of slippery road sur-faces, even if you only brake gently.

X To brake while ABS intervenes: continueto depress the brake pedal with forceuntil the braking situation is over.

X To make a full brake application: depressthe brake pedal with full force.

G WARNING

If ABS is faulty, the wheels could lockwhen braking. The steerability and brak-ing characteristics may be severelyimpaired. Additionally, further drivingsafety systems are deactivated. There isan increased danger of skidding andaccidents.

Drive on carefully. Have ABS checkedimmediately at a qualified specialistworkshop.

Driving safely 57

>> S

afet

y.

Z

Using the distance warning function

Useful information

If a risk of collision with the vehicle infront is detected, the distance warningfunction alerts the driver both visually andacoustically.With the help of the radar sensor system,the distance warning function can detectobstacles that are in the path of your vehi-cle for an extended period of time.Up to a speed of approximately 70 km/h, thedistance warning function can react to sta-tionary obstacles, such as stationary orparked vehicles.

Please note

G WARNING

The distance warning function does notreact:

Rto people or animals

Rto oncoming vehicles

Rto crossing traffic

Rwhen cornering

The distance warning function may notgive warnings in all critical situations.There is a risk of an accident.

Always pay careful attention to the traf-fic situation and be ready to brake.

Always adapt your speed to suit the pre-vailing road and traffic conditions.

G WARNING

The distance warning function cannotalways clearly identify objects and com-plex traffic situations.

In such cases, the distance warning func-tion may:

Rgive an unnecessary warning

Rnot give a warning

There is a risk of an accident.

Always pay careful attention to the traf-fic situation; do not rely on the distancewarning function alone.

The · warning lamp in the instrumentcluster lights up when:

Rthe distance maintained to the vehicletravelling in front is insufficient.Rthe vehicle is rapidly approaching a

vehicle travelling in front or a stationaryobject. In this case, an intermittentwarning tone also sounds.

Detection can be restricted under the fol-lowing conditions:

Rthe vehicle is new or service work hasbeen carried out on the system. In thiscase, observe the information on run-ning-in the vehicle.Rthe sensors are dirty or covered.Rin heavy rain or snow.Rinterference by other radar sources, e.g.

in multi-storey car parks.Rthe vehicle travelling in front is narrow,

e.g. a motorcycle.Rthe vehicle travelling in front is travel-

ling on a different line.Following any damage to the front end ofthe vehicle, have the configuration andoperation of the radar sensor checked at aqualified specialist workshop. This alsoapplies to collisions at slow speeds wherethere is no visible damage to the front ofthe vehicle.

i Observe the notes in the "Limitations ofthe driving safety systems" section(Y page 57).

Activating/deactivating the distancewarning function

The distance warning function is automati-cally activated when you start the engine.

58 Driving safely>>

Saf

ety

.

X Press the switch.If the distance warning function is deac-

tivated, the LED on the switch lightsup.On-board computer with colour display:the display shows a message.

Using Active Brake Assist

Useful information

With the help of the radar sensor system,Active Brake Assist can calculate the dis-tance of your vehicle to the vehicle in front.If for several seconds, the distance to thevehicle in front is insufficient for the speedyou are driving at, Active Brake Assistalerts the driver visually.If a risk of collision is detected, ActiveBrake Assist alerts the driver both visuallyand acoustically. In addition, Active BrakeAssist prepares the vehicle for a possibleemergency braking manoeuvre.In particularly critical situations ActiveBrake Assist may brake autonomously. Inthis case, Active Brake Assist continues toalert the driver both visually and acousti-cally.

Please note

G WARNING

Active Brake Assist cannot always clearlyidentify objects and complex traffic sit-uations.

In these cases, Active Brake Assist may:

Rwarn or brake for no reason

Rnot issue a warning

Rnot brake


Always pay careful attention to the traf-fic situation and do not rely on ActiveBrake Assist alone. Be prepared to brakeor manoeuvre if necessary.

G WARNING

Active Brake Assist does not react:

Rto persons, bicycles, motorcycles oranimals

Rto approaching vehicles

Rto cross traffic

Ron bends

As a result, Active Brake Assist cannotintervene in all critical situations. Thereis a risk of an accident.

Always pay careful attention to the traf-fic situation and be prepared to brake.

G WARNING

Severe jolting, for example in the case ofa collision, may cause the radar sensorsto be misaligned. The function of ActiveBrake Assist is then impaired.


Deactivate Active Brake Assist. HaveActive Brake Assist checked at a qualifiedspecialist workshop.

The following requirements must also befulfilled:

Rforward gear is engaged.Rthe parking brake is released.Rthe driving speed is within the suitable

speed range.Detection can be restricted under the fol-lowing conditions:

Rthe vehicle is new or service work hasbeen carried out on the system. In thiscase, observe the information on run-ning-in the vehicle.Rthe radio sensors are dirty or covered

(Y page 165).Rin heavy rain or snow.Rthere is interference from other radar

sources, e.g. in multi-storey car parks.Rthe vehicle travelling in front is narrow,

e.g. a motorcycle.Rthe vehicle travelling in front is travel-

ling on a different line.Autonomous braking can be cancelled bybriefly depressing the accelerator pedal.

Driving safely 59

>> S

afet

y.

Z

If the brake lamps are inoperative, deacti-vate Active Brake Assist.

i Observe the notes on "Limitations of thedriving safety systems" (Y page 57).

Distance warning and forward collisionwarning with autonomous brakingfunction

Method of operationIf the distance maintained to the vehicleahead is insufficient for the speed you aredriving at, the · warning lamp lightsup.If Active Brake Assist detects a risk of colli-sion while driving, the · warning lamplights up and a warning tone sounds. If thedriver depresses the brake pedal fast, thebraking pressure may be increased to a fullbrake application.The autonomous braking function mayintervene if the driver does not react to theforward collision warning.When driving at speeds of more than30 km/h, the collision warning may issue awarning in the following situations:

Situation Speed you are trav-elling

Vehicles in front 30 - 140 km/h

Vehicles coming toa standstill

30 - 140 km/h

Stationary vehicles 30 - 80 km/h

Other objects orcrossing vehicles

No warning possi-ble

When driving at speeds of more than30 km/h, the autonomous braking functionmay intervene in the following situations:


Vehicles in front 30 - 140 km/h

Vehicles coming toa standstill

30 - 140 km/h


Stationary vehicles No interventionpossible

Other objects orcrossing vehicles

No interventionpossible

Activating/deactivating Active BrakeAssist

Active Brake Assist is automatically activa-ted when you start the engine.Monochrome display: activating/deactivat-ing Active Brake Assist using the on-boardcomputer (Y page 108).Colour display: activating/deactivatingActive Brake Assist using the on-boardcomputer (Y page 109).

Driving with ESP®

G WARNING

If ESP® is malfunctioning, ESP® is unableto stabilise the vehicle. In addition, otherdriving safety systems are switched off.This increases the risk of skidding and anaccident.

Drive on carefully. Have ESP® checked ata qualified specialist workshop.

Within physical limits, ESP® can monitorand improve the driving stability and trac-tion in the following situations:

Rwhen pulling away on wet or slipperyroad surfacesRwhen brakingRin case of strong crosswindsIf the vehicle deviates from the directiondesired by the driver, ESP® can stabilise thevehicle by intervening in the followingways:

Rbraking one or more wheels accordinglyRadjusting the engine output according to

the situation

ESP® comprises ETS (Electronic TractionSystem) and Crosswind Assist.

60 Driving safely>>

Saf

ety

.

ETS brakes the drive wheels individually ifthey spin. This enables you to pull away oraccelerate on slippery surfaces, for exampleif the road surface is slippery on one side.If the ÷ warning lamp goes out beforebeginning the journey, ESP® is active.If the ÷ warning lamp flashes in theinstrument cluster, ESP® is intervening.

If ESP® intervenes, observe the followingpoints:

Rpull away carefully: only depress theaccelerator pedal as far as necessaryRadapt your driving style to the prevailing

road and weather conditions

If the ÷ ESP® warning lamp lights upcontinuously, ESP® is not available due to amalfunction. Crosswind Assist is then alsono longer active.Observe the additional information on indi-cator and warning lamps and display mes-sages.Crosswind Assist recognises suddenlyoccurring crosswinds and helps the driverto keep the vehicle in the correct lane. Thevehicle is stabilised using a targeted andone-sided application of the brakes.Crosswind Assist is active at vehicle speedsabove 70 km/h when driving straight aheador cornering gently.

Information on EBD (Electronic Brake-force Distribution)

EBD monitors and controls the brake pres-sure on the rear wheels to improve drivingstability while braking.

G WARNING

If EBD is malfunctioning, the rear wheelscan lock, e.g. under full braking. Thisincreases the risk of skidding and anaccident.

You should therefore adapt your drivingstyle to the different handling character-istics. Have the brake system checked ata qualified specialist workshop.

Driving safely 61

>> S

afet

y.

Z

Understanding functions of the key

The following keys are available:

Rfolding keyRreplacement key with fixed bit

: % Unlocks the vehicle;º smart fortwo: opens the upper

tailgate (press and hold);º smart fortwo cabrio: opens the soft

top (press and hold)= & Locks the vehicle

: % Unlocks the vehicle; & Locks the vehicle=é smart fortwo: opens the upper

tailgate (press and hold)=é smart fortwo cabrio: opens the soft

top (press and hold)

X To unlock centrally: press the % but-ton.The turn signals flash once.

i After unlocking, open the vehicle withinapproximately two minutes to prevent itfrom locking itself and priming the anti-theft alarm system again.

X To unlock and open the upper tailgate (smart fortwo): press and hold the º oré button.

X To open the soft top to the B-pillar (smart fortwo cabrio): press and hold the º oré button.

X To lock centrally: press the & button.The turn signals flash twice.

X To activate the double-lock function (for United Kingdom only): press the &button twice.The turn signals flash twice slowly andthree times quickly.

Opening the door

X Press the # button on the key.X Open the door.

i After unlocking, open the vehicle withinapproximately two minutes to prevent itfrom locking itself and priming the anti-theft alarm system again.

Correct driver's seat position

G WARNING

You could lose control of the vehiclewhile driving if you:

Radjust the driver's seat, steering wheelor mirror

Rfasten the seat belt.


Adjust the driver's seat, steering wheel ormirror and fasten the seat belt beforestarting the engine.

62 Correct driver's seat position>>

En

teri

ng

and

set

tin

g u

p.

Observe the following rules on the correctdriver's seat position:

Rthe driver must be as far away from thedriver's airbag as possible (Y page 41).Rthe driver must be wearing seat belt =

properly.Rthe driver must be able to depress the

pedals properly.Rthe driver must be able to move their legs

freely.Rthe driver must be able to reach steering

wheel : with their arms slightly bent.Rthe driver must be able to see all the dis-

plays in the instrument cluster clearly.Rmove seat backrest ; to an almost verti-

cal position.Rsit in a normal upright position.Rthe seat belt must fit snugly across your

body.Rthe seat belt must be routed across the

middle of your shoulder.Rthe seat belt must be routed in your pel-

vic area across the hip joints.Radjust the rear-view and exterior mirrors

so that the driver has a good view of theroad and traffic.

Adjusting the seats

Please note

G WARNING

If children adjust the seats, they couldbecome trapped, especially if they areunattended. There is a risk of injury.



G WARNING

If the driver's seat is not correctlyengaged, it could unexpectedly movewhile driving. This could cause you tolose control of the vehicle. There is a riskof an accident.

Always ensure that the driver's seat isengaged before starting the vehicle.

G WARNING

When adjusting a seat, you or anothervehicle occupant could become trappedby the guide rail of the seat, for instance.There is a risk of injury.

Make sure that no one has any part oftheir body within the area of movement ofthe seat when adjusting it.

G WARNING

The seat belt does not offer the intendedlevel of protection if you have not movedthe backrest to an almost vertical posi-tion. When braking or in the event of anaccident, you could slide underneath theseat belt and sustain abdomen or neckinjuries, for example. This poses anincreased risk of injury or even fatalinjury.

Adjust the seat properly before beginningyour journey. Always ensure that thebackrest is in an almost vertical positionand that the shoulder section of yourseatbelt is routed across the centre ofyour shoulder.

G WARNING

The steering wheel may move unexpect-edly if you adjust it while driving. Thiscould cause you to lose control of thevehicle. There is a risk of an accident.

Make sure that the steering wheel islocked before driving off. Never unlock

Adjusting the seats 63

>> E

nte

rin

g an

d s

etti

ng

up

.

Z

the steering wheel when the vehicle is inmotion.

G WARNING






! Make sure that there are no objects inthe footwell under or behind the seatswhen moving the seats back. There is arisk that the seats and/or the objectscould be damaged.

Observe the safety notes on "Airbags"(Y page 41) and "Children in the vehicle"(Y page 43).

Adjusting the seat fore-and-aft posi-tion

Seat with a lever

Seat with a handwheel

To adjust the seat fore-and-aft position,the seat belt must not be fastened.

X Lift lever =.X Slide the seat forwards or backwards.

The seat engages audibly.

Adjusting the seat height (seat with alever only)

X Pull handle ; up or push it down severaltimes.

Adjusting the seat backrest (seat witha lever)

X Pull lever : upwards.X At the same time, move the backrest for-

wards or backwards.

Adjusting the seat backrest (seat witha handwheel)

X Turn handwheel ? forwards or back-wards.

Adjusting the steering wheel

G WARNING

The steering wheel may move unexpect-edly if you adjust it while driving. Thiscould cause you to lose control of thevehicle. There is a risk of an accident.

64 Adjusting the steering wheel>>

En

teri

ng

and

set

tin

g u

p.

Make sure that the steering wheel islocked before driving off. Never unlockthe steering wheel when the vehicle is inmotion.

G WARNING






G WARNING

Children could become trapped by thesteering wheel if they adjust it. There is arisk of injury.

When leaving the vehicle, always takethe key with you and lock the vehicle.Never leave children unattended in thevehicle.

X Fold down lever :.X Set desired steering wheel height 2.X Fold up lever :.X Check that the steering column is locked.

Adjusting the mirrors

Adjusting the rear-view mirror

X Move the rear-view mirror up, down, leftor right.

Manually setting the rear-view mirrorto anti-dazzle mode

X Fold lever : forwards.

Understanding automatic anti-dazzlemode of rear-view mirror

Please note

G WARNING

Electrolyte may escape if the glass in anautomatic anti-dazzle mirror breaks. Theelectrolyte is harmful and causes irrita-tion. It must not come into contact withyour skin, eyes, respiratory organs orclothing or be swallowed. There is a riskof injury.

If you come into contact with the electro-lyte, observe the following:

RRinse off the electrolyte from your skinimmediately with water.

RImmediately rinse the electrolyte out ofyour eyes thoroughly with clean water.

RIf the electrolyte is swallowed, immedi-ately rinse your mouth out thoroughly.Do not induce vomiting.

Adjusting the mirrors 65

>> E

nte

rin

g an

d s

etti

ng

up

.

Z

RIf electrolyte comes into contact withyour skin or hair or is swallowed, seekmedical attention immediately.

RImmediately change out of clothingwhich has come into contact with elec-trolyte.

RIf an allergic reaction occurs, seekmedical attention immediately.

Useful information

The rear-view mirror automatically goesinto anti-dazzle mode if simultaneously:

Rthe ignition is switched onRincident light from headlamps hits the

sensor in the rear-view mirrorThe rear-view mirror does not go into anti-dazzle mode if reverse gear is engaged or ifthe interior lighting is switched on.

Adjusting the exterior mirrors man-ually

G WARNING






G WARNING

The exterior mirrors reduce the size of theimage. Objects visible in the mirrors arecloser than they appear. You could mis-judge the distance from road users driv-ing behind you when changing lanes, forinstance. There is a risk of an accident.

You should therefore always look overyour shoulder to determine the actualdistance from road users driving behindyou.

X Move lever : up, down, left or right.

Adjusting the exterior mirrors electri-cally

In order to adjust the exterior mirrors elec-trically, the ignition must be switched on.

X To select the left or right exterior mirror:turn control = left 1 or right 2.

X To adjust the exterior mirrors: move con-trol = up, down, left or right.

Using the armrest

Please note

! Do not lean on the armrest with fullforce or it could become damaged.

66 Using the armrest>>

En

teri

ng

and

set

tin

g u

p.

Running-in a new vehicle

Running-in the engine with due careimproves the engine's performance in lateryears. After 1,500 km, the engine speed canbe increased gradually. Also follow thenotes on running-in when the engine orparts of the drive train have been replaced.In some drive and driving safety systems,the sensor system resets automaticallyafter vehicle delivery or repairs. Full sys-tem effectiveness is not reached until theend of this teach-in procedure.

During the first 1,500 km of the running-inperiod, note the following:

X Drive at varying vehicle and enginespeeds.

X Avoid high engine loads, such as drivingat full throttle.

X Drive at a speed that is less than Ô themaximum speed.

X Do not use the engine brake to brake.X Vehicles with automatic transmission: do

not depress the accelerator beyond thepressure point (kickdown).

X Vehicles with automatic transmission:ideally drive the vehicle in drive programE (Comfort).

New brake pads/linings and discs onlyreach their optimum braking effect afterseveral hundred kilometres of driving.Therefore, note the following during therunning-in period:

X Drive carefully.X Brake more firmly.

Starting the engine

Please note

G WARNING

If children are left unsupervised in thevehicle, they could:

Ropen doors, thereby endangering otherpersons or road users

Rget out and be struck by oncomingtraffic

Roperate vehicle equipment and becometrapped, for example

In addition, the children could also setthe vehicle in motion, for example, ifthey:

Rrelease the parking brake

Rshift the automatic transmission out ofpark position P or shift manual trans-mission into neutral

Rstart the engine

There is a risk of an accident and injury.

When leaving the vehicle, always takethe key with you and lock the vehicle.Never leave children and animals unat-tended in the vehicle. Keep the keys outof the reach of children.

G DANGER

Combustion engines emit poisonousexhaust gases such as carbon monoxide.Breathing in these exhaust gases is haz-ardous to health and results in poisoning.There is a risk of fatal injury. Therefore,never leave the engine running in anenclosed space without sufficient venti-lation.

G WARNING

Flammable materials introduced throughenvironmental influence or by animalscan ignite if in contact with the exhaustsystem or parts of the engine that heatup. There is a risk of fire.

Starting the engine 67

>> D

rivi

ng.

Z

Carry out regular checks to make surethat there are no flammable foreignmaterials in the engine compartment orin the exhaust system.

G WARNING

If you attach heavy or large objects to thekey, the key could be unintentionallyturned in the ignition lock. This couldcause the engine to be switched off. Thereis a risk of an accident.

Do not attach any heavy or large objectsto the key. Remove any bulky keyringsbefore inserting the key into the ignitionlock.

! Do not depress the accelerator whenstarting the engine.

u To insert the key into the ignition lock1 To switch on the power supply2 To switch on the ignition3 To start the engine

Manual transmission

X Depress the brake pedal and keep itdepressed.

X Depress the clutch pedal fully.X Shift to neutral.X Insert the key into the ignition lock.X Turn the key to position 3.

Automatic transmission

X Turn the key to position 3.X Shift out of transmission position j.

Pulling away

Please note

G WARNING

Objects in the driver's footwell canimpede pedal travel or block a pedalwhich is depressed. This jeopardises safeoperation of the vehicle. There is a risk ofan accident.

Stow all objects in the vehicle safely, sothat they cannot reach the driver's foot-well. Make sure the floormats and carpetsare properly secured so that they cannotslip and obstruct the pedals. Do not layseveral floormats or carpets on top of oneanother.

G WARNING

Unsuitable footwear can hinder correctusage of the pedals, e.g.:

Rshoes with thick soles

Rshoes with high heels

Rslippers


Wear suitable footwear to ensure correctusage of the pedals.

G WARNING

If you switch off the ignition while driv-ing, safety-relevant functions are onlyavailable with limitations, or not at all.This could affect, for example, the powersteering and the brake boosting effect.You will require considerably more effortto steer and brake. There is a risk of anaccident.

Do not switch off the ignition while driv-ing.

68 Pulling away>>

Dri

vin

g.

Note the following when pulling away:

RDo not warm up the engine when thevehicle is stationary.RDo not drive with the parking brake

applied.RUse caution when pulling away on slip-

pery surfaces.RDo not allow tyres to spin.RAvoid excessive engine speeds and full

throttle until the engine has reached itsoperating temperature.

Note the following on vehicles with auto-matic transmission:

RDepress the brake pedal and keep itdepressed.RPress the release button on the selector

lever.RShift the gear selector lever to positionh or k.

Using the parking brake

Please note

G WARNING

If the parking brake has not been fullyreleased when driving, the parking brakecan:

Roverheat and cause a fire

Rlose its hold function.

There is a risk of fire and an accident.Release the parking brake fully beforedriving off.

G WARNING

If you must brake the vehicle with theparking brake, the braking distance isconsiderably longer and the wheels couldlock. This increases the risk of skiddingand an accident.

Only use the parking brake to brake thevehicle when the service brake is faulty.Do not apply the parking brake toofirmly. If the wheels lock, release theparking brake until the wheels beginturning again.

G WARNING













Applying the parking brake

X Pull parking brake ; upwards.

The brake lights do not light up when youbrake the vehicle with the parking brake.

Releasing the parking brake


X Press release button : on parkingbrake ; and move the parking brakedown to the stop.

Pulling away 69

>> D

rivi

ng.

Z

Hill start assist

G WARNING

After a while, hill start assist no longerholds the vehicle and it may roll away.There is a risk of an accident and injury.

Therefore, quickly move your foot fromthe brake pedal to the accelerator pedal.Never leave the vehicle when it is held byhill start assist.

Hill start assist keeps the vehicle in placewhen driving uphill as soon as the brakepedal is released.Hill start assist is only active in the follow-ing situations:

Rwhen pulling away on an uphill slopeRwhen the parking brake is releasedRvehicles with automatic transmission: the

transmission is not in position iRESP® is functioning correctly.

X Release the brake pedal.The vehicle is then held for about onesecond.

X Pull away.

Automatic start/stop system

Useful information

The automatic start/stop system automati-cally switches off the engine when thevehicle stops moving and starts it up againwhen pulling away. All vehicle systemsexcept the heating or climate control sys-tem remain active during automatic engineswitch-off.Indicator lamps of the automatic start/stopsystem:

Rè conditions fulfilled. The engine isswitched off.Rç conditions not fulfilled, the stop

inhibitor is active. The engine will notstop automatically.

The engine stops automatically in the fol-lowing situations:

Rthe automatic start/stop system isswitched on.Rthe outside temperature and atmospheric

pressure is within the range that is suit-able for the system.Rthe engine is at normal operating tem-

perature.Rthe temperature in the vehicle interior

has reached the set value.Rthe battery is charged.Rthe windscreen is not misted up (when

the climate control system is switchedon).Rthe doors and tailgate are closed.Rthe driver's seat belt is fastened.Rreverse gear is not engaged.The engine starts automatically in the fol-lowing situations:

Rthe automatic start/stop system isswitched off.Rthe clutch pedal is depressed.Rthe brake is depressed.Rthe vehicle is rolling.Rthe temperature in the vehicle interior

differs from the set temperature.Rthe tailgate is opened.Rthe windscreen is misted up.Rthe battery charge is too low.

Switching off the engine automati-cally

Manual transmission

X Stop the vehicle.X Shift to neutral.X Release the clutch pedal.

The engine is switched off. The èindicator lamp lights up in the instru-ment cluster.

70 Automatic start/stop system>>

Dri

vin

g.


X Stop the vehicle in transmission positionh or i, even when shifting manually.The engine is switched off. The èindicator lamp lights up in the instru-ment cluster.

Starting the engine automatically

Manual transmission

X Depress the clutch pedal.

! Vehicles with manual transmission: onlyengage gear when the clutch pedal isdepressed.


X Release the brake pedal.

Activating/deactivating the automaticstart/stop system

When the ignition is switched on again, theautomatic start/stop system is activatedautomatically.

X Press the switch symbol.The indicator lamp lights up when theautomatic start/stop system is deactiva-ted or there is a malfunction.On-board computer with colour display:the display shows a message.

Manual transmission

Shifting to neutral

X Depress the clutch pedal fully.X Move the gear lever to position i.

Engaging a gear

X Depress the clutch pedal fully.X Engage a gear.

Engaging reverse gear

! Only engage reverse gear with theengine at idling speed and the vehiclestationary. You could otherwise damagethe manual transmission.

X Depress the clutch pedal fully.X Select neutral.X smart 66 kW turbo: pull the sleeve on the

gear lever upwards.X Push the gear lever back to the right to

position k.


Please note

G WARNING

The vehicle can suddenly accelerate ifthe engine speed is above the engineidling speed and you then select trans-mission position 7 or C. There is arisk of an accident.

Automatic transmission 71

>> D

rivi

ng.

Z

When selecting transmission position7 or C, always firmly press thebrake pedal; do not accelerate simultane-ously.

G WARNING

When the engine is switched off, theautomatic transmission shifts into neu-tral position N. The vehicle may rollaway. There is a risk of an accident.

Always shift to parking position P beforeswitching off the engine. Secure theparked vehicle against rolling away byapplying the parking brake.

In position h the transmission automati-cally selects the gears based on the follow-ing criteria:

Rselected drive programRposition of the accelerator pedalRspeed driven

Transmission position display

! Only shift into transmission positionsB, C or A when the vehicle isstationary. Otherwise, you may damagethe transmission.

: Transmission position display; Drive program display

The following transmission positions areavailable:

Rj Park positionPosition j should not be used to brakethe vehicle when parking. To secure thevehicle, apply the parking brake in addi-

tion to shifting to transmission positionj.Rk Reverse gearRi Neutral

No power is transmitted from the engineto the drive wheels.Rh Drive

The automatic transmission changes gearautomatically. All forward gears areavailable.

Changing the transmission position

j Park position with parking lockk Reverse geari Neutralh Drive

The ignition must be switched on in orderto shift the transmission to positions j,i or k. To shift the transmission fromposition j, you must also depress thebrake pedal.

X Press release knob :.X Shift the selector lever to the desired

transmission position.

72 Automatic transmission>>

Dri

vin

g.

Maximum acceleration (kickdown)

To reach maximum acceleration, use kick-down:

X Depress the accelerator pedal beyond thepressure point.The transmission shifts to a lower geardepending on the engine speed.

X Ease off the accelerator pedal once thedesired speed is reached.The automatic transmission shifts to ahigher gear.

Selecting drive programs

Two drive programs are available with dif-ferent characteristics. The automatic trans-mission switches to drive program E everytime the engine is started.Drive program E (Comfort) is characterisedby the following:

Rcomfortable driving styleRoptimum fuel consumption through early

upshiftingRdriving at low engine speeds; the wheels

are less likely to spinDrive program S (Dynamic) is characterisedby the following:

Rdynamic, active driving styleRlate upshiftingRpossibly higher fuel consumption

X Press program selector button :.The letter of the selected drive programappears in the display.

Changing gear manually

Useful information

On vehicles with an automatic transmis-sion, you can shift gears manually usingthe selector lever or shift paddles. If it ispermissible, the automatic transmissionshifts to the next highest or next lowestgear.When manual shifting is activated, the cur-rent gear is shown in the display.Two options are available for manual shift-ing:

Rpermanent manual gearshiftingRshort-term manual gearshifting (vehicles

with Sleek Style package)

Permanent manual gearshifting

Activating

X Shift the gear selector lever to positionh.

X Push the selector lever to the left.

Deactivating

X Push the selector lever to the right.

Automatic transmission 73

>> D

rivi

ng.

Z

Short-term manual gearshifting (vehi-cles with Sleek Style package)

Activating

X Shift the gear selector lever to positionh.

X Pull shift paddle : or ;.

The short-term setting remains active for acertain length of time. Under certain condi-tions this minimum amount of time isincreased, e.g. when driving up a steepslope.

DeactivatingX Pull and hold shift paddle ;.

Shifting with the selector lever

Shifting up

X Push the selector lever in the q direc-tion.The automatic transmission shifts up tothe next gear.

Shifting downX Push the selector lever in the ± direc-

tion.The automatic transmission shifts downto the next gear.

When coasting, the automatic transmissionshifts down.If the engine exceeds the maximum enginespeed when shifting down, the automatictransmission protects against engine dam-age by not shifting down.

Shifting with the shift paddles (vehicleswith Sleek Style package)

Shifting up

X Pull shift paddle ;.The automatic transmission shifts up tothe next gear.

Shifting downX Pull shift paddle :.

The automatic transmission shifts downto the next gear.

When coasting, the automatic transmissionshifts down.If the engine exceeds the maximum enginespeed when shifting down, the automatictransmission protects against engine dam-age by not shifting down.

74 Automatic transmission>>

Dri

vin

g.

Using the turn signals

The ignition must be switched on in orderto use the turn signals.

X To indicate: press the combination switchin the direction of arrow 1 (right) or 2(left) past the point of resistance.

X To indicate briefly: press the combina-tion switch briefly to the point of resist-ance.The turn signal flashes three times.

Driving economically

Notes on economical driving


CO2 (carbon dioxide) is the gas which sci-

entists believe to be principally respon-sible for global warming (the greenhouseeffect). Your vehicle's CO2 emissions are

directly related to fuel consumption andtherefore depend on:

Refficient use of the fuel by the engine

Rdriving style

Rother non-technical factors, such asenvironmental influences, road condi-tions or traffic flow

You can minimise your vehicle's CO2

emissions by driving carefully and hav-ing it serviced regularly.

i Only for certain countries: you can findthe current consumption and emissionvalues of your vehicle in the COC docu-ment (EU CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY).

This document is delivered with yourvehicle.The consumption figures were in eachcase based on the currently applicableversion:Rfor vehicles that comply with Euro 6

standard, in accordance with Regula-tion (EC) No. 715/2007

Deviations from these values may occurunder normal operating conditions.

Recommendations for driving economically:

Rensure that the tyre pressures are correctRavoid unnecessary loadsRwarm up the engine while driving at low

engine speedsRvehicles with manual transmission:

change to a higher gear in good timeRvehicles with automatic transmission:

drive the vehicle in drive program E(Comfort)Raccelerate the vehicle moderatelyRmaintain an overview of the traffic situa-

tion and drive with careRrelease the accelerator pedal in good timeRallow the vehicle to coast without using

the brakesRhave maintenance work carried out at the

specified service intervals


Avoid excessive engine speeds. Thisunnecessarily increases the fuel con-sumption of your vehicle and harms theenvironment as a result of increasedemissions.

Driving economically 75

>> D

rivi

ng.

Z

Monitoring the rev counter

Rev counter and dashboard clock

Rev counter : with dashboard clock ;can be adjusted to the left or right.

Overrevving range

The overrevving range of the engine isshown with dashed lines in the orangemarking of rev counter :. The fuel supplyis interrupted to protect the engine whenthe overrevving range is reached.

X Regularly check the engine speed whiledriving.

X If a high engine speed is displayed, shiftup a gear.

Gearshift recommendations

The gearshift recommendations assist youin adopting an economical driving style.

Monochrome display (manual transmission)

Monochrome display (automatic transmission,manual gearshift)

Colour display (manual transmission)

Colour display (automatic transmission, man-ual gearshift)

X Depending on gearshift recommenda-tion :, shift up or down a gear.

76 Driving economically>>

Dri

vin

g.

Understanding the eco score displayin the on-board computer

Useful information

The eco score display provides informationon how to drive economically.A higher percentage indicates a more eco-nomical driving style.The percentage in the eco score displayonly appears after covering a distance ofapprox. 400 m. If the ignition remainsswitched off for longer than four hours, theeco score display will be reset.

Monochrome display

The percentage of the eco score displayincreases when you:

Raccelerate with moderationRavoid unnecessary acceleration and

decelerationRfollow gearshift recommendations in the

display

Colour display

The percentage in the eco score display iscalculated using the following categories:

Raccelerate: the value increases withmoderate acceleration.Ranticipatory: the value increases when

unnecessary acceleration and decelera-tion is avoided.RVehicles with manual transmission:shift: the value increases when gear-shift recommendations in the display arefollowed.

Using the eco score display in thesmart Media-System

Calling up the eco score menu

X Select Vehicle > eco score.

Evaluating the current trip

X Select Current trip.Evaluation information and values arecalculated.The following rating information andvalues appear:

RBar graphs for accelerate, anticipa‐tory and shiftRBar graphs for Speed and AnticipationRDistance coveredRTotal eco score as a percentage

Saving the current trip

X Select Current trip > Save.X Select the category under which you

want to save the trip.The values for the current trip will beadded to the category selected and thecurrent trip will be reset. In the instru-ment cluster, the trip computer valueswill be returned to "From reset".The values for the current trip will beadded to the category selected and thecurrent trip will be reset. In the instru-ment cluster, the values for the "Fromstart" trip computer and eco score dis-play will be reset.

Driving economically 77

>> D

rivi

ng.

Z

Comparing the current trip with thesaved trips from a category

: Last trip saved in this category; Average value for the category= Best trip in the category

X Select Current trip > W > Compare.X Select a category.

A comparison of the values for the cur-rent trip with the values of the selectedcategory appears.

X Select comparison value :, ; or =.The current trip is compared to therespective comparison value from thecategory.

Resetting the current trip data

X Select Current trip > Reset.X Select Yes.

In the instrument cluster, the trip com-puter values will be returned to "Fromreset".In the instrument cluster, the values forthe "From start" trip computer and ecoscore display will be reset.

Activating/deactivating eco score aftera trip

X To activate: select Current trip > W >Show eco score after trip.

X To deactivate: select Current trip >W > Hide eco score after trip.

Displaying eco score for saved trips in acategory

X Select Vehicle > eco score > My prefer‐red trips.

X Select a category.eco score displays the comparison values.eco score contains the following compari-son values for each category:

RSummaryRLast valueRAverage valueRBest valueFor the category Last trip saved youcan choose from various types of evalua-tions.Types of evaluations:

RSummaryRDetailed report

Renaming an eco score category

At least one trip must be stored in therespective category.

X Select Vehicle > eco score > My prefer‐red trips > W > Rename this cate‐gory.

Resetting the eco score of a category

At least one trip must be stored in therespective category.

X Select Vehicle > eco score > My prefer‐red trips > W > Reset this cate‐gory.

Braking correctly

Please note

G WARNING

The braking system can overheat if youleave your foot on the brake pedal whiledriving. This increases the braking dis-tance and could even cause the brakingsystem to fail. There is a risk of an acci-dent.

78 Braking correctly>>

Dri

vin

g.

Never use the brake pedal as a footrest.Do not simultaneously depress both thebrake pedal and the accelerator pedalwhile driving.

G WARNING

If you shift down on a slippery road sur-face in an attempt to increase theengine's braking effect, the drive wheelscould lose their grip. This increases therisk of skidding and having an accident.

Do not shift down for additional enginebraking on a slippery road surface.

Braking on steep downhill gradients

The engine's braking effect reduces theload on the brake system.

X On long and steep downhill gradients,downshift to a lower gear in good time

Braking on wet road surfaces

There may be a delayed brake responsewhen driving on wet roads, after drivingthrough a car wash or after driving throughdeep water.

X Maintain a greater distance to the vehiclein front.

X Brake more firmly.

Braking on salt-treated roads

When driving on salt-treated roads, a layerof salt may form on the brake discs andpads. This increases the vehicle's brakingdistance.

X In order to prevent any salt build-up,apply the brakes occasionally while pay-ing attention to the traffic conditions.

X Brake carefully at the end of the journeyand when starting the next journey.

X Maintain a greater distance to the vehiclein front.

Driving on wet roads

Aquaplaning

Depending on driving style and tyre treaddepths, aquaplaning can occur on the road.Adapt your driving style as follows:

X Reduce the speed.X Brake carefully.X Avoid sudden steering movements.X Avoid tyre ruts.

Fording

! Bear in mind that vehicles travelling infront or in the opposite direction createwaves. This may cause the maximum per-missible water depth to be exceeded.These notes must be observed under allcircumstances. You could otherwise dam-age the engine, the electronics or thetransmission.

Observe the following when drivingthrough standing water:

X Do not drive through water that is higherthan the lower edge of the vehicle body.

X Drive at walking pace.

Winter driving

G WARNING

If you shift down on a slippery road sur-face in an attempt to increase theengine's braking effect, the drive wheelscould lose their grip. This increases therisk of skidding and having an accident.

Do not shift down for additional enginebraking on a slippery road surface.

G DANGER

If the exhaust pipe is blocked or suffi-cient ventilation is not possible, poison-ous exhaust gases such as carbon monox-ide may enter the vehicle. This is thecase, for example, if the vehicle gets

Winter driving 79

>> D

rivi

ng.

Z

stuck in snow. There is a risk of fatalinjury.

If you have to leave the engine running,keep the exhaust pipe and the areaaround the vehicle free of snow. Open awindow on the leeward side of the vehicleto ensure an adequate supply of fresh air.

X Before the start of winter, have the vehi-cle checked at a qualified specialistworkshop.

X Use winter tyres and, if applicable, snowchains.

X Drive carefully and avoid sudden accel-eration, turning and braking on slipperyroad surfaces.

X Do not use cruise control.X If the vehicle skids, take corrective steer-

ing actions to counteract the movement.X Vehicles with automatic transmission: if

the vehicle skids, shift the transmissionto position i.

X Do not use the outside temperature dis-play as a way to determine if conditionsare icy.

X Observe the road surface.

Lane Keeping Assist

Please note

G WARNING

Lane Keeping Assist cannot alwaysclearly detect lane markings.

In such cases, Lane Keeping Assist can:

Rissue an unnecessary warning

Rnot issue a warning


Always pay particular attention to thetraffic situation and keep within the lane,especially if Lane Keeping Assist alertsyou.

G WARNING

The Lane Keeping Assist warning doesnot return the vehicle to the originallane. There is a risk of an accident.

Always steer, apply the brakes or accel-erate the vehicle yourself, especially ifLane Keeping Assist alerts you.

Lane Keeping Assist issues an acoustic andvisual warning when a vehicle uninten-tionally leaves the lane.Lane Keeping Assist uses a camera which islocated on the windscreen behind the rear-view mirror.Lane Keeping Assist does not keep yourvehicle in its lane. The driver is responsiblefor driving the vehicle in a safe manner andstaying within the lane.Lane Keeping Assist could be impaired orfail to respond under the following condi-tions:

Rpoor visibilityRstrong glaring lightRdirty windscreen in the camera areaRunclear or broken lane markingsRvery narrow and winding roadsRhighly variable shade conditions on the

roadWhen the turn signal is set, warnings aresuppressed for a certain period of time.No warning is given in the following situa-tions:

Rwhen crossing a lane marking quicklyRat speeds below 70 km/hOn-board computer with monochrome dis-play: the ¸ and ¤ symbols in the dis-play indicate the status of Lane KeepingAssist:

R¸: speed is below 70 km/h or lanes arenot detected due to external causes. Nowarning is given when the vehicle leavesthe lane.R¤: speed is above 70 km/h and the

system is able to detect lane markings. Awarning is given if the vehicle uninten-tionally leaves the detected lane.

On-board computer with colour display: The¸ symbol in the display indicates thestatus of Lane Keeping Assist:

R¸ lights up white: speed is below70 km/h or lanes are not detected due to

80 Lane Keeping Assist>>

Dri

vin

g.

external causes. No warning is givenwhen the vehicle leaves the lane.R¸ lights up green: speed is above

70 km/h and the system is able to detectlane markings. A warning is given if thevehicle unintentionally leaves the detec-ted lane.

Activating and deactivating LaneKeeping Assist

X Press the switch.When Lane Keeping Assist is deactivated,

the LED on the switch lights up.On-board computer with colour display:the display also shows a message.

When the ignition is restarted, the last set-ting of Lane Keeping Assist is retained.

Cruise control and limiter

Please note

G WARNING

If you call up the stored speed and thisdiffers from your current speed, the vehi-cle will accelerate. If you do not know thestored speed, the vehicle can accelerateunexpectedly. There is a risk of an acci-dent.

Before you call up the stored speed, payattention to traffic conditions. If you donot know the stored speed, store thedesired speed again.

Cruise control is used in order to drive at aconstant speed for a prolonged period. The

limiter helps to avoid exceeding a storedspeed.The driver is responsible for driving thevehicle in a safe manner, controlling thevehicle speed and braking in good time.If there is a change of drivers, inform thenew driver of the speed stored.The two driver assist systems require thefollowing:

Rfavourable weather and good visibilityRgood road and traffic conditionsThe cruise control and limiter systems donot brake automatically.

Rreduce the vehicle speed by applying thebrakesRon long and steep downhill gradients,

downshift to a lower gear in good timeSpeed regulation is cancelled when the fol-lowing occur:

Rbraking (including the parking brake)RESP® interventionOn downhill gradients or when acceleratingbriefly, cruise control may interrupt speedregulation. Afterwards, the set speed isapplied again.On downhill slopes, the limiter can exceedthe set speed. In this case, the stored speedflashes in the display and a warning tonesounds.Cruise control is ready for use at speedsabove 30 km/h. With the limiter, speeds of30 km/h and over can be set as the maxi-mum speed.Cruise control and limiter cannot be activa-ted at the same time.

Cruise control and limiter 81

>> D

rivi

ng.

Z

Activating cruise control or the lim-iter

X Press top (cruise control) or bottom (lim-iter) of button :.The ¯ (cruise control) or È (lim-iter) button appears in the instrumentcluster display.

Storing the current speed

X Press the ® button ;.Limiter: the stored speed appears next tothe È symbol in the instrument clus-ter display.Cruise control: the stored speed appearsnext to the ¯ symbol in the instru-ment cluster display.

Adjusting the stored speed

X Press the ® button ; or the g buttonuntil the desired speed is reached.

Interrupting cruise control and thelimiter

X Press the ± button ?.The stored speed can be accessed againlater.

The stored speed is deleted when theengine is switched off.

Calling up the stored speed

X Press the ° button =.X Cruise control: release the accelerator

pedal.

Deactivating cruise control or thelimiter

X Press button : to the OFF centre posi-tion.The ¯ or È symbol in the instru-ment cluster display goes out. The storedspeed is deleted.

The stored speed is deleted when theengine is switched off.

Refuelling

Refuelling notes

G WARNING

Fuel is highly flammable. Risk of fire andexplosion by improper handling of fuel.

You must avoid fire, naked flames, smok-ing and creating sparks. Switch off theignition before refuelling and, if present,switch off the auxiliary heating.

G WARNING

Fuels are poisonous and hazardous tohealth. There is a risk of injury.

Be sure to avoid swallowing fuel or let-ting it come into contact with skin, eyesor clothing.

Do not breathe the fuel vapours in. Keepfuels out of the reach of children.

Keep the doors and windows closed whilerefuelling.

If you or others come into contact withfuel, observe the following points:

RImmediately rinse fuel off your skinwith soap and water.

RIf fuel comes into contact with youreyes, rinse your eyes with clean water

82 Refuelling>>

Dri

vin

g.

immediately. Consult a doctor withoutdelay.

RConsult a doctor without delay if youswallow fuel. Do not induce vomiting.

RImmediately change out of clothingthat has come into contact with fuel.

! Do not use diesel to refuel vehicles witha petrol engine. Do not switch on theignition if you accidentally refuel withthe wrong fuel. Otherwise, the fuel willenter the fuel system. Even smallamounts of the wrong fuel can result indamage to the fuel system and theengine. Notify a qualified specialistworkshop and have the fuel tank and fuellines drained completely.

! Only refuel using unleaded petrol withat least 95 RON, which conforms to theEuropean standard EN 228 or E DIN or anequivalent specification.Fuel of this specification may contain upto 10% ethanol. Your vehicle is suitablefor use with E10 fuel. You may refuel yourvehicle using E10 fuel.Fuel that does not conform to EN 228 canlead to increased wear as well as damageto the fuel system, engine and exhaustsystem.

! Never refuel using:

RdieselRpetrol with more than 10% ethanol by

volume, e.g. E15, E20, E85, E100Rpetrol with more than 3% methanol by

volume, e.g. M15, M30, M85, M100Rpetrol with additives containing metalDo not mix such fuels with the fuel rec-ommended for your vehicle.

In accordance with European standardEN 16942, the following compatibility indi-cators apply to your vehicle:

: For petrol with a maximum ethanol con-tent of 5% by volume

; For petrol with a maximum ethanol con-tent of 10% by volume

You can find the compatibility indicators inthe following places:

Ron the vehicle on the instruction label onthe fuel filler flap (Y page 84)Rthroughout Europe on the fuel pump or

fuel pump nozzle appropriate for yourvehicle

Observe the information on sulphur contenton the instruction label on the fuel fillerflap:

! Only use the fuel recommended. Operat-ing the vehicle with other fuels can leadto damage to the fuel system, engine andexhaust system.

! Operation of the engine with fuel addi-tives added later can cause engine dam-age. Therefore, do not mix any fuel addi-tives with the fuel. This does not includeadditives for the removal and preventionof residue build-up. Petrol must only bemixed with additives recommended bysmart. Observe the instructions for use inthe product description. For furtherinformation on recommended additivesenquire at any smart centre.

Refuelling 83

>> D

rivi

ng.

Z

! Use a filter when adding fuel from a fuelcan. The fuel lines and/or the fuel injec-tion system could otherwise be blockedby particles from the fuel can.

! Take care not to spill any fuel on pain-ted surfaces. You could otherwise damagethe paintwork.

Further information on fuel and fuel quality(Y page 212).The available fuel grade in some countriesmay be inadequate. In this case, add therecommended additives. Observe the notesand mixing ratios specified on the con-tainer.The arrow of the 8 symbol in the instru-ment cluster display shows the position ofthe fuel filler cap.

Refuelling

G WARNING

Electrostatic charge can cause sparks andthereby ignite fuel vapours. There is arisk of fire and explosion.

Before you open the fuel filler cap or takehold of the pump nozzle, touch the metal-lic vehicle body. This discharges anyelectrostatic charge that may have builtup.

Do not get into the vehicle again duringthe refuelling process. Otherwise, elec-trostatic charge could build up again.

Do not get into the vehicle again during therefuelling process. There is a risk of creat-ing an electrostatic charge.

: Fuel filler flap; Fuel type instruction label= Hook

X Switch off the engine.X Remove the key from the ignition lock.X Open the fuel filler flap in the direction

of the arrow.X Turn the fuel filler cap anti-clockwise

and remove it from the filler neck.X Hang the fuel filler cap on the hook on

the inside of the fuel filler flap.X Completely insert the fuel pump nozzle

into the filler neck and refuel.X Only fill the fuel tank until the pump

nozzle switches off. The fuel may other-wise leak out. Overfilling the fuel tankcan damage the fuel system.

X Replace the fuel filler cap on the fillerneck and turn it clockwise.

X Close the fuel filler flap.

84 Refuelling>>

Dri

vin

g.

Switching on the lighting

Useful information

The driver must ensure that the light set-tings match the current weather, light andtraffic conditions.For reasons of safety, smart recommendsthat you drive with the daytime drivinglights or dipped-beam headlamps switchedon even during the daytime.A warning tone sounds if the lights are stillon when you leave the vehicle.In some countries, operation of the head-lamps varies due to legal requirements andnon-compulsory stipulations.

: Combination switch control; Marking

Activating automatic headlamp mode

G WARNING

When the light switch is set to Ã, thedipped-beam headlamps may not beswitched on automatically if there is fog,snow or other causes of poor visibilitydue to the weather conditions such asspray. There is a risk of an accident.

In such situations, turn the light switchto L.

While the engine is running, the light set-ting is selected automatically according tothe brightness of the ambient light. Ãcontrols the daytime driving lights, sidelamps and dipped-beam headlamps. Theautomatic headlamp feature is only an aid.The driver is responsible for the vehicle'slighting at all times.

X Turn combination switch control : tothe Ã position.

When one or more of the following occurs,the lights are switched off automatically:

Rthe engine is switched offRthe driver's door is openedRthe vehicle is lockedRthe main-beam headlamps are not

switched on when the vehicle is station-ary

Switching on the dipped-beam head-lamps

X Turn combination switch control : tothe L position.The L indicator lamp lights up in theinstrument cluster.

Switching the main-beam headlampson or off

The engine must be running.

X Turn the combination switch control tothe Ã or K position.

X To switch on: press the combinationswitch in the direction of arrow 1.

X To switch off: move the combinationswitch back to its normal position.

The K indicator lamp in the instrumentcluster lights up when the main-beamheadlamps are switched on.

Switching on the lighting 85

>> E

nsu

rin

g go

od v

isib

ilit

y.

Z

Using the headlamp flasher

X Pull the combination switch in the direc-tion of arrow 2.

Switching on the side lamps

X Turn combination switch control : tothe T position.

Switching the foglamps and rear fog-lamp on and off

Only vehicles with front foglamps have the"Foglamps" function.

: Combination switch middle ring; Marking

Switch on the ignition and either the sidelamps or the dipped-beam headlamps inorder to switch on the foglamps.Start the engine and switch on either theside lamps or dipped-beam headlamps inorder to switch on the rear foglamps.

X To switch on or off manually: turn combi-nation switch middle ring : to thedesired marking:RO FoglampsRR Rear foglamps

After releasing, the combination switchmiddle ring returns automatically to theneutral position.The foglamps and rear foglamps also switchoff automatically in the following situa-tions:

Rthe lights are switched offRthe engine is switched off and the control

is in the Ã position

Using the cornering light function

Only vehicles with the LED & Sensor pack-age are equipped with the "Cornering lightfunction".The cornering light function uses the frontfoglamps to improve the illumination of theroad in the direction in which you are turn-ing, enabling better visibility in tightbends, for example.The following conditions must be fulfilledfor the cornering light function to switchon automatically:Rthe dipped-beam headlamps are

switched onRthe vehicle is moving at less than

40 km/hRthe turn signal indicator is switched on

or the steering wheel is turned

Adjusting the lighting

Adjusting the headlamp range

The vehicle load can affect the headlamprange. This can impair visibility, and theheadlamps can dazzle oncoming traffic.

The ignition must be switched on in orderto set the headlamp range.

X Turn headlamp range adjuster : to theposition which corresponds to the load inyour vehicle.On-board computer with colour display:the display shows a message.

Positions for the vehicle load:

Rg: Driver's seat occupied or driver's seatand front-passenger seat occupiedR1: Other loading

86 Adjusting the lighting>>

En

suri

ng

good

vis

ibil

ity

.

Adjusting the dipped-beam head-lamps to left-hand or right-handtraffic

The symmetrical dipped-beam headlampsare required when travelling in countrieswhere vehicles are driven on the oppositeside of the road to that in which the vehicleis registered. Unlike the asymmetricaldipped-beam headlamps, these headlampsdo not dazzle oncoming traffic. Symmetricaldipped-beam headlamps provide less illu-mination to the edge of the carriageway.

X Open the service cover.X For symmetrical dipped beam: turn the

screws of both headlamps as far as theywill go to position ±.For asymmetrical dipped beam: turn thescrews of both headlamps as far as theywill go to position q.

X Have the dipped-beam headlamp settingchecked at a qualified specialist work-shop.

Using the interior lighting

Switching the interior lighting on andoff

The interior lighting goes on when youunlock the doors.The interior lighting switches off in the fol-lowing situations:

RA door is opened and 15 minutes havepassed.RAll doors are closed, the vehicle has been

locked and 15 seconds have passed.

RAll doors are closed, the vehicle has notbeen locked and 4 minutes have passed.RThe engine has been started.The interior lighting can be activated whena door is open. After closing the doors, theinterior lighting goes out.

X Press switch : to switch the left-handreading lamp on and off.

X Move switch ; to the desired position.The following settings can be selected:

RInterior lighting is switched on.RInterior lighting controlled automati-

cally.RInterior lighting is switched off.

X Press switch = to switch the right-handreading lamp on and off.

Adjusting the ambient lighting (colourdisplay)

On-board computer with colour display: theambient lighting is set in the on-boardcomputer (Y page 109).

Using the windscreen wipers

Switching on the windscreen wipers

Please note

! Do not operate the windscreen wiperswhen the windscreen is dry, as this coulddamage the wiper blades. Moreover, dustthat has collected on the windscreen canscratch the glass if wiping takes placewhen the windscreen is dry.

Using the windscreen wipers 87

>> E

nsu

rin

g go

od v

isib

ilit

y.

Z

If it is necessary to switch on the wind-screen wipers in dry weather conditions,always operate them using washer fluid.

! Vehicles with a rain sensor: if the wind-screen becomes dirty in dry weather con-ditions, the windscreen wipers may beactivated inadvertently. This could dam-age the windscreen wiper blades orscratch the windscreen.For this reason, you should alwaysswitch off the windscreen wipers in dryweather.

! Make sure that the windscreen wipersare free of ice. Otherwise the wiper motormay overheat.

Wiper blades are subject to wear and tear.smart recommends replacing the wiperblades twice a year. Worn or damagedwindscreen wiper blades cause smearing onthe windscreen. On vehicles with a rainsensor, malfunctions may occur as a resultof this.

Switching continuous wipe on and off

: Control for wipe frequencyg Continuous wipe, offÃ Automatic wipe1 Continuous wipe, slow2 Continuous wipe, fastî Wiping with washer fluid

To operate the windscreen wipers, the igni-tion must be switched on.

X Press the combination switch down or upto the desired position.

In position 2, the wipe frequency isreduced if the engine is switched off auto-matically.

In position 1 or in the Ã position, thewindscreen wipers switch off when theengine is switched off automatically andthe driver's door is opened.

Automatic wiping (vehicles with rainsensor)

The rain sensor is only an aid. The driver isresponsible for ensuring unimpaired vision.

X Press the combination switch to the Ãposition. In automatic wiping mode, theappropriate wipe frequency is setaccording to the intensity of the rain.

X Use control : to set the wipe frequency.

Switching on intermittent wiping

X Press the combination switch to the Ãposition.

X Use control : to set the wipe frequency.

Wiping with washer fluid

X Pull the combination switch in the direc-tion of arrow î.

Switching the rear window wiperon/off (smart fortwo)

To operate the rear window wiper, the igni-tion must be switched on.

X Turn the outer control on the combina-tion switch to the desired position:The following settings can be selected:

Rg Rear window wiper, offRè Rear window wiper, onRî Wipes with washer fluid

88 Using the windscreen wipers>>

En

suri

ng

good

vis

ibil

ity

.

Switching the rear window wiperon/off when in reverse gear (smartfortwo)

You can switch the "Automatic rear windowwiper when reversing" setting on or off inthe smart Media-System. The rear windowwiper is automatically activated for a shortwhile when the ignition is switched on, thewindow wipers are switched on and reversegear is engaged.

X In the smart Media-System, select Vehi‐cle > Settings > Auto rear wipe with reverse gear.The selected setting is highlighted.

X Confirm the setting with Done.

Folding the sun visor to the side

: Mirror cover; Bracket= Retaining strap? Vanity mirror

X Fold the sun visor down.X Pull the sun visor out of retainer ;.X Fold the sun visor to one side

Folding the sun visor to the side 89

>> E

nsu

rin

g go

od v

isib

ilit

y.

Z

Locking and unlocking the vehiclefrom the inside

Using the door handle to unlock thedoor

X Pull door handle :.

If the vehicle has previously been lockedwith the key, opening a door from theinside will trigger the anti-theft alarmsystem. To disable the alarm, switch on theignition.

Centrally locking and unlocking thevehicle from the inside

G WARNING








Rstart the engine



X To lock: press button :.When the doors are locked, indicatorlamp ; lights up.

X To unlock: press button :.

Activating/deactivating the automaticlocking feature

The activated automatic locking featurelocks the vehicle automatically when theignition is switched on and the vehicle ismoving.

X When the engine is running, press andhold button : for 5 seconds until a tonesounds.Repeat the procedure to deactivate theautomatic locking feature.When the automatic locking feature isactivated, the locking mechanismengages audibly when you pull away.When the automatic locking feature isdeactivated, no sound occurs.

Activating the double-lock function

For United Kingdom only: the double-lockfunction prevents the doors from beingopened from the inside.

G WARNING

When the double locks are activated, thedoors can no longer be opened from the

90 Locking and unlocking the vehicle from the inside>>

Fee

lin

g co

mfo

rtab

le in

th

e ve

hic

le in

teri

or.

inside. People in the vehicle can no lon-ger get out, e.g. in hazardous situations.There is a risk of injury.

Therefore, do not leave any people unsu-pervised in the vehicle, particularly chil-dren, elderly people or people in need ofspecial assistance. Do not activate thedouble lock when people are in the vehi-cle.

G WARNING

If persons (particularly children) areexposed to heat or cold for a prolongedperiod, there is a risk of serious or evenfatal injuries. Never leave persons (par-ticularly children) unattended in thevehicle.

X Press button : twice.The double-lock function is enabled.

Understanding the reversing function

Vehicles with automatic operation: the sidewindows are equipped with an automaticreversing function. If a solid object blocksor restricts a side window from closing dur-ing automatic operation, the side windowopens again automatically. During themanual closing process, the side windowonly opens again automatically after thecorresponding switch is released. The auto-matic reversing function is only an aid. Thedriver is responsible for operating the sidewindows safely.

G WARNING

The reversing feature does not react:

Rto soft, light and thin objects, e.g. fin-gers

Rwhile adjusting

This means that the reversing featurecannot prevent someone being trapped inthese situations. There is a risk of injury.

When closing, make sure that no bodyparts are in the closing area. If someone

becomes trapped, press the W buttonto open the side window again.

Opening and closing the windows

Please note

G WARNING

While closing the side windows, bodyparts in the closing area could becometrapped. There is a risk of injury.

When closing make sure that no parts ofthe body are in the closing area. If some-body becomes trapped, release the switchor press the switch to open the side win-dow again.

G WARNING

Children could become trapped if theyoperate the side windows, particularlywhen unattended. There is a risk ofinjury.

When leaving the vehicle, always takethe key with you and lock the vehicle.Never leave children unattended in thevehicle.

G WARNING

If you close a side window again immedi-ately after it has been blocked or reset,the side window closes with increased ormaximum force. The reversing function isthen not active. Parts of the body couldbe trapped in the closing area in theprocess. This poses an increased risk ofinjury or even fatal injury.

Make sure that no parts of the body are inthe closing area. To stop the closingprocess, release the switch or push theswitch again to reopen the side window.

Vehicles with automatic operation: theswitches for both side windows are locatedon the driver's door. There is also a switchfor the front-passenger window on thefront-passenger door. The switch on thedriver’s door takes precedence.

Opening and closing the windows 91

>> F

eeli

ng

com

fort

able

in t

he

veh

icle

inte

rior

.

Z

Opening and closing the windows

Vehicles with automatic operation: Left side window; Right side window

Vehicles without automatic operation

X To open: press the switch.X To close: pull the switch.

Opening and closing windows fully inautomatic mode

Vehicles with automatic operation:

X To open the windows fully, press theswitch beyond the point of resistanceand release it.

X To close the windows fully, pull theswitch beyond the point of resistanceand release it.

X To stop automatic operation, press theswitch again.

Using the soft top (smart fortwo cab-rio)

Please note

G WARNING

During opening and closing of the foldingtop or rear soft top, body parts maybecome trapped for example, by the roofmechanical system. There is a risk ofinjury.

Ensure that no parts of the body are inthe immediate vicinity of moving partsduring the closing or opening process.Release the switch immediately if some-body becomes trapped.

! If you are transporting long objects inthe vehicle interior, you must make surethat the objects do not press against thefolding top when the folding top isclosed.When transporting objects which pro-trude at the rear, make sure that they donot lie on the rear soft top fasteners(brackets). When loading the vehicle,make sure that no sharp-edged partscome into contact with the soft top or therear window.Do not place any flat loads weighing over75 kg on the rear soft top when it hasbeen lowered.Make sure that the additional brake lightis not covered.

! Make sure that the lock openings of thesoft-top system are not blocked. Stow theside spars only in the intended stowagecompartment in the tailgate.

! Make sure that objects in the luggagecompartment are not stacked too high.They could otherwise be damaged whenthe rear soft top is opened or closed.

The procedure for removing, fitting andstowing the side bars is described below.The QR code is a link to a video clip thatdemonstrates the procedure.

92 Using the soft top (smart fortwo cabrio)>>

Fee

lin

g co

mfo

rtab

le in

th

e ve

hic

le in

teri

or.

Opening and closing the soft top

To open or close the soft top, the ignitionmust be switched on.

X To open: press the switch to position ;until the soft top is in the desired posi-tion.Press switch ; again to fully open thesoft top.

X To close: press the switch to position :until the soft top is in the desired posi-tion.

It is possible to open or close the soft topwhile driving up to the maximum designspeed. In poor weather and at high speeds,it is possible that electric locking whenclosing is not reliable. If this is the caseyou must reduce the speed and, if neces-sary, press the switch again to close thesoft top.

Opening the soft top (using the key)

X Press and hold the é button on thekey.

Removing the side bars

X Open the soft top.X Open the doors and tailgate.

X To release: slide lever : back.The side bar is unlocked.

X Push lever : back again and remove sidebars ;.

Stowing the side bars

G WARNING

If you transport the side bars withoutsecuring them, they may be thrownaround in the event of an accident, brak-ing or sudden changes in direction. Thereis a risk of injury.

Always stow the side bars in the designa-ted stowage well and close the stowagewell lid.

! When the rear soft top is lowered, theside support beams could be stolen.Therefore, remove the side support beamsand stow them in the luggage compart-ment or close the soft top.

! If you load the stowage space it couldbe damaged.Never stow heavy objects on the stowagespace or sit on it.

Please note:

Ronly use the stowage space to store theside barsRalways place both side bars in the stow-

age space

Using the soft top (smart fortwo cabrio) 93

>> F

eeli

ng

com

fort

able

in t

he

veh

icle

inte

rior

.

Z

Observe the notice on the stowage space.

X Release fastening straps : on the stow-age space and guide the locking mecha-nism with your hand until the fasteningstraps are released.

X Open cover ;.X Store the side bars as shown.

Observe markings l and k on the sidebars and the stowage compartment forthe left and right side bars.

: Side bar, front left; Side bar, rear left= Side bar, front right? Side bar, rear right

X Close the cover.The cover must audibly engage.

X Secure both fastening straps with ten-sioner : on rear detent ;.The red surfaces at the side must no lon-ger be visible. An audible click can beheard upon engaging.

X Close the tailgate.X If the tailgate does not close properly,

check if the side bars have been stored asspecified.

Fitting the side bars

G WARNING

If the side bars are incorrectly mountedthey may become loose during the jour-ney and endanger other road users. Thereis a risk of accident and injury.

Mount the side bars as described.

X Open the doors and tailgate.X Release the fastening straps on the stow-

age space and guide the locking mecha-nism with your hand until the fasteningstraps are released.

X Open the cover.X Remove the side bars.

94 Using the soft top (smart fortwo cabrio)>>

Fee

lin

g co

mfo

rtab

le in

th

e ve

hic

le in

teri

or.

X Insert the side bar from the stowage com-partment marked L on the left side at thefront end :.

X Press down rear end of side bar ; untilit engages twice.

X Fit the side bar from the stowage com-partment marked R on the right-handside.

Closing the stowage space without theside bars

X Move folding mechanism : in the direc-tion of the arrow.

X Close cover ;.

X Secure both fastening straps with ten-sioner : on front detent ;.The red surfaces at the side must no lon-ger be visible. An audible click can beheard upon engaging.

X Close the tailgate.

Fitting and removing the draught stop(smart fortwo cabrio)

Fitting the draught stop

X Open the soft top completely.X Attach recesses : of draught stop = on

to hooks ; on the roll bar.X Attach loops A on to hooks ? in the side

panelling.

Removing the draught stop

X Unhook loops A from hooks ? in theside panelling.

X Unhook recesses : from hooks ; on theroll bar.

Operating the climate control system

Useful information

The climate control system is only availa-ble when the engine is running.

Operating the climate control system 95

>> F

eeli

ng

com

fort

able

in t

he

veh

icle

inte

rior

.

Z

If the climate control system is deactivated,the air supply and circulation are switchedoff. The windows could mist up. You shouldtherefore switch off the climate controlsystem for brief periods only.In air-recirculation mode, only the airinside the vehicle is recirculated and nofresh air is introduced. This is useful in atunnel or when there are unpleasant odoursoutside the vehicle. In air-recirculationmode, the windows may mist up morequickly, particularly when the outside tem-perature is low. Therefore, switch on air-recirculation mode only briefly.If the automatic start/stop system switchesthe engine off, the air inside the vehiclewill not be air-conditioned or dehumidified.The windows can mist up more quickly. Ifthe windows mist up, deactivate the auto-matic start/stop system. The engine startsagain.smart fortwo cabrio: when the soft top isopen, the climate control system is alwaysdeactivated. When the temperature is set tomaximum cooling, the climate control sys-tem remains activated.The integrated filter in the climate controlsystem keeps out most particles of dust aswell as pollen. The filter reduces theamount of air supplied to the vehicle inte-rior. For this reason, always observe theinterval for replacing the filter.

Operating the heating

Switching the heating on and off

The engine must be running before theheating can be operated.

X To switch on: turn control ; clockwise.X To switch off: turn control ; to positiong.

Setting the temperature

X Turn control ? in small incrementsclockwise or anti-clockwise.

Setting the air distribution

X Turn control : to the desired position:Rz Demister ventsRa Demister vents and footwell ventsRO Footwell ventsRN Centre, side and footwell ventsRP Centre and side air vents

Increasing or decreasing the blowerspeed

X Turn control ; clockwise or anti-clock-wise.

Switching air-recirculation mode on/off

X To switch on: slide control A to the leftto t.

X To switch off: slide control A to the rightto u.

Demisting the windscreen

X Turn control : to z.X Turn control ; to position 4.X Turn control ? clockwise as far as it will

go.X Slide control A to the right.

Use this setting only until the windscreenis clear again.

Demisting the rear window

When the rear window heating is activated,the exterior mirrors are also heated.

X Press button =.The indicator lamp in the button is litwhen the rear window heating is activa-ted.

96 Operating the climate control system>>

Fee

lin

g co

mfo

rtab

le in

th

e ve

hic

le in

teri

or.

Use this setting only until the rear windowis clear again.

Drying windows that are misted up onthe inside

X Turn control : to z.

Use this setting only until the windows areclear again.

Drying windows that are misted up onthe outside

X Switch on the windscreen wipers.X Turn control : to z.


Operating the automatic climate con-trol system

Switching the automatic climate controlsystem on/off

The ignition must be switched on in orderto operate the blower. The engine must berunning in order to operate all the func-tions of the automatic climate control sys-tem.

X To switch on: press the Ã button.The indicator lamps below Ã and¿ light up.

X To switch off: press the ^ button.The indicator lamp below ^ lights up.

Setting the temperature

X Move the slider in small increments tothe left or right.

In automatic mode, the set temperature ismaintained at a constant level. The air dis-tribution and blower speed are regulatedautomatically.

Setting and switching the air distribu-tion off

X Press one or more of the buttons.The following options can be selected:

R¯ Demister ventsRP Centre and side air ventsRO Footwell vents

Increasing the blower speed

X Press the K button.

Decreasing the blower speed

X Press the I button.

Switching air-recirculation mode on/off

X Press the À button.The indicator lamp above À lights upwhen air-recirculation mode is activated.

Switching "Cooling with air dehumidifi-cation" on or off

The "Cooling with air dehumidification"function cools and dehumidifies the airinside the vehicle during warm weather.The engine must be running in order to use"Cooling with air dehumidification".

X To switch on: press the K and¿ button.The indicator lamp below ¿ lights upwhen the function is activated.

In damp weather, only switch off the "Cool-ing with air dehumidification" functionbriefly. Otherwise the windows can mist upmore quickly.

Operating the climate control system 97

>> F

eeli

ng

com

fort

able

in t

he

veh

icle

inte

rior

.

Z

Demisting the windscreen

X Press the ¬ button.The indicator lamp above ¬ lights upwhen the windscreen is being demisted.

Use this setting only until the windscreenis clear again.

Demisting the rear window

When the rear window heating is activated,the exterior mirrors are also heated.

X Press the ¤ button.The indicator lamp above ¤ lights upwhen the rear window heating is activa-ted.

Use this setting only until the rear windowis clear again.

Drying windows that are misted up onthe inside

X Press the ¿ button.X Press the Ã button.X If the windows are still misted up, press

the ¬ button.


Drying windows that are misted up onthe outside

X Switch on the windscreen wipers.X Press the ¬ button.


Adjusting the air vents

Please note

G WARNING

Very hot or very cold air can flow fromthe air vents. This could result in burnsor frostbite in the immediate vicinity ofthe air vents. There is a risk of injury.

Make sure that all vehicle occupantsalways maintain a sufficient distance tothe air outlets. If necessary, redirect the

airflow to another area of the vehicleinterior.

G WARNING

If you pour cleaning fluid or disinfectantinto the vehicle's ventilation system, itmay ignite. There is a risk of fire.

Never spray these or other agents intothe ventilation system. Always have workon the ventilation system carried out at aqualified specialist workshop.

Keep the following rules in mind for optimalclimate control:

RKeep the air slots between the servicecover and windscreen clear of blockages.RDo not cover the vents or ventilation

grilles in the vehicle interior.ROpen the air vents fully.

Opening and closing the air vents

X To open 1: turn the vent outwards.X To close 2: turn the vent inwards.

Directing the air vents

X Turn the air vents upwards, downwards,to the left or to the right as desired.

Switching the seat heating on and off

G WARNING

If you repeatedly switch on seat heating,the seat cushion and backrest paddingmay become very hot. The health of vehi-

98 Switching the seat heating on and off>>

Fee

lin

g co

mfo

rtab

le in

th

e ve

hic

le in

teri

or.

cle occupants with limited temperaturesensitivity or a limited ability to react tohigh temperatures may be affected orthey may even suffer burn-like injuries.There is a risk of injury.

Therefore, do not switch on the seat heat-ing repeatedly.

! When the seat heating is switched on,the seat surface can be damaged as aresult of objects being placed on theseats, for example, seat cushions, childseats and protective covers not approvedby Mercedes-Benz.Ensure that there are no objects on theseat surface when the seat heating isswitched on.

The seat heating only works when the igni-tion is switched on.

X Press button ;.Indicator lamp : lights up when seatheating is activated.

Using the accessories

Using the cigarette lighter

G WARNING

You can burn yourself if you touch thehot heating element or the socket of thecigarette lighter.

In addition, flammable materials canignite if:

Rthe hot cigarette lighter falls

Ra child holds the hot cigarette lighterto objects, for example

There is a risk of fire and injury.

Always hold the cigarette lighter by theknob. Always make sure that the ciga-rette lighter is out of reach of children.Never leave children unattended in thevehicle.

The cigarette lighter only works when theignition is switched on.

X Press cigarette lighter :.When cigarette lighter : is hot, it popsup automatically.

Using the ashtray

! The cup holder in the centre console isnot heat resistant. Before placing lit cig-arettes in the ashtray, make sure that theashtray is fully inserted in the cupholder. Make sure that lit cigarettes donot fall into the cup holder.Otherwise, the cup holder could be dam-aged.

X To open: lift up cover :.X To close: push down cover :.

Using the accessories 99

>> F

eeli

ng

com

fort

able

in t

he

veh

icle

inte

rior

.

Z

X To remove: pull the ashtray up and out.X To insert: insert the ashtray into the cup

holder.

Using the 12 V socket

X Turn the key to position 1 in the igni-tion lock.

X Lift up the cover of socket :.X Connect the device.

The socket can be used for accessories up toa maximum draw of 120 W (15 A).If you use the socket for very long periodswhen the engine is switched off, the 12 Vbattery may discharge.

Fitting and removing the floor mats

G WARNING

Objects in the driver's footwell mayrestrict the clearance around the pedalsor block a depressed pedal. This jeopard-ises the operating and road safety of thevehicle. There is a risk of an accident.

Stow all objects securely in the vehicle sothat they do not get into the driver'sfootwell. Always fit the floormatssecurely and as prescribed in order toensure that there is always sufficientroom for the pedals. Do not use loosefloormats and do not place several floor-mats on top of one another.

X Slide the driver's seat backwards.X To install: press securing knobs : onto

retainers ;.X To remove: release securing knobs :

from retainers ;.

100 Using the accessories>>

Fee

lin

g co

mfo

rtab

le in

th

e ve

hic

le in

teri

or.

Parking

Please note

G WARNING

Flammable material such as leaves, grassor twigs may ignite if they come intocontact with hot parts of the exhaustsystem or exhaust gas flow. There is arisk of fire.

Park the vehicle so that no flammablematerial can come into contact with hotvehicle components. In particular, do notpark on dry grassland or harvested grainfields.

G WARNING













G WARNING

When the engine is switched off, theautomatic transmission shifts into neu-tral position N. The vehicle may rollaway. There is a risk of an accident.

Always shift to parking position P beforeswitching off the engine. Secure the

parked vehicle against rolling away byapplying the parking brake.

! Always secure the vehicle correctlyagainst rolling away. Otherwise, thevehicle or its drivetrain could be dam-aged.

Parking the vehicle

X Apply the parking brake.X Manual transmission: engage first or

reverse gear.X Automatic transmission: shift the trans-

mission to position j.X Turn the key to position u in the igni-

tion lock and remove it.X On steep uphill or downhill gradients,

turn the front wheels towards the kerb.X Lock the vehicle.

Using the parking aid

Useful information

! Pay attention to people and obstacleswhen manoeuvring or parking the car.The driver is responsible in these situa-tions.

The electronic parking aid gives an acous-tic indication of the distance between thevehicle and an obstacle behind it.

The parking aid uses three sensors : inthe rear bumper to monitor the area aroundthe vehicle.The parking aid measures the distancebetween the vehicle and an obstacle. If theproximity to the object behind the vehicle

Using the parking aid 101

>> P

arki

ng

and

get

tin

g ou

t.

Z

is less than 1.20 m, a short signal is issued.If the object is less than 30 cm away, a con-tinuous warning tone is issued.The parking aid might not function cor-rectly under the following circumstances:

Rthe vehicle is on uneven terrainRif there are obstacles below or above the

sensor detection rangeRthe vehicle is on snow or near objects

that absorb ultrasonic wavesRthe vehicle is near strong ultrasonic

sources, such as pneumatic hammersIf you engage reverse gear while the engineis running, the parking aid is activated.

Activating and deactivating the park-ing aid

The parking aid is automatically activatedwhen you start the engine.

X Press the c switch.When the parking aid is deactivated, theLED on the c switch lights up.

Using the reversing camera

Please note

The reversing camera is only an aid. It isnot a substitute for your attention to theimmediate surroundings. The responsibil-ity for safe manoeuvring and parkingremains with you. Make sure that there areno persons, animals or objects etc., in themanoeuvring area while manoeuvring orparking.

! If the rear of your vehicle is damaged,consult a qualified specialist workshopand have the reversing camera checked.

! Objects that are not at ground levelappear further away than they actuallyare, for example:

Rthe bumper of the vehicle parkedbehindRthe drawbar of a trailerRthe ball coupling of a trailer tow hitchRthe tail-end of a lorryRslanted postsOnly use the image from the reversingcamera as a guide. You may otherwisedamage your vehicle and/or the object.

Understanding the reversing camerafunctions

! Pay attention to people and obstacleswhen manoeuvring or parking the car.The driver is responsible in these situa-tions.

! If the rear of your vehicle is damaged,consult a qualified specialist workshopand have the reversing camera checked.

The reversing camera is a visual parkingand manoeuvring aid. It shows the areabehind your vehicle with guide lines in thesmart Media-System display.

Reversing camera : is located above thelicence plate in the tailgate.The area behind the vehicle is displayed asa mirror image in the smart Media-Systemdisplay.

102 Using the reversing camera>>

Par

kin

g an

d g

etti

ng

out.

The reversing camera may show a distortedview of obstacles or show them incorrectlyor not at all if:

Rthe obstacle is very close to the rearbumperRthe obstacle is underneath the rear

bumperRthe obstacle is close to the tailgate han-

dleRthe reversing camera is covered by addi-

tional accessories, e.g. a bicycle rackRthe reversing camera function is

impaired due to pixel errorsThe function of the reversing camera islimited:

Rif the tailgate is openRif there is heavy rain, snowfall or fogRif the light conditions are too dark or too

brightRif there is fluorescent light shining, e.g.

under fluorescent lamps or LED lightingRif the outside temperature changes

quicklyRif the camera lens is dirty, obstructed or

misted up(Y page 165)Rif the camera or the rear of your vehicle

is damaged

i The display contrast may be impaireddue to incident sunlight or other lightsources, e.g. if the vehicle is being drivenout of a garage. In this case, pay specialattention.

i The use of the display can be consider-ably restricted due to pixel errors, forexample. In this case have the displayrepaired or replaced.

Guide lines in the display

Useful information

! Objects that are not at ground levelappear further away than they actuallyare, for example:

Rthe bumper of the vehicle parkedbehindRthe drawbar of a trailerRthe ball coupling of a trailer tow hitch

Rthe tail-end of a lorryRslanted postsOnly use the image from the reversingcamera as a guide. You may otherwisedamage your vehicle and/or the object.

Guide lines in different colours show thedistance of obstacles from the rear of thevehicle. Static guide lines do not changewhen the steering wheel is turned. Dynamicguide lines change depending on the posi-tion of the steering wheel.

: Static: vehicle width including exteriormirrors

; Green, static: approx. 1.50 m= Yellow, static: approx. 0.7 m? Red, static: approx. 0.3 mA Blue, dynamic: vehicle width including

exterior mirrors

The distance specifications only apply toobjects that are at ground level.

Switching on the reversing camera

The ignition must be switched on to use thereversing camera.

X In the smart Media-System, select Vehi‐cle > Settings > Rear view camera >Rear camera view settings > Rear cam‐era view.

X Confirm with Done.X Engage reverse gear.

The area behind the vehicle is shownwith guide lines in the smart Media-Sys-tem display.

Using the reversing camera 103

>> P

arki

ng

and

get

tin

g ou

t.

Z

Switching off the reversing camera

The reversing camera switches off afterdriving forwards briefly.

Adjusting the reversing camera set-tings

X In the smart Media-System, select Vehi‐cle > Settings > Rear view camera >Rear camera view settings.

The following settings can be selected:

RSwitch Rear camera view on or off.RSwitch Static guidelines on or off.RSwitch Dynamic guidelines on or off.X Select desired settings.X Confirm with Done.

Adjusting reversing camera displaysettings

X In the smart Media-System, select Vehi‐cle > Settings > Rear view camera >Image settings.

X Adjust the values for Brightness, Satu‐ration and Contrast.

X Confirm the display settings with Done.

Locking the vehicle

G WARNING








Rstart the engine



X Press the & button on the key.The turn signals flash twice.

Priming and deactivating the anti-theft alarm system

Useful information

The immobiliser prevents the vehicle frombeing started without the correct key. It isswitched on and off automatically.The anti-theft alarm system triggers a vis-ual and audible alarm if a door, the tailgateor the service cover is opened.The alarm is not switched off, even if, forexample, you close the open door that hastriggered it.

Priming

X Close the doors.X Close the tailgate.X Close the service cover.X Press the & button on the key. The

alarm system is primed after approx-imately 30 seconds.

Deactivating and switching off thealarm

X Press the % button on the key.

104 Priming and deactivating the anti-theft alarm system>>

Par

kin

g an

d g

etti

ng

out.

Overview of the on-board computer

Please note

G WARNING



G WARNING

If the instrument cluster has failed ormalfunctioned, you may not recognisefunction restrictions relevant to safety.The operating safety of your vehicle maybe impaired. There is a risk of an acci-dent.

Drive on carefully. Have the vehiclechecked at a qualified specialist work-shop immediately.

If the operating safety of your vehicle isimpaired, you must park the vehicle safelyas soon as possible. Consult a qualifiedspecialist workshop.Display messages and displays in theinstrument cluster are only shown for cer-tain systems. Vehicle owners and driversare responsible for ensuring that the vehi-cle is operating safely. A vehicle which isnot operating safely can cause an accident.The display shows the outside temperatureon the far right in the header. Drivers mustpay special attention to road conditionswhen temperatures are around freezingpoint. Changes in the outside temperatureare displayed after a short delay.After opening the door, the on-board com-puter is activated for approximately15 minutes. To permanently activate theon-board computer, the ignition must beswitched on.

Monochrome display overview

: Time; Vehicles with automatic transmission:

drive program= Vehicles with automatic transmission:

gearshift recommendation? Transmission displayA Lane Keeping Assist indicator lampB Outside temperature display and black

ice warning ÒC Trip meter, current fuel consumption,

service displayD Tyre pressure monitorE Fuel gaugeF eco score display, reserve fuel displayG Brake light failure warning lampH Total distance recorderI Cruise control, limiter

When the vehicle is stationary or up to aspeed of approximately 5 km/h, the displayshows the current fuel consumption as anumerical value in l/h.

Overview of the on-board computer 105

>> O

per

atin

g th

e on

-boa

rd c

omp

ute

r.

Z

Colour display overview

: Time; Lane Keeping Assist indicator lamp= Digital speedometer? Outside temperature display with black

ice warning ÒA Display field for display messages,

menus and listsB Reserve fuel displayC Fuel levelD Transmission displayE Cruise control, limiter

Calling up displays

Calling up displays (monochrome dis-play)

: Monochrome display; Buttons on the multifunction lever

X To scroll forward at menu level, brieflypress the ´ button on multifunctionlever.

X To directly call up the trip meter, pressand hold the ´ button on multifunc-tion lever.

X Press and hold a on the multifunctionlever to reset the values.

The following displays can be called up oneafter another:

Rtrip meterRcurrent fuel consumptionRservice due dateRsetting the timeRrestarting the tyre pressure monitor

Calling up displays (colour display)

Calling up displays

: Colour display; Left control panel

X Briefly press 9 or : on left controlpanel ;, to scroll forwards or backwards.

X Press and hold 9 or : on left con-trol panel ;, to directly call up the Dis‐tance display.

The following displays can be called up oneafter another:

RDistanceRTrip computer from start

106 Calling up displays>>

Op

erat

ing

the

on-b

oard

com

pu

ter.

RTrip computer from resetReco score from startRFuel consumptionRCoolant temperatureRMessages and serviceRSettingsRDigital speedometer

Distance display

: Trip meter; Total distance recorder

Trip computer display

: Elapsed time; Distance= Average speed? Average fuel consumption

The data in the from start menu refers tothe start of the journey, whilst the data inthe from reset menu refers to the last timethe submenu was reset.If the ignition remains switched off for lon-ger than four hours, the from start valuesin the instrument cluster are reset. The ecoscore display is also reset automatically.

eco score display

The eco score display provides feedback onhow economical the driver's driving behav-iour is (Y page 77).If the ignition remains switched off for lon-ger than four hours, the eco score displaywill be automatically reset.When the eco score display is reset, thefrom start trip computer is also reset.

Fuel consumption display

The display shows the fuel consumptionover the previous 15 minutes.When the vehicle is stationary or up to aspeed of approximately 5 km/h, the displayshows the current fuel consumption as anumeric value in l/h. If the unit of meas-urement for distance is set to miles, thedisplay shows two dashes.

Coolant temperature display

The display shows the current coolant tem-perature. If this rises above 110 †, then thedisplay shows a display message.

Messages and service display

: Message memory; Next service due date

The display shows the number of displaymessages in the message memory and thenext service due date.¯ indicates a minor service. ° indi-cates a major service.

Calling up displays 107

>> O

per

atin

g th

e on

-boa

rd c

omp

ute

r.

Z

To show the display messages, the ignitionmust be switched on.

X Press a to scroll through the displaymessages.

Current information on the type of servicecan be obtained at a smart centre or aqualified specialist workshop.

Digital speedometer display

The display shows the digital speedometer.The digital speedometer in the header ishidden.United Kingdom only: the digital speedom-eter in the header continues to be dis-played.

Setting values

Setting values (monochrome display)

Setting the time

X Press ´ repeatedly until ° isshown next to the time.

X Press a until the hour display flashes.X Set the values.


X Press ´ several times until Ä and° are displayed.

X Press a until ON or OFF appears belowÄ.The ^ indicator lamp lights up whenActive Brake Assist is deactivated.

Resetting values

The trip meter display and eco score dis-play can be reset.

X Scroll to the desired display.X Press a for three seconds.

Setting values (colour display)

Setting values

X Press 9 or : to scroll to Settings.X Press 9 or : to scroll to the

desired menu.X Press 9 or : to set the desired

value.X Press a to confirm.

Resetting values

To reset the values in the respective dis-plays, select the following:

X Press a.X Select yes and press a to confirm.

Setting the time

X Select Settings > Time > Set the time.X Set the values.

Vehicles with smart Media-System: thetime and time format are set in the smartMedia-System.

Setting the time format

X Select Settings > Time > Time format (12/24 h).

X Set the value.

Adjusting the instrument lighting

X Select Settings > Display > Display/switch brightness.

X Set the value.

108 Setting values>>

Op

erat

ing

the

on-b

oard

com

pu

ter.

Displaying the digital speedometer inthe header

X Select Settings > Display > Digital speedometer.

X Select the Disp. addit. dig. speedo.function.The digital speedometer is displayed inthe header.

UK only: the digital speedometer in theheader cannot be hidden.

Setting the unit for speed in the digitalspeedometer

X Select Settings > Display > Digital speedometer > Unit.

X Set the value.The following values are set:

RDigital speedometer displayRDigital speedometer in the headerUK only: only the display unit of the digitalspeedometer is set.

Setting the unit of measurement fordistance

X Select Settings > Display > Units of distance.

X Set the value.

Setting the temperature unit of meas-urement

X Select Settings > Display > Units of temperature.

X Set the value.


The ignition must be switched on in orderto set Active Brake Assist.

X Select Settings > Active Brake Assist >on or off.

Information on Active Brake Assist(Y page 59).

Starting the tyre pressure monitor

X Select Settings > Tyre pressure moni‐tor.

Information on the tyre pressure monitor(Y page 160).

Switching ambient lighting on/off

X Select Settings > Ambient lighting > On.

Setting the brightness of the ambientlighting

X Select Settings > Ambient lighting >Brightness.

X Set the value.

Setting the language

X Select Settings > Language (Language).X Set the value.

Setting values 109

>> O

per

atin

g th

e on

-boa

rd c

omp

ute

r.

Z

Operating and setting the smartAudio-System

smart Audio-System overview

G WARNING



You must observe the legal requirementsfor the country in which you are currentlydriving when operating the smart Audio-System.

: Number keys 1 - 6; C Previous station or track= USB1 connection? D Next station or trackA % Goes back one menu level higherB Control for menu selection and station

list, 9 buttonC USB2 portDÃ Telephone menu to accept or reject

callsEª System settingsF 8 MuteG Õ Plays back media from external

data storage media

H $ Switches on the radio and selectsthe waveband

I External audio equipment (AUX connec-tion)

J Volume control, Ü buttonK F Sets the radio text

Operating and setting the smartAudio-System

X To switch on or off: press Ü.X To scroll through menus: turn control B.X To select menu options: turn control B

and press the 9 button.X To navigate to the next-highest folder:

press the % button.X To set values: turn control B and press

the 9 button.X To increase or decrease the volume: turn

control J.

Using external devices

Useful information

You can connect the following externaldevices:

RUSB devices, iPods® and MP3 players (USBport)RExternal audio equipment (AUX connec-

tion)RBluetooth® devices, such as mobile

phonesExternal devices can be charged at USBports = and C when the ignition isswitched on. It is better to use USB port =for charging as it supplies a higher chargecurrent. To charge an external deviceremove the cover on USB port =.

110 Operating and setting the smart Audio-System>>

Usi

ng

the

smar

t A

ud

io-S

yst

em.

Removing and fastening the cover ofthe USB1 port

X To remove: turn the cover anti-clockwiseusing handle :.

X Move the cover into position ;.X Remove the cover.X To secure: place the cover in position ;.X Turn the cover clockwise using han-

dle :.

Adjusting the system settings

Setting the system language

X Press the ª button.X Select Language.

The list of languages appears.X Select the language.

Switching the time on/off

X Press the ª button.X Select Clock.X Select ON or OFF.

Setting the time

X Press the ª button.X Select Clock.X Select Set Time.X Set the time.


X Press the ª button.X Select Clock.X Select Format.Select one of the following time formats:

RAm/PmR24hr

Adjusting the audio settings

Adjusting the sound

X Press the ª button.X Select Audio.X Select Sound.Select the desired sound setting:

RBass: adjusts the bass.RTreble: adjusts the treble.RBal.: adjusts the surround sound (bal-

ance) to left or right.

Switching the bass boost on/off (vehi-cles without JBL sound system)

X Press the ª button.X Select Audio.X Select Bass Boost.X Select ON or OFF.

Resetting audio settings

X Press the ª button.X Select Audio.X Select Audio Default.X Select Yes.

Adjusting the volume to the vehiclespeed (vehicles without JBL sound sys-tem)

X Press the ª button.X Select Audio.X Select Speed Vol..X Select the desired level.

The higher the level, the higher the vol-ume will be at increasing road speeds.

Operating and setting the smart Audio-System 111

>> U

sin

g th

e sm

art

Au

dio

-Sy

stem

.

Z

Listening to the radio

Switching on the radio

X Press the Ü button.X Press the $ button.

The smart Audio-System receives datatransmitted via the Radio Data System(RDS).

Setting the waveband

X Press the $ button repeatedly untilthe desired waveband appears.

If available, you can switch between thefollowing wavebands:

RFM1RFM2RDR1 (digital radio)RDR2 (digital radio)RAM

Selecting stations manually

FM and AM waveband

X Press the D or C button to set thedesired frequency.

Digital radio frequency range

X To select the desired station, press theD or C button.

Setting a station from the station list

X Press a in radio mode.The station list appears.

X Select a station.X Press a to confirm.

Updating the station list

X Press the $ button until you hear atone.

Storing a station

X Select the waveband.X Set the station.X Press a number key 1 to 6 until you

hear a tone.The station set for this waveband will bestored on the button you have pressed.

Selecting a stored station

X Select a waveband.X Press a number key for the stored station.

Switching traffic announcementson/off

X Press the ª button.X Select Radio.X Select TA.X Select ON or OFF.

Interrupting a traffic announcement

X During a traffic announcement, brieflypress %.

Displaying radio text in FM radio

X Press the F button.If radio text is available, it will be dis-played.

Digital radio (if available)

Information on DAB

i Any electronic devices taken into thevehicle may seriously impair radio andDAB radio reception.

Digital radio or DAB (Digital Audio Broad-casting) is a digital transmission standardoptimally designed for the mobile receptionof radio transmissions. Several programmesare combined into so-called ensembles andtransmitted on a single frequency. Somestations only transmit programmes at cer-

112 Listening to the radio>>

Usi

ng

the

smar

t A

ud

io-S

yst

em.

tain times. If you have selected a pro-gramme that has subsequently beenremoved from the ensemble, it will no lon-ger be received. You will continue toreceive the other programmes in theensemble. Select either a different pro-gramme or a different ensemble.

i DAB cannot be received everywhere inEurope.

Displaying radio text

This function provides additional datatransmitted in the DAB waveband (DR1 andDR2). Besides displaying the artist andtrack names, information on the currentprogramme may also be available.

X Press the F button.X Select Radio text.

The î dot shows that radio text is acti-vated.

Setting alerts

If this function is activated, certain pro-gramme categories allow another broadcastto interrupt the current audio playback.Numerous categories can be selected, suchas news, business news, sports news etc.A prerequisite for the reception is thatbroadcasters process the relevant informa-tion. This function is only available in cer-tain countries.

X Call up the setup menu (Y page 111).X Select Radio > DR Interrupt… > Desired

category.The î dot shows the active settings.

i Several categories can be selected.Repeat the procedure if necessary.

Displaying the EPG

EPG (Electronic Program Guide) is availablein the DAB waveband (DR1 and DR2).If the station supports EPG, you can use theEPG (Electronic Programme Guide) to dis-play the current and the following tworadio programmes. At the very least, theprogramme overview contains the name,time and length of each programme.

X Press the F button.X Select EPG.X Select the desired station.

Switching on Intellitext™

If the station supports Intellitext™, you canhave additional information displayed,such as news, headlines, business news,sports news etc. A prerequisite for thereception is that broadcasters process therelevant information. Intellitext™ is onlyavailable in certain countries.

X Press the F button.X Select Intellitext.

Using a mobile phone

Connecting a mobile phone

Useful information

The Bluetooth®-capable mobile phone mustbe compatible with the smart Audio-Sys-tem. Overview of compatible mobile phones:http://www.smart.com/connect.

To make a call, Bluetooth® must be activa-ted on the mobile phone and the smartAudio-System.

Once outside the Bluetooth® receptionrange, the connection is terminated auto-matically.To clearly identify a mobile phone, changethe device name (see the manufacturer'soperating instructions).

Activating Bluetooth® on a mobilephone

X Activate Bluetooth® on the mobile phone(see the manufacturer's operatinginstructions).

X Search for devices.

Using a mobile phone 113

>> U

sin

g th

e sm

art

Au

dio

-Sy

stem

.

Z

Switching on the Bluetooth® function ofthe smart Audio-System

X Press the Ã button.X Turn control B to Bluetooth and confirm

with 9.X Turn control B to ON and confirm with

9.The î dot shows the active setting.

Authorising a mobile phone on thesmart Audio-System

X Press the Ã button.X Select Scan devices.

The system searches for available mobilephones and displays them in a list.

X Select a mobile phone confirm with 9.X Authorise the mobile phone with the

smart Audio-System.The following options are available:

Rif a code appears in the smart Audio-Sys-tem display and on the mobile phone,confirm it on the mobile phoneRif the code 0000 appears in the smart

Audio-System display, enter it and con-firm it on the mobile phone

A maximum of five mobile phones can beauthorised. However, only one authorisedmobile phone can be connected with Blue-tooth® at a time.

Loading and updating the phone book

X Press the Ã button.X Select Settings > PB download.X If necessary, accept the access confirma-

tion on the mobile phone.

If the mobile phone supports the Bluetooth®

PBAP (Phone Book Access Profile) profile,the phone book and call lists will be trans-ferred after you connect.

Removing a mobile phone from the list(de-authorising)

X Press the Ã button.X Select Del. device.

Authorised mobile phones are displayed.

X Select the mobile phone to be deleted.X Select Yes.

After de-authorisation, the Bluetooth® con-nection to the mobile phone is no longerestablished automatically.

Connecting another authorised mobilephone

X Activating Bluetooth® on a mobile phoneX Press the Ã button.X Select Sel. device.

All authorised mobile phones are dis-played. The currently connected mobilephone is indicated by a dot.

X Select the desired mobile phone from thelist.

Setting the sound

Adjusting the call volume

X Press the Ã button.X Select Settings > Volume > Call.X Select the value.

Switching the smart Audio-Systemringtone on and off

X Press the Ã button.X Select Settings > Ringtone.X To switch on: select Car.X To switch off: select Phone.

Adjusting the ringtone volume

X Press the Ã button.X Select Settings > Volume > Ring.X Select the value.

Telephone operation

Calling a contact from the phone book

To call a contact in the phone book, themobile phone telephone book first has to beimported into the smart Audio-System.

114 Using a mobile phone>>

Usi

ng

the

smar

t A

ud

io-S

yst

em.

X Press the Ã button.X Select Phonebook.X Select the contact.

The details for the contact are displayed.X Select the desired phone number.X Press the 9 button.

Dialling a phone number

X Press the Ã button.X Select Dial a number.

An input screen appears.X Enter the number.X Press the 9 button.X Select ;.

Using call lists to call contacts

To call a contact in a call list, the mobilephone telephone book first has to be impor-ted into the smart Audio-System.

X Press the Ã button.X Select Call List.X Select Dialled, Received or Missed.X Select an entry from the list.

Calling the last number dialled

X Press and hold the Ã button until thecall is established.

Accepting a call

X Press the Ã button.orX Briefly press the button on the

steering wheel.

Rejecting a call

X Press and hold the Ã button.orX Press and hold the button on the

steering wheel until the call is rejected.

Holding and continuing a call

X To hold: select Â.X To continue the call: press the 9 button.

Transferring a call to the mobile phone

X Select z.X To transfer the call back to the smart

Audio-System: press the 9 button.

Entering numbers or characters duringa call

X Select #123.X Enter numbers or characters.

Ending a call

X Press the 9 button.orX Press the button on the steering

wheel.

Using voice control for the mobilephone

Useful information

The voice control of the connected mobilephone can be used (see manufacturer'soperating instructions). Not all voice con-trol services are supported by the smartAudio-System.Voice control must be activated in the set-tings menu of the mobile phone.

Starting voice control of the mobilephone

X Connect the mobile phone with the smartAudio-System via Bluetooth®.

X Press the button on the steeringwheel.A message appears in the display of thesmart Audio-System and a tone sounds.Voice control for the mobile phone isactive.

X Say a command.


>> U

sin

g th

e sm

art

Au

dio

-Sy

stem

.

Z

Ending voice control of the mobilephone

X Press the button on the steeringwheel.or

X Press the 9 button.Voice control of the mobile phone isended.

Operating external data storage media

Useful information

You can switch between the followingmedia sources, depending on the type ofexternal data storage media connected:

RUSB 1 or iPod® 1RUSB 2 or iPod® 2RAUX (external audio equipment)RBT Audio (with Bluetooth® connected

device, such as a mobile phone)

Selecting external data storage media

X Press the Õ button repeatedly untilthe desired media source appears in thedisplay.

Operating a USB device or iPod®

Connecting a device

X Connect the device to the USB port.The device is activated automatically andthe first track is played.

Selecting a track

X In USB mode, press the 9 button.Available tracks or folders are displayed.

X Turn control B.X Press 9 to confirm.

Rapid search

X Press the 9 button.An entry field appears.

X To enter characters, turn control B andpress the 9 button.

Skipping to the next or previous track

X Press the D or C button briefly toskip to the next track or press longer forrapid scrolling.

Switching random track sequence on/off

X Press the C button.

Switching the repeat function on/off

X Press the number key.

Selecting a track from a category withan iPod® connected

X Press the 9 button.X Select a category from the list.

Different categories, such as playlists,artists or albums, can be selected,depending on the connected device.

Displaying metadata

X Press the F button repeatedly untilthe desired metadata is displayed.

Operating external audio equipment(AUX)

Connecting a device

X Connect the device to the AUX jack.Use the Õ button to access the mediaon a connected AUX device.

Adjusting the volume of external audioequipment

X Press the ª button.X Select Audio.X Select AUX In.

116 Operating external data storage media>>

Usi

ng

the

smar

t A

ud

io-S

yst

em.

Select one of the following options for thevolume:

RLowRMediumRHigh

Bluetooth® device operation

Connecting a device

X Connect a Bluetooth® audio device thesame way you connect a mobile phonewith Bluetooth®.

Skipping to the next or previous track

X Press the D or C button briefly toskip to the next track or press longer forrapid scrolling.

Displaying metadata

X Press the F button repeatedly untilthe desired metadata is displayed.

Operating external data storage media 117

>> U

sin

g th

e sm

art

Au

dio

-Sy

stem

.

Z

Operating and setting up the smartMedia-System

Operating the smart Media-System

Please note

Some functions are restricted while driving.

Controls

: Switches voice control system on/off, accepts and ends a phone call

; W Increases the volume= X Reduces the volume? smart Media-System display

Voice control system

The following functions are possible usingthe voice control system of the smartMedia-System:

Renter a destination for navigationRmake a callRstart an application

Controls on the smart Media-System

: Previous station or track and fastrewind

; Mute= Next station or track and fast forward? Switches to the home screenA Ü On/off button and volume controlB Touchscreen

Ports on the centre console

: Port for external audio equipment (AUX); USB port= SD card slot

Some devices, for example mobile phones orUSB drives, connect with the smart Media-System via USB port ;. External deviceswith 5 V (1 A) can be charged on USB port ;when the ignition is switched on.

118 Operating and setting up the smart Media-System>>

Usi

ng

the

smar

t M

edia

-Sy

stem

.

Overview of home screen

X To call up a function, tap on an area onthe home page or on a symbol.

The following functions can be selected:

R:: to switch to radio or media applica-tionR;: to call up message memoryR=: to switch to telephone applicationR?: to call up the weather forecast for the

current locationRA: to display time and temperature in

full screen or to call up time settingsRB: to switch to full screen navigation

viewRC: next navigation manoeuvre is dis-

playedRD: to change language, change home

page, remove an SD card or switch off thedisplayRE: distance to the destination and esti-

mated time of arrival are displayedRF: to view, call up or change favouritesRG: to call up the main menuRH: to switch to telephone applicationIf the home page is set so as to display theeco score, you can switch to the eco scoreapplication by tapping on the area.

When Android Auto™ or MirrorLink® isactive, another symbol is displayed on thehome page. You can switch to the relevantsmartphone screen application by tappingon the symbol.

Switching the smart Media-Systemon/off

Switching on automaticallyX Start the engine.

Switching off automaticallyX Switch off the ignition and open the door.

Switching on/off manuallyX Press the Ü button.

RestartingX Press the Ü button five times.

The smart Media-System shuts down andrestarts.

i The restart can take several minutes.During the restart, the audio volume can-not be adjusted.

Scrolling through a menu or list on thetouchscreen

X Touch the touchscreen with your finger.X Swipe up, down, left or right.

The selection on the display will thenmove in the respective direction.

Selecting items on the touchscreen

X Tap on a menu, an option or an applica-tion with one finger.The menu, the option or the application islaunched.

Controlling media playback on thetouchscreen

X Swipe to the left.The next media item is played or dis-played, e.g. the next track or station.

X Swipe to the right.Playback is restarted or the previousmedia item is played or displayed, e.g.the previous track.

Media playback can be controlled in thefollowing playback modes:

RRadio modeRMusic and audio playback

Operating and setting up the smart Media-System 119

>> U

sin

g th

e sm

art

Med

ia-S

yst

em.

RImage playbackRVideo playback

Calling up menus

X Select Menu on the home screen.X Select one of the following submenus.Submenus:

RMultimediaRadio and media playbackRNavigation

Navigation systemRTelephone

Mobile phone functionsRVehicle

Reversing camera, eco score and addi-tional functionsRServices

TomTom ServicesRSystem

General system settings

Confirming settings

X Select Done.Settings are accepted.

Switching off the display

X Select home page > W > Switch off screen.

Adjusting the system settings

Adjusting the display

Setting the daytime brightnessX Select System > Display.X Move the Daytime brightness control to

the left or right.

Setting the night-time brightnessX Select System > Display.X Move the Nighttime brightness control

to the left or right.

Activating automatic switching betweenday and night modeX Select System > Display > Automatic day/night mode.

Displaying day mode constantlyX Select System > Display.X Remove the tick for Automatic day/night mode and Force night mode.

Displaying night mode constantlyX Select System > Display > Force night mode.

Setting the system language

X Select System > Language.A list of available languages is displayed.

X Select the desired language.

i The language of the spoken navigationannouncement can be selected independ-ently of the system language.

Changing the on-screen keyboard

X Select System > Keyboards.X Select the keyboard layout.

The following keyboard layouts can beselected:

RLatinRGreekRCyrillic

For the Latin keyboard layout, it is possi-ble to choose between the ABCD, QWERTY,AZERTY and QWERTZ layouts.

Selecting the home screen display

Different displays are available for thehome page which display up-to-date infor-mation about the applications in the smartMedia-System.

X Select System > Home page.A selection of home screen displaysappears.

X Select the desired display.


Usi

ng

the

smar

t M

edia

-Sy

stem

.

Resetting to factory settings

X Select System > Restore factory set‐tings.

X Confirm with Yes.All settings changed in the system returnto the default values. All destinations,routes and favourites will be deleted.

Setting the time manually

X Select System > Clock > Set time.X Change the minutes and hours of the time

shown.

Activating automatic time adjustment

X Select System > Clock > Set time > Auto‐matic time adjustment.


X Select System > Clock > Time format.X Select the time format.

The following time formats can be selec-ted:

R18:00R6:00 PMR6:00

Displaying status and information

X Select System > Status & Information.X Select the information.

The following information can be selec-ted:

RVersion informationSoftware and hardware of the Media-SystemRGPS status

Current GPS signal strengthRNetwork status

Signal strength of the data connectionRLicences

For free and open-source software usedRCopyright

For text in the TomTom software used.

Adjusting the audio settings

Setting the volume

X Select System > Sound > Sound levels.X Select the volume setting.

The following volume settings can beselected:

RMain volumeFor the whole systemRHands-free

For the hands-free systemRRingtone

Ring tone volumeRNavigation

Volume for the whole navigation sys-temRComputer voice

Volume of the computer-generatedvoiceRApp events

Volume of events triggered by appsX Set the desired volume.

Adjusting the volume to the vehiclespeed (vehicles without JBL sound sys-tem)

The speed-dependent volume adjustmentfunction adapts the volume to the currentvehicle speed.

X Select System > Sound > Speed sensitiv‐ity volume.

X Move the Speed sensitivity volumecontrol to the left or right.The higher the value, the more the vol-ume increases with the speed of the vehi-cle.

Volume adjustment is not set using thecontrol but automatically.

Adjusting surround sound (balance)

X Select Multimedia > Settings > Sound >Balance > Manual.

X Move the control to the desired position.X Confirm with Done.

Operating and setting up the smart Media-System 121

>> U

sin

g th

e sm

art

Med

ia-S

yst

em.

Adjusting the bass and treble

X Select Multimedia > Settings > Sound >Bass/Treble > Manual.

X Use the control to adjust the bass andtreble separately.

Setting a neutral sound for the bass andtreble

X Select Multimedia > Settings > Sound >Bass/Treble > Neutral.Audio is played without increasing thebass or treble.

Activating/deactivating arkamys® bassboost (vehicles without JBL sound sys-tem)

The arkamys® bass boost setting emphasi-ses the bass during playback.

X Select Multimedia > Settings > Bass boost Arkamys.

Manual activation of arkamys® bass booston models with a JBL sound system is notpossible. Activation functions automati-cally.

Setting the volume for warning tones

X Select System > Sound > Alerts.X Move the control to the left or right.

Enabling warning tones when the dis-play is switched off

X Select System > Sound > Alerts > Keep audio alerts when screen turned off.

Creating and deleting favourites

Creating favourites

: Preset; Navigation= Radio? TelephoneA ServicesB Context menu

Frequently used settings such as phonecontacts and radio stations can be stored asfavourites. Six favourites can be stored foreach of the following categories:

RNavigationRRadioRTelephoneRServicesX Select Favourites on the home screen.X Select a category.X Select the next empty memory position.

A list of possible favourites appears.X Select favourites.

Deleting favourites

X Select Favourites on the home screen.X Select W > Remove a Favourite.X Delete a favourite.

The following options can be selected:

RSelect the favourite you wish to deleteand confirm with Delete.RTo delete all favourites, select Remove all Favourites.


Usi

ng

the

smar

t M

edia

-Sy

stem

.

Listening to the radio

Switching on the radio

X Select Multimedia > Radio.

Display modes

Useful information

In radio mode there are three different dis-play modes, in which various settings canbe made:

R"List" display mode (FM and digital radio)R"Frequency" display mode (AM and FM

radio)R"Presets" display mode

"List" display mode (FM and digitalradio)

: Selects the waveband (AM/FM/DABradio) and preset group (FM/DAB)

; Selects the previous station= Selects the next station? Context menuA "Frequency" display modeB "List" display modeC "Presets" display modeD Station currently playing

"Frequency" display mode (AM and FMradio)

: Selects the waveband (AM/FM radio) andpreset group (FM)

; Increases or decreases the frequency insmall increments

= Station search, forwards or backwards? Context menuA Adjusts the frequency manuallyB Station currently playing

"Presets" display mode

: Selects the waveband (AM/FM/DABradio) and preset group (FM/DAB)

; Stored station= Context menu? Station currently playing

Selecting a station

"List" display mode

X Swipe up or down in the station list.X Tap on the desired station.

Listening to the radio 123

>> U

sin

g th

e sm

art

Med

ia-S

yst

em.

"Frequency" display mode (AM and FMradio)

X Slide control on the waveband left orright.

Starting a station search

X Select C or D in the "Frequency"display mode.

Storing a station

X Set the station.X Select W > Save as preset.

Up to six stations can be stored for eachwaveband.

Displaying radio text

Radio text contains information such ascurrent track or latest news.

X Select W > Show radio text.

Displaying digital radio services

X Select W > DR services.X Select one of the following digital radio

services:Digital radio services:

REPGProgramme schedule for the stationcurrently playingRIntellitext

Programme information and pro-gramme schedule for the station cur-rently playingRSlide show

Displays images to accompany the cur-rent broadcast

Other radio settings

Searching for alternative frequencieswith the best possible reception quality

X Select Multimedia > Settings > Radio >AF (Alternative frequency).

Receiving traffic reports (i-Traffic)

X Select Multimedia > Settings > Radio > i-Traffic (Traffic program).

Displaying the programme type (e.g.classical)

X Select Multimedia > Settings > Radio >PTY (Program type).

Switching to the corresponding FM sta-tion when digital radio reception is poor

X Select Multimedia > Settings > Radio >Simulcast.

Displaying information on certain cate-gories (i-Announcement, digital radioonly)

X Select Multimedia > Settings > Radio > i-Announcement.

X Select an i-Announcements category.

Updating the station list

X Select Multimedia > Settings > Radio >Update radio list.

Using a mobile phone

Connecting a mobile phone

Please note

G WARNING

The electromagnetic radiation from two-way radios can interfere with the vehicleelectronics if they are manipulated orretrofitted incorrectly. This could jeop-


Usi

ng

the

smar

t M

edia

-Sy

stem

.

ardise the operating safety of the vehicle.There is a risk of an accident.

You should have all work on electricaland electronic components carried out ata qualified specialist workshop.

G WARNING

If you operate two-way radios incorrectlyin the vehicle, their electromagneticradiation can interfere with the vehicleelectronics, for example if:

Rthe two-way radio is not connected toan exterior aerial

Rthe exterior aerial is not correctlymounted or is not low-reflection

This could jeopardise the operatingsafety of the vehicle. There is a risk of anaccident.

Have the low-reflection exterior aerialfitted at a qualified specialist workshop.When operating two-way radios in thevehicle, always connect them to the low-reflection exterior aerial.

Bluetooth® must be enabled both on themobile phone and on the smart Media-Sys-tem.

Enabling and disabling Bluetooth®

The mobile phone must be compatible withthe smart Media-System.Overview of compatible mobile phones:http://www.smart.com/connect.

X Select Settings > Turn Bluetooth on.The setting is marked. Bluetooth® is ena-bled or disabled on the smart Media-Sys-tem.

Authorising a mobile phone

Authorising a mobile phone for the firsttime

Bluetooth® must be enabled on the smartMedia-System.

X Select Phone menu.X Confirm the display message with Yes.X Enter the security code on the mobile

phone or accept access confirmation (seemanufacturer's operating instructions).The Enabling Bluetooth messageappears.

Authorising another mobile phone

Bluetooth® must be enabled on the smartMedia-System.

X Select Settings > Manage devices.The list of visible mobile phones appears.

X Select the mobile phone from the list.X Enter the security code on the mobile

phone or accept access confirmation (seemanufacturer's operating instructions).The Bluetooth® connection is established.The Bluetooth® connection will be estab-lished automatically in future.

Downloading telephone data automati-cally

X Select Settings > Automatically down‐load phone data.

X If necessary, accept the access confirma-tion on the mobile phone.During connection, up to 1,000 contactsare automatically transferred to thesmart Media-System.

Connecting another authorised mobilephone

X Select Settings > Manage devices.X Select the mobile phone.

The current Bluetooth® connection is ter-minated. The desired mobile phone isconnected to the smart Media-Systeminstead.

Removing a mobile phone from the list

X Select Settings > Manage devices.X Select W > Delete device(s).X Select the mobile phone.X Select Delete.


>> U

sin

g th

e sm

art

Med

ia-S

yst

em.

Z

Terminating a Bluetooth® connection

X Select Settings > Manage devices.X Select W > Disconnect all devices.X Select the mobile phone.

If the mobile phone leaves the Bluetooth®

receiver range, the connection is automati-cally terminated.

Telephone operation

Useful information

The following conditions must be fulfilledin order to make a 999 or 112 emergencycall:

Ra valid and operational SIM card is inser-ted in the mobile phoneRa mobile phone network is available

Calling a contact from the phone book

X Select Phonebook.X Select the contact.X Select the contact's telephone number.

If the phone book contains multiple con-tacts, they can be called up using Find.

Dialling a phone number

X Select Dial a number.X Enter a number on the keypad.X Select Call.

Calling a contact from the call log

X Select Call logs.X Select an entry from the list.

The call log can be sorted according to callsmade, calls received and missed calls usingthe corresponding receiver icon.

Accepting and rejecting an incomingcall

If a call is incoming, the following informa-tion will appear on the display:

Rname of caller, if already in the phonebookRnumber of caller, if name of caller is not

already in the phone bookRPrivate number, if the caller has the

"Hide caller ID" function switched onX To accept the call, select Pick up.X To reject the call, select Refuse.

The call will be forwarded to voicemail.

Holding and continuing a call

X Select W > Put on hold.X To continue the call, select Resume.

Transferring a call to the mobile phone

X Select W > Handset.

Ending a call

X Select End call.

Using the smartphone screen applica-tion

Selecting settings for the smartphonescreen

Selecting the preferred smartphonescreen applicationIf mobile phones support Android Auto™ aswell as MirrorLink®, the preferred applica-tion can be selected when a mobile phone isconnected.

X Select System > Smartphone Screen >Smartphone Screen application pref‐erence.

X Select Android Auto™ or MirrorLink®.


Usi

ng

the

smar

t M

edia

-Sy

stem

.

Selecting settings to start Android Auto™and MirrorLink®

X Select System > Smartphone Screen >Android Auto™ Settings.

orX Select System > Smartphone Screen >MirrorLink™ Settings.

X Start smartphone screen applicationSelect one of the following settings:

RAsk me at each launchIf the smartphone has been connectedwith the smart Media-System, you willbe asked whether the preferred smart-phone screen application should bestarted.RYes

If the smartphone has been connectedwith the smart Media-System, the pre-ferred smartphone screen applicationwill be started automatically.RNo

If the smartphone has been connectedwith the smart Media-System, a smart-phone screen application will not bestarted.

Using MirrorLink®

Useful information

MirrorLink® is a standard for the connec-tion between the smart Media-System and amobile phone. With MirrorLink®, the con-tent of the display on your mobile phonecan be displayed in the smart Media-Sys-tem.

MirrorLink® is available for mobile phoneswith the Android™ operating system.Further information: http://www.smart.com/connect.

To use MirrorLink®, observe the followingrequirements:

Rthe mobile phone must support Mirror-Link® version 1.1 and aboveRthe mobile phone is switched onRa MirrorLink® certified app must be

installed on the mobile phone

Rthe GPS connection must be activated onthe mobile phoneRthe time is set on the smart Media-Sys-

tem

Setting up a connectionX Activate MirrorLink® on your mobile

phone (see the manufacturer's operatinginstructions).

X Connect a mobile phone with a connect-ing cable to the USB socket in the centreconsole.

X Select Yes.Apps which have been certified for Mir-rorLink® will be shown in the smartMedia-System display.

Calling up MirrorLink® appsX Tap 0 on the home page of the smart

Media-System.MirrorLink® starts in the smart Media-System display.

X Select the desired app.The display switches to full screen mode.

X To leave full screen display: press andhold the ò button on the smart Media-System until the lower bar is shown.

X To leave the display: select 2.

MirrorLink® audio playbackIf your mobile phone supports this func-tion, you can control audio playback via thebuttons on the smart Media-System.

X To select the previous track: press the9 button.

X To rewind: press and hold the 9 but-ton.

X To select the next track: press the :button.

X To fast forward: press and hold the :button.

X To mute: press the 8 button.

Terminating a MirrorLink® connectionX Select W > Disconnect.


>> U

sin

g th

e sm

art

Med

ia-S

yst

em.

Z

Using Android Auto™

Useful informationAndroid Auto™ is an application for theconnection between the smart Media-Sys-tem and a mobile phone. Certain mobilephone functions and apps can be controlledvia the smart Media-System with AndroidAuto™.Functions such as telephony, navigationand the audio playback of Android Auto™are displayed on the home page of thesmart Media-System.Android Auto™ is available for mobilephones with the Android™ operating sys-tem.Further information: http://www.smart.com/connect.In order to use Android Auto™, the follow-ing conditions must be met:

Rthe mobile phone supports AndroidAuto™ starting from Android™ 5.0Rthe mobile phone is switched onRthe mobile phone has an Internet con-

nectionRthe Android Auto™ app is installed on the

mobile phoneRdata sharing must be approved

Transmitted vehicle data when usingAndroid Auto™When using Android Auto™, specific vehicledata is transmitted to the mobile phone.This makes it possible to use selectedmobile phone services efficiently. Themobile phone does not have active access tovehicle data. The following system infor-mation is transmitted:

Rsmart Media-System software statusRsystem ID (anonymous)This data is transmitted in order to opti-mise communication between the vehicleand mobile phone.

A random vehicle code is generated for thispurpose and in order to assign multiplevehicles to the mobile phone. This code isnot related to the vehicle identificationnumber (VIN) and is deleted if the smartMedia-System is reset. The following driv-ing status data is transmitted:

Rgear position engagedRinstrument cluster day/night modeThis data is transmitted in order to adaptthe content displayed to the driving situa-tion.GPS data such as coordinates, speed andcompass direction is transmitted. This datais transmitted only when navigation isactive in order to improve navigation (e.g.when driving through a tunnel).

Setting up a connectionX Activate Android Auto™ on the mobile

phone (see manufacturer's operatinginstructions).

X Connect a mobile phone with a connect-ing cable to the USB socket in the centreconsole.

X Select Yes.Android Auto™ starts in the smart Media-System display.

Calling up Android Auto™X Tap / on the home page of the smart

Media-System.Android Auto™ starts in the smart Media-System display.

Activating Android Auto™ voice-operatedcontrolWhen Android Auto™ is activated, the sys-tem can be operated with voice control.

X Press and hold the button on themultifunction steering wheel for approx-imately three seconds.A tone sounds.

Disconnecting Android Auto™X Disconnect the USB connection between

the mobile phone and the smart Media-System.


Usi

ng

the

smar

t M

edia

-Sy

stem

.

Using voice control for the mobilephone

Useful information

The voice control of the connected mobilephone can be used (see manufacturer'soperating instructions). Not all voice con-trol services are supported by the smartMedia-System.The requirement for voice control of themobile phone is that Android Auto™ or Mir-rorLink® are not active.

Activating voice control for the mobilephone

X Connect the mobile phone with the smartMedia-System via Bluetooth®.

X Press and hold the button on thesteering wheel.The o symbol appears in the display.Voice control for the mobile phone isactive.

X Say a command.

Further settings

Setting the volume

X Select Settings > Sound levels.X Set the volume of the hands-free system

and the ringtone.

Activating voicemail

X Select Voice mail.X Enter the voicemail phone number on the

keypad.X Select Done.

Voicemail is activated and the voicemailnumber is dialled.

Configuring voicemail

X Select Settings > Voice mail configu‐ration.

Updating the phone book

A Bluetooth® connection must be present.

X Select Phone book > W > Update phone data.

Updating the call log

X Select Call logs > W > Update phone data.

Adding a contact to favourites

X Select Phone > Phonebook.X Select the contact from the list.X Select W > Add to Favourites.X Dial a phone number.

Connecting and operating externaldata storage media

Useful information

The following external data storage mediacan be connected:

RUSB memory stick (USB 2.0 or 3.0 withmax. 64 GB) or iPod®

RSD or SDHC card (max. 64 GB)RExternal audio equipment (AUX connec-

tion)RBluetooth® devices such as mobile phonesThe following formats are supported:

RMP3 filesRWMA filesRACC formats

(.AAC, .M4A, .M4B, .M4P, .M4V, .M4Rand .MP4)ROGG Vorbis (.OGG, .OGA)RPCM 16 bit (.WAV, .PCM)A data storage medium may contain nomore than eight directory levels.The smart Media-System only recognisesthe first partition of a data storage medium.The partition must be formatted as FAT orFAT32.

Connecting and operating external data storage media 129

>> U

sin

g th

e sm

art

Med

ia-S

yst

em.

Z

Connecting external data storagemedia

Connecting a USB memory stick

X Insert a USB memory stick in the port onthe centre console.Playback starts automatically.

Connecting an SD card

X Insert an SD card into the SD card slot inthe centre console.Playback starts automatically.

Connecting a Bluetooth® device

X Authorise and connect a Bluetooth®

device, such as a Bluetooth®-capablemobile phone.

Operating external data storage media

Selecting connected external data stor-age media

X Select Menu > Multimedia > Media .X Select connected medium.

Controlling playback from a USB mem-ory stick or SD card

: Selects the previous track; Selects the next track= Stops and continues playback? Switches track repeat onA Switches random playback onB Calls up the context menuC Displays the playlist

D Selects a new track based on categories,e.g. album, genre, folder

E Resumes playback at any point in thetrack

Controlling playback from a Bluetooth®

device

: Selects a new track; Selects the previous track= Stops playback? Selects the next trackA Displays the playlistB Calls up the context menu

Selecting a different device

X Select W > Change source.

Connecting another authorised Blue-tooth® device

X Select W > Find new device.

Enabling and disabling random play-back

X To enable: select W > Enable shuffle.X To disable: select W > Disable shuf‐fle.

Displaying details of tracks on a USBmemory stick or SD card

X Select W > Song details.

130 Connecting and operating external data storage media>>

Usi

ng

the

smar

t M

edia

-Sy

stem

.

Selecting a track from current playlist

X Select New selection > Folders.The current playlist is displayed.

X Select Find.A keyboard is shown.

X Enter the name or part of the name of thetrack you are looking for.

Selecting a track from categories

X Select New selection.X Select a category for playback.

Switching album cover display on/off

The album cover must be saved in the audiofile.

X Select Multimedia > Settings > Media >Display album cover.

Viewing images

Useful information

Images that have been saved to an SD cardor USB memory stick can be viewed in thesmart Media-System.The following file formats can be displayed:

R.JPGR.GIFR.PNGR.BMP

Image playback

Starting image playback

X Insert an SD card or USB memory stickinto the corresponding port.

X Select Multimedia > Pictures.X Select USB or SD as the media source.X Select a folder.X Select an image.

Switching between images

X Swipe left or right.

Specifying a new selection of images

X Select New selection.

Setting image playback

Switching from normal to thumbnailview

X Select Thumbnails.

Switching from thumbnail to normalview

X Select an image.

Displaying in full screen mode

X Select W > Full screen.

Activating the controls in full screenmode

X Tap the touchscreen.

Switching from full screen mode to nor-mal view

X Select W > Normal view.

Enlarging the image

X Select W > Zoom in.

Showing images as a slide show

X Select W > Slide show.

Setting the display duration

X Select W > Picture settings > Slide show delay.

X Set the desired time using the controls.

Viewing images 131

>> U

sin

g th

e sm

art

Med

ia-S

yst

em.

Z

Setting default view for image playback

X Select W > Image settings > Default view.

X Select Normal view or Full screen.

Video playback

Video playback

Starting video playback

X Insert an SD card or connect a USB stick.X Select Multimedia > Video.X Select USB or SD.X Select a folder or video.

All videos in a folder are played one afterthe other.

i The size of the video file may have animpact on the performance of the system.Therefore, only playback videos with alength of up to five minutes.

Selecting the next or previous video

X Select D or C.

Stopping and continuing playback

X Select Ë.

Playing a new video

X Select New selection.X Select a new video.

Setting the video view

Playing videos in full screen mode

X Select Full screen.

Setting the default view for video play-back

X Select W > Video settings.X Select Normal view or Full screen.

Using TomTom Services

Please note

The smart Media-System uses a mobilephone connection for data connection.Please take note of the following informa-tion when using data services:

RThe mobile connectivity and built-in SIMcard for this vehicle can only be used forcertain data services. These are offeredby certain third parties as well asDaimler AG. Usage occurs via the smartMedia-System in the vehicle. The use ofdata services requires the conclusion ofseparate agreements between the vehicleuser and the respective provider. Voiceservice usage is not permitted. As such,the SIM card must be permanentlyinstalled in the condition in which it wasdelivered.RThe mobile communications connectivity

and the SIM card may only be usedresponsibly in accordance with theapplicable laws and other legal require-ments of the corresponding countries.Provided that this is within the power ofthe vehicle user.RUpgrading, reproduction, reverse assem-

bly and disassembly of the SIM card arenot permitted. Statutory authorityremains unaffected.

Failure to follow the above instructions can,in some cases, lead to temporary or perma-nent deactivation of the mobile connectionand the SIM card. This depends on theseverity of non-observance. The measuredescribed here contributes in particular tothe protection of Daimler AG and its con-tractual partners from negative legal con-sequences due to non-observance. Theavailability of mobile connectivity in indi-vidual countries depends on the existenceof corresponding mobile service agree-ments with local mobile network providers.Availability can therefore change from timeto time. The maximum period of validity forthe mobile connectivity is 15 years from thetime of installation in the vehicle.

132 Using TomTom Services>>

Usi

ng

the

smar

t M

edia

-Sy

stem

.

Useful information

In the TomTom Services menu, traffic infor-mation and other TomTom Services can becalled up and managed.TomTom Live Services are available for asubscription fee. The following TomTomServices come pre-installed and, followingactivation, can be used free of charge for aperiod of three years:

RHD TrafficRRadar cameras (not available in all coun-

tries)RWeatherRTomTom PlacesMore information on services http://www.tomtom.com/services.More information on availability in specificcountries: http://www.smart.com/connectTomTom Services can also be called up andmanaged in the Services menu. In the mainmenu, select Services > TomTom Services.

i If you have subscribed to the "TomTomTraffic" service and this is available, the"Traffic info" menu will be called "Tom-Tom Traffic".

Activating TomTom Services

TomTom Services must be activated in thesmart Media-System before using them forthe first time. If TomTom Services are notyet activated, a corresponding button willbe displayed in the main menu and in theServices menu.To activate TomTom Services for the firsttime, observe the following requirements:

Ran SD card with map data is inserted intothe SD card slotRa valid vehicle position is available on

the mapRa mobile phone network is available

X Select Services > Activate My Services.X Confirm the display messages with Yes.

After a short while, TomTom Services areavailable.

X Select Services > TomTom Services.The TomTom Services installed on thedevice are displayed.

X Select the desired TomTom service.A display message appears. TomTomServices are activated.

Starting TomTom Services

X Select Navigation > TomTom Services.

Checking subscription status for Tom-Tom Services

The services available on the device andtheir subscription status may be checked atany time.

X Select Services > TomTom Services > My services.The services available on the device andtheir subscription status will be shown.

Subscription to a service can be extendedvia http://www.tomtom.com, subject to afee. This requires registration at http://www.tomtom.com/forsmart.

X Remove the SD card from the vehicle andinsert it into a computer.

Further information: http://www.tomtom.com/forsmart.

Downloading updates and POIs

If available, map and software updates aswell as points of interest may be downloa-ded via http://www.tomtom.com. Thisrequires registration at http://www.tomtom.com/forsmart.


Further information: http://www.tomtom.com/forsmart.

Calling up the applications manager

Information on smartphone screen applica-tions and smartphone voice-operated con-trol can be called up with the applicationsmanager.

Using TomTom Services 133

>> U

sin

g th

e sm

art

Med

ia-S

yst

em.

Z

X Select Services > Settings > Applica‐tions manager.

Calling up the connectivity manager

The connectivity manager allows you tomanage the devices connected to the smartMedia-System.

X Select Services > Settings > Connectiv‐ity manager.

Managing data sharing

Please note

If data sharing is approved, smartphonescreen applications, for example AndroidAuto™, smartphone voice-operated controland the online charging station search areactivated alongside TomTom Services.

Enabling or disabling data sharing

If data sharing has not been enabledbeforehand, a corresponding message isshown when the smart Media-System isstarted up. Data sharing can be enabled ordisabled at any time.

X Select Services > Settings > Data shar‐ing.

X Select the setting.The following settings can be selected:

RYesEnable data sharingRNo

Disable data sharing.

Displaying additional information

X Select Services > Settings > Data shar‐ing > About.

Displaying text in another language

X Select Services > Settings > Data shar‐ing > Language.

Using the navigation system

Starting the navigation system

Please note

G WARNING



The navigation system does not provideinformation on stop signs, right of waysigns, traffic regulations or road safetyregulations.The traffic regulations always take prece-dence over navigation announcements.Observe the legal stipulations and trafficregulations of the country you are drivingin when in navigation mode.

Selecting the navigation system

X Select Menu > Navigation.The following navigation settings can beselected:

Rsearching for a destinationRplanning a routeRdisplaying a mapRcalling up TomTom ServicesRchanging navigation settings

Installing map data

G WARNING

SD cards are small parts. They can beswallowed and cause choking. This posesan increased risk of injury or even fatalinjury.

134 Using the navigation system>>

Usi

ng

the

smar

t M

edia

-Sy

stem

.

Keep the SD card out of the reach of chil-dren. If a SD card is swallowed, seek med-ical attention immediately.

! To prevent damaging data, only use thesupplied SD card for Media-System dataor to update map and system files.

X Insert an SD card into the SD card slot inthe centre console.

X Switch on the device.The map data is read by the navigationsystem.

Removing an SD card

X Select Menu > System > Remove SD card.X Confirm the display message with Yes.X Press the SD card.X Remove the SD card from the slot.

Updating map data

Regular updates will be offered for the mapdata. The first update can be downloadedfor free in the web portal within 90 days ofvehicle activation. This requires registra-tion at http://tomtom.com/forsmart. Furtherinformation is available from any smartCentre.


X Install update software on the computer.X Run the map update assistant.

i As well as updates, the latest softwarefor the Media-System can be downloadedand Premium Voices by TomTom can bepurchased.

Entering and managing destinations

Entering a destination by address

X When using the navigation system forthe first time, enter the country.

X Select Navigation > Drive to... >Address.

X If desired, change the country using theflag symbol.

X Enter the town or postcode.

X Select the destination from the list.X Select the street.X Select the house number.X Confirm with Done.

Searching for a car park near the desti-nation address

This function can be called up when enter-ing the destination.

X Select W > Nearby car park.A list of car parks near the current desti-nation appears.

Displaying information about the desti-nation address

This function can be called up when enter-ing the destination.

X Select W > Show info.

Entering a destination using the map

A location on the map can be selected as thedestination.

X Select Navigation > Drive to... >Point on map.

X Align the map view with the destination.X Tap the destination point on the display.

The symbol selected is highlighted inblue.

X Tap on the symbol to confirm.

Entering a destination using the voicecontrol system

X Press the button on the multifunc-tion steering wheel.A tone sounds.

X Say the command "Enter address".X When prompted by the voice control sys-

tem, say the destination address, includ-ing street name, house number and city.

X Say the voice command "Yes" or, if sev-eral possible destinations are displayed,say the number.

Using the navigation system 135

>> U

sin

g th

e sm

art

Med

ia-S

yst

em.

Z

Selecting a destination from the list ofprevious destinations

X Select Navigation > Drive to... >Recent destinations.

X Select the destination.

Entering a destination using geo-coor-dinates

X Select Navigation > Drive to... > Lati‐tude Longitude.

X Enter the longitude and latitude.

Setting a home location

X Select Navigation > Settings > Set home location.

X Enter a home address.

Setting home as a destination

X Select Navigation > Drive to... > Home.

Selecting a saved location as a destina-tion

At least one destination must be stored forthis function.

X Select Navigation > Drive to... >Saved locations.

X Select the destination.

Managing saved locations

X Select Navigation > Settings > Manage saved locations.

Entering a point of interest

POIs such as museums, restaurants or carparks near a location are displayed on themap.

X Select Navigation > Drive to... >Point of interest.

The following POI settings can be selectedto select surrounding areas:

RNear my locationRAlong routeRNear destination

RNear HomeRIn cityX Select the surrounding area in which to

search for a POI.The following category settings for POIscan be selected:

Rlist of categories for POIs: e.g. filling sta-tion or restaurantRPOI name searchRPOI search within a categoryX Select the category for the search.X Select a POI.

Managing POIs

Adding a POI categoryX Select Navigation > Settings > Manage POIs > Add POI category.

X Enter the name and symbol for the newPOI category.

Deleting a POI categoryX Delete Navigation > Settings > Manage POIs > Delete POI category.

X Select the category to be deleted.

Adding POIsX Select Navigation > Settings > Manage POIs > Add POI.If no POI categories have been definedyet, a prompt appears to enter a POI cate-gory.

X Select the category for the POI.X Enter your POI.

Having POIs displayed on mapThis function enables the display of per-sonalised POIs on the map.

X Select Navigation > Settings > Show POI on map.

Deleting POIsX Select Navigation > Settings > Manage POIs > Delete POI.

X Select a POI category.X Select the POI to be deleted.


Usi

ng

the

smar

t M

edia

-Sy

stem

.

Editing POIsX Select Navigation > Settings > Manage POIs > Edit POI.

X Select a POI category.X Customise the POI properties.

Setting alerts for a nearby POIX Select Navigation > Settings > Manage POIs > Warning when near POI.

X Select a POI category.X Set the distance at which the message

should appear.X Set the type of alert issued.

Entering a destination via the TomTomLIVE service "TomTom Places"

POIs from the "TomTom Places" online data-base are available using the "TomTom Pla-ces" function.

X Select Navigation > Drive to... > Tom‐Tom Places.A list of search criteria appears whichcan be used to search for a POI.

X Select the search criterion.X Enter a search term.

If a large number of search results areavailable, 20 additional search resultscan be downloaded.

Changing the route

Useful information

Once the destination has been selected, thenavigation system calculates the route tothe destination. The following options areavailable for adjusting route guidance:

Rcalculate alternative routesRadjust routes calculated by the naviga-

tion systemRplan routes in advance and travel via

specific way pointsRadjust settings for calculating routesOnce the route is calculated, a route sum-mary is shown. By default, the quickestroute will be calculated for route planning,taking into account IQ Routes™. Trafficinformation is taken into account when cal-culating the route.

The "route overview" function allows you toset whether the summary of a calculatedroute is automatically faded out from thedisplay after ten seconds.If the route is not confirmed with Done, theview switches after approximately ten sec-onds automatically to the map view.

Displaying a planned route

Calculating the routeX Enter a destination.X Select Done.

Displaying the route detailsX Select W > Route details.The following settings can be selected:

RShow instructionsAn overview of the route with directionsappears.RShow map of route

The route appears on a map.RShow destination

The destination for the route appears.By pressing W, it is possible to searchfor a car park near the destination or addthe location to the saved locations.RShow traffic on route

Traffic disruptions along the route areshown.RSummary

A summary of the route details appears.

Saving a planned route

X Select W > Save Itinerary .

Changing the route

Cancelling the routeX Select Navigation > Change route > Can‐cel route.When a new destination is entered, routeguidance can be resumed again.


>> U

sin

g th

e sm

art

Med

ia-S

yst

em.

Z

Calculating an alternative routeX Select Navigation > Change route > Cal‐culate alternative.A new route is calculated and displayedthat takes you on different roads.

X Select the alternative route or a previousone.

Route guidance via way pointThe route can be adjusted by entering up tofour way points.

X Select Navigation > Change route >Travel via.If a way point has already been entered,a list of the saved way points will be dis-played.

X Select Add.X Select a new way point from Address,Recent destinations, Saved locations,TomTom Places or Point of interest.The new way point is added.

Avoiding road blocksThe route can be changed if a section ofroad along the route is blocked or there is atraffic jam.

X Select Navigation > Change route >Avoid roadblock.

X Select the length of the route that needsto be avoided.

Avoiding specific roadsThe route is calculated to avoid specificroads.

X Select Navigation > Change route >Avoid part of route.A list of the roads on the route is dis-played.

X Select the road that you wish to avoid.

Taking traffic disruptions into accountThe route is recalculated based on currenttraffic information.Traffic information is not available in allcountries and regions.

X Select Navigation > Change route > Min‐imise delays.An overview of the traffic disruptionsalong the route will be shown.

X Select the traffic disruption you wish toavoid.

Planning a route in advance

Adding a routeX Select Navigation > Itineraries.X Select Add.X Select the starting point of the route.X Enter the route destination.X Enter at least one way point for the route.X Enter the route name.X Confirm with Done.

Starting navigation using a saved routeX Select Navigation > Itineraries.X Select the desired route.X Select W > Start.

Setting route planning

Selecting route typesX Select Navigation > Settings > Route planning > Route types.

Select one of the following settings:

RAsk for every routeRAlways plan the fastest routeRAlways plan eco routesRAlways avoid motorwaysRAlways plan the shortest routeSelecting the setting for toll roadsX Select Navigation > Settings > Route planning > Toll roads.


RAsk for toll roads on routeRAlways avoid toll roadsRDo not avoid toll roads


Usi

ng

the

smar

t M

edia

-Sy

stem

.

Selecting the setting for ferry connectionsX Select Navigation > Settings > Route planning > Ferry connections.


RAsk for ferries on my routeRAlways avoid ferriesRDo not avoid ferriesi Route planning treats the Eurotunnel as

a ferry connection.

Selecting the setting for unpaved roadsX Select Navigation > Settings > Route planning > Unpaved roads.


RAsk for unpaved roads on my routeRAlways avoid unpaved roadsSelecting the setting for carpool lanesCarpool lanes are lanes which can only beused by vehicles with at least two occu-pants.

X Select Navigation > Settings > Route planning > Carpool lane settings.


RAsk for carpool lanes on my routeRAlways avoid carpool lanesRNever avoid carpool lanes

Using information during route guid-ance

Useful information

Navigation announcements provide guid-ance during the journey without distract-ing you from traffic conditions. In addition,the display shows information about theroute.

Switching navigation announcementson/off

X Tap on the area of the next navigationmanoeuvre during route guidance.

X Select Turn on voice guidance or Turn off voice guidance.

Information such as traffic reports andwarnings will be played even if the naviga-tion announcements have been deactivated.

During route guidance, traffic informationcan be shown for the route ahead. The fol-lowing traffic information can be received:

RTraffic announcements (RDS/TMC)RHD Traffic (a TomTom Live service)

i HD Traffic Information takes prece-dence.

Live services are not available in all coun-tries and regions. Further information:http://tomtom.com/services

Tracking navigation on the display

X To call up a function, tap on an area onthe map display or on a symbol.

X Tap directly on the map to switch to theoverview map.

The following functions can be selected:

R:: to zoom in and out of the map viewR;: maximum permissible speed is dis-

playedR=: name of the next main road or infor-

mation about the next street sign is dis-playedR?: to have traffic reports on the route

displayedRA: to have the route details displayedRB: compass display and to switch

between two or three-dimensional mapdisplayRC: to open the context menuRD: next navigation manoeuvre with dis-

tance is displayed and to repeat the nav-igation announcement, change the vol-ume of the navigation announcement orswitch offRE: information about current radio or

audio equipment playback is displayed


>> U

sin

g th

e sm

art

Med

ia-S

yst

em.

Z

Switch to the corresponding radio, multi-media or telephone menu.

The navigation system zooms in on the mapview as the vehicle approaches a junction.This makes it possible to follow turningmanoeuvres more accurately.Shortly before navigating a motorway junc-tion or exit, the display will show a three-dimensional representation of the lanesand the exit.

i Lane Keeping Assist is not available forall junctions in all countries.

Traffic information details

: Overall delay on route; Traffic disruption (packed snow)= Traffic disruption (rain)? Traffic disruption (traffic jam)A Current location and distance to next

traffic disruption

During route guidance, traffic informationis shown for the route ahead. When thereare a number of traffic disruptions in quicksuccession, only the very next disruptionon the route will be displayed.Traffic information is not available in allcountries and regions.

Colour Meaning

Grey Unknown or unexplained situa-tion

Orange Slow-moving traffic

Red Traffic jam

Darkred

Standstill or road blocked

Calling up more detailed informationabout the traffic problems

X Tap on the display for traffic informationduring route guidance.

Scrolling through the traffic reports

X Tap on the message on the touchscreenand swipe left or right.

Displaying the overview map

Useful information

With the "View map" function, the displayshows a slidable, two-dimensional over-view map. The map shows your currentposition, as well as a number of other ele-ments, such as favourites.

Displaying a map

X Select Navigation > View map.A map of the surrounding area will beshown.

X To search: select W > Find.

Controlling the map view

Moving the mapX Tap on the centre of the touchscreen.X Swipe in the desired direction. The map

will then move in the respective direc-tion.

Zooming in on the mapX Place two fingers slightly apart in the

middle of the touchscreen.X Move your fingers away from each other.

Reducing the scale of the mapX Place two fingers at a greater distance

apart on the screen. Do not place yourfingers at the very top area or very bot-tom area of the display.

X Swipe your fingers towards each other.


Usi

ng

the

smar

t M

edia

-Sy

stem

.

Showing and hiding additional informa-tion on the map

X Select Navigation > View map.X Select W > Change map information.Select one of the following pieces of infor-mation:

RTraffic informationRNamesRPoints of interest (POIs)RSatellite imagesRCoordinates

Using TomTom Services with the nav-igation system

Displaying traffic information along theroute

X Tap on the area of traffic informationduring route guidance.

X Swipe left or right to switch betweentraffic information.

Adjusting the route according to trafficdisruptions

X Select Navigation > TomTom Services >Traffic > Minimise delays.A faster route that had been previouslyrejected or route which may not havebeen taken into account due to theNever change my route setting for thetraffic information is selected.

Displaying traffic disruptions on theoverview map

X Select W > View map during routeguidance.Traffic disruptions are displayed as sym-bols on the overview map.

X To view detailed information, tap on atraffic disruption symbol.

The following symbols are used:± Traffic jam´ Road blockedµ Traffic disruption· Construction site

¸ One or more lanes blocked¹ Accidentº Traffic disruption avoided using the

traffic information¿ FogÀ WindÁ SnowÂ Black iceÃ Rain

i Large area traffic disruptions such asrain, fog or snow are displayed on theoverview map with several symbols.

Viewing traffic information for the routeto work

X Select Navigation > TomTom Services >Traffic > Traffic info. for route to work.


RHome to workRWork to homeRChange the home to work route

Selecting the settings for traffic infor-mation

X Select Navigation > TomTom Services >Traffic > Traffic info. settings.


RAlways change to this routeIf a faster route has been calculated dueto a traffic report, the navigation systemautomatically changes the route.RRequest confirmation for route

If a faster route has been calculated dueto a traffic report, the navigation systemwill ask which route should be used.RNever change my route

The navigation system will not changethe route, even if a traffic announcementhas been made.


>> U

sin

g th

e sm

art

Med

ia-S

yst

em.

Z

Setting the navigation system

Setting the voice

The voice used for navigation messages canbe changed. It is possible to choosebetween computer-generated voices or voi-ces recorded by professionals. For voicesthat have been recorded by professionals,only basic navigation messages will bespoken.

X Select System > Sound > Voice.X Select the voice for playback.X To listen to the voice, select Test.

Setting the voice output

The read-aloud function is only availablein a computer-generated voice.

X Select System > Sound > Voice output settings.


RRead early warning instructionsRRead aloud motorway lane instruc‐tionsRRead aloud traffic info when navi‐gatingRRead aloud foreign street namesRRead aloud road numbersRRead aloud street namesRRead aloud weather informationRRead aloud POI warningsRRead aloud warningsRRead aloud signposts

Changing the map

X Select Navigation > Settings > Switch map.

X Select the desired map.

Changing the map colours

X Select Navigation > Settings > Change map colours.

X Press , or . to select the desireddisplay.

Setting safety warnings

X Select System > Safety warnings.Select the desired settings:

RSuggest driving breaksRWarn when driving near schoolsRWarn when driving faster than allowedRWarn when driving faster than a set speed

X Select Resume.X Select a warning tone for the respective

safety warning.

For the "Warn when driving faster than aset speed" function, the speed above whichthe warning tone should sound must beentered.

Setting the units of measurement fordistance

All units of measurement for distance in thenavigation system can be changed. Theunits of measurement for distance of otherdisplays are not changed, such as distancedisplays for the eco score or the on-boardcomputer.

X Select System > Set units > Distance units.


RKilometresRMiles

Setting the units for GPS coordinates

X Select System > Set units > GPS coordi‐nate display.


RDegrees (d°)RDegrees, Minutes (d° m.m')RDegrees, Minutes, Seconds (d° m' s'')


Usi

ng

the

smar

t M

edia

-Sy

stem

.

Using smart "ready to" services

Useful information

smart "ready to" services are only availablein certain countries.The functions are enabled via a communi-cation module and the smart "ready to" app.Information and the Internet addresses forthe smart "ready to" services are availableat any smart Centre.

i If you are already using a smart "readyto" service, additional services can beactivated with your user details in theusual web portal or via the app.

The communication module and activationare required in order to use the smart"ready to" services:

RRegister on the "ready to" web portal.A valid e-mail address and the vehicleidentification number (VIN) are neces-sary for registration, and the terms of usemust be accepted.RInstall the "ready to" app on your smart-

phone and create a user account.

Using the Key Card Holder

Key Card Holder : is located in the glovecompartment and is intended for the stor-age and inventory of the vehicle key and upto two cards (e.g. fuel card, parking card orcar wash card).The inventory is available within certainsmart "ready to" services.For an inventory, the key and/or the cardsmust be equipped with an RFID tag.Further information about RFID tags isavailable from any smart Centre.

Using smart "ready to" services 143

>> U

sin

g on

lin

e of

feri

ngs

.

Stowing small objects

Please note

G WARNING

If you stow objects in the vehicle interiorin an unsuitable way, they could slip orbe thrown around and thus hit vehicleoccupants. Additionally, the cup holders,open stowage spaces and mobile phonebrackets cannot restrain the objectsplaced in them in the event of an acci-dent. There is a risk of injury, especiallyin the event of braking or suddenchanges in direction.

RAlways stow objects so they cannot bethrown around in these or similar sit-uations.

RAlways ensure that objects do not pro-trude over the top of stowage compart-ments or stowage nets.

RAll closable stowage compartmentsshould be closed before beginning yourjourney.

RAlways stow and secure heavy, hard,pointed, sharp-edged, fragile objects orobjects which are too large behind thelast bench seat or under the passengerseats.

G WARNING

The cup holder cannot secure a drinkscontainer in place during a journey. Ifyou use a cup holder during a journey,the drinks container could be flungaround and liquid could be spilt. Vehicleoccupants could come into contact withthe liquid and, in particular, be scaldedby hot liquid. You could be distractedfrom the traffic situation and lose controlof the vehicle. There is a risk of an acci-dent and injury.

Only use the cup holder when the vehicleis stationary. Only place containers of asuitable size in the cup holder. Seal thecontainer, in particular when it containshot liquid.

! Only use the cup holders for containersof the right size and which have lids. Thedrinks could otherwise spill.

Using the compartments

X To stow objects, use suitable stowagespaces.The following stowage spaces are availa-ble:

R: Stowage compartments in the doorsR; Cup holder in the front centre con-

soleR= Glove compartmentR? Stowage net in the front passenger

footwellRA Sliding drawer in the centre consoleRB smart fortwo: spectacles compart-

ment above the driver's seatRVelcro strip on the front passenger seat

for stowing a handbagRCup holder in the rear centre console

with a recess for storing a mobilephoneRsmart fortwo: stowage compartment in

the lower tailgateRStowage net with two separate com-

partments on the back of the boot sep-arator

144 Stowing small objects>>

Loa

din

g an

d s

tow

ing.

Locking/unlocking the glove compart-ment

X Insert the key into the lock.X To lock: turn the key to position 2.X To unlock: turn the key to position 1.

Opening the stowage compartment inthe tailgate (smart fortwo)

! Do not exceed the lower tailgate maxi-mum load of 100 kg. It may otherwisebecome damaged.

X Open the tailgate.X Pull handle : on the inside of the lower

tailgate upwards.X Lift up the cover in the direction of the

arrow.

Stowing luggage and large objects

Please note

G WARNING

If you stow objects in the vehicle interiorin an unsuitable way, they could slip orbe thrown around and thus hit vehicleoccupants. Additionally, the cup holders,open stowage spaces and mobile phonebrackets cannot restrain the objectsplaced in them in the event of an acci-dent. There is a risk of injury, especiallyin the event of braking or suddenchanges in direction.

RAlways stow objects so they cannot bethrown around in these or similar sit-uations.

RAlways ensure that objects do not pro-trude over the top of stowage compart-ments or ruffled pockets.

RAll closable stowage compartmentsshould be closed before beginning yourjourney.

RAlways stow and secure heavy, hard,pointed, sharp-edged, fragile objects orobjects which are too large behind thelast bench seat or under the passengerseats.

G DANGER

Combustion engines emit poisonousexhaust gases such as carbon monoxide.Exhaust gases can enter the vehicle inte-rior if the tailgate is open while theengine is running, especially if the vehi-cle is in motion. There is a risk of poison-ing.

Always switch off the engine beforeopening the tailgate. Never drive with thetailgate open.

The handling characteristics of a ladenvehicle are dependent on the distribution ofthe load within the vehicle.

Stowing luggage and large objects 145

>> L

oad

ing

and

sto

win

g.

Z

Observe the following loading guidelineswhen loading and transporting luggage andloads:

Rdo not exceed the maximum permissiblegross vehicle weight or the permissibleaxle loads for the vehicle (includingoccupants)Rthe load must not protrude above the

upper edge of the head restraintsRensure that no items of luggage can enter

the vehicle interior above or between theseatsRensure that loaded objects are stowed

safely and are securedRload heavy objects at the bottom and

light objects at the topRthe load compartment is the preferred

place to stow objectsRstow heavy loads as far forwards and as

low down in the load compartment aspossible

Opening the load compartment (smartfortwo)

! The tailgates swing to the rear, bothupwards and downwards, when opened.Therefore, make sure that there is suffi-cient clearance above, behind and belowthe tailgates.

X Press the é button on the key.X Fold the upper tailgate upwards.

X Pull lever : upwards.X Fold the lower tailgate down.

Closing the boot (smart fortwo)

X Fold the lower tailgate upwards andengage on both sides.

X Pull the upper tailgate down and press itclosed.

X Press the & button on the key.The vehicle is locked.

Opening the boot (smart fortwo cab-rio)

Opening the tailgate

X Press the % button on the key.X Press button : in the handle recess.X Fold down the tailgate.

Opening the rear soft top

X Open the tailgate.X Press both latch levers :.X Swing the rear soft top up.

146 Stowing luggage and large objects>>

Loa

din

g an

d s

tow

ing.

Closing the boot (smart fortwo cabrio)

Closing the rear soft top

! When closing the tailgate, you mustfirst lock the tail cover. Otherwise, youcould break the catch lever.

X Pull the rear soft top down until itengages.

X Lock the rear soft top with both latch lev-ers.

Closing the tailgate

X Pull the tailgate up until it engages.X Press the & button on the key.

The vehicle is locked.

Enlarging the boot: folding the seatbackrest forwards

Folding the seat backrest forwards(using the lever)

Seat with a lever

X Lift lever ; and slide the frontpassenger seat to its rearmost position.

X Pull lever : forwards.X Fold the seat backrest forwards at the

same time.

Folding the seat backrest forwards(using the handwheel)

Seat with a handwheel

X Turn handwheel : forward.

Folding back the seat backrest

Please note

G WARNING

If the seat backrest is not engaged, it mayfold forwards, e.g. during braking or inthe event of an accident.

RAs a result, a backrest which is notengaged would press you into the seatbelt. The seat belt cannot perform itsintended protective function and couldadditionally cause injury.

RThe backrest cannot restrain objects orloads in the boot.

This poses an increased risk of injury.

Before every journey, make sure that thebackrest is engaged as described.

Folding back the seat backrest (usingthe lever)

X Pull lever :.X Push the seat backrest back at the same

time until it engages.

Folding back the seat backrest (usingthe handwheel)

X Turn handwheel : backwards.

Stowing luggage and large objects 147

>> L

oad

ing

and

sto

win

g.

Z

Using the boot separator

Fitting the boot separator

G WARNING

On its own, the boot cover cannot secureor restrain heavy objects, items of lug-gage and heavy loads. You could be hit byan unsecured load during suddenchanges in direction, braking or in theevent of an accident. There is anincreased risk of injury or even fatalinjury.

Always store objects so that they cannotbe flung around. Secure objects, luggageor loads against slipping or tipping over,e.g. by using lashing material, even ifyou are using the boot cover.

For easier fitting, fold the front passengerseat backrest forwards.

X smart fortwo: open the upper and lowertailgate.

X smart fortwo cabrio: open the lower tail-gate.

X smart fortwo cabrio: fold the rear soft topup.

X Hold boot separator : with the luggagenet bag in the direction of the vehicleinterior in the boot.

X Insert boot separator : into bracket ;on the right side.

X Slide handle ? to the right and hold.X Insert boot separator : into bracket ;

on the left side.X Release handle ?.

Boot separator : snaps into place.X Secure the luggage net bag with the Vel-

cro fasteners.

If boot separator : is not required and nosubwoofer is installed, it can be attached tobrackets =.

Hooking and unhooking the boot sep-arator

X Grip boot separator : in the middle andpull it back.

X Hook the boot separator into left andright rear brackets A.

148 Using the boot separator>>

Loa

din

g an

d s

tow

ing.

Useful information

The engine compartment in the smart islocated at the rear, below the boot. Here youcan check the engine oil level and top upthe engine oil. All other reservoirs for ser-vice fluids are located under the servicecover at the front.When working on the vehicle, always com-ply with all safety regulations. Alwayshave work in the engine compartment car-ried out at a qualified specialist workshop.

Removing/fitting the subwoofer

Removing the subwoofer

X Release quick-release fastener : in thedirection of the arrow.

X Reach into the recess on the quick-release fastener.

X Detach, tilt and pull the subwoofer to theright.

X Pull out the connector.

Fitting the subwoofer

X Insert the connector.X Place the subwoofer at the base of the

side trim.X Turn quick-release fastener : upwards.X Press the bracket into the recess in side

trim ;.X Turn quick-release fastener : clock-

wise.

Opening and closing the engine com-partment cover

Please note

G WARNING

The engine compartment cover canbecome very hot. There is a risk of injuryif you remove the engine compartmentcover to work in the engine compartment.

Allow the engine to cool down beforeremoving the engine compartment cover.

G DANGER

Combustion engines emit poisonousexhaust gases such as carbon monoxide.If the engine compartment cover has notbeen fitted correctly when the engine isrunning, particularly whilst the vehicleis moving, exhaust gases may enter thevehicle interior. There is a danger of poi-soning.

Always switch off the engine beforeremoving the engine compartment cover.Make sure that the engine compartmentcover has been fitted correctly.

Opening and closing the engine compartment cover 149

>> M

ain

ten

ance

an

d c

are.

Z

Opening the engine compartmentcover

The vehicle must be secured against rollingaway. (Y page 170)

X smart fortwo: open the upper and lowertailgate.

X smart fortwo cabrio: open the lower tail-gate.

X smart fortwo cabrio: fold the rear soft topup.

X Vehicles with a subwoofer: remove thesubwoofer.

X Vehicles with a boot separator: attach thehook to the upper bracket of boot separa-tor :.

X Fold up the carpet.X Unscrew and remove screws = in the

engine cover.X Remove engine cover ;.

Closing the engine compartment cover

X Slide engine compartment cover ; for-wards to the stop.

X Tighten screws =.X Fold down the carpet and push it under

the side wall trim.X Vehicles with a subwoofer: fit the sub-

woofer.X Vehicles with a boot separator: detach the

hook on boot separator :.

Opening and closing the service cover

Please note

G WARNING

If the service cover is not locked, it maycome loose during driving and block yourview or endanger other road users. Thereis a risk of an accident and injury.

Therefore, make sure that the servicecover is locked before driving off.

G WARNING

If the windscreen wipers start to movewhen the service cover is open, you couldbecome caught up in the wiper rods.There is a risk of injury.

Always switch off the windscreen wipersand the ignition before you open the ser-vice cover.

! To ensure unhindered air intake, com-pletely remove any dirt or snow from theventilation slots above the service cover.

The vehicle must be secured against rollingaway.On vehicles with a lockable service cover,the service cover must be unlocked before itis opened.

Unlocking the service cover

X Insert the tip of the key into the openingof lock cover :.

X Press the key to the right ; to lever upthe lock cover.

150 Opening and closing the service cover>>

Mai

nte

nan

ce a

nd

car

e.

X Remove the lock cover.X Insert the key into the lock and turn it

90° clockwise.

Opening the service cover

X Pull both levers ; in the direction of thearrow.

X Lift service cover = at the front.X Pull service cover = slightly forwards

and lift upwards.X Carefully rest service cover =, still

attached to the straps, against the frontof the vehicle.

Closing the service cover

X Lift service cover =.X Slide bars A on the left and right of the

service cover under the bars on wing ?.

X Press service cover = downwards.X Press both levers ; backwards in the

direction of the arrow.

Locking the service cover

X Insert the key into the lock and turn it toposition 1.

X Insert lock cover : on the driver's sideand snap it into place.

Checking service products and top-ping up

Please note

G WARNING

Service product can be poisonous andhazardous to health. There is a risk ofinjury.

Observe the instructions on the respec-tive original container when using, stor-ing and disposing off service products.Always store service products in thesealed original container. Always keep

Checking service products and topping up 151

>> M

ain

ten

ance

an

d c

are.

Z

service products out of the reach of chil-dren.


Dispose of service products in an envi-ronmentally-responsible manner.

Also observe the information in the "Serviceproducts" section (Y page 212).Service products include the following:

Rfuels (e.g. petrol, diesel)Rlubricants (e.g. engine oil, transmission

oil)RcoolantRbrake fluidRwindscreen washer fluidRclimate control system refrigerantService products approved for smart:http://bevo.mercedes-benz.com

Checking the engine oil and toppingup

Checking the engine oil level

G WARNING

Certain components in the engine com-partment could be very hot, e.g. theengine, the radiator and parts of theexhaust system. There is a risk of injurywhen accessing the engine compartment.

As far as possible, allow the engine tocool down and only touch the componentsdescribed in the following.

G WARNING

If you open the bonnet while the engineis overheating or while there is a fire inthe engine compartment, you could comeinto contact with hot gases or other leak-ing service products. There is a danger ofinjury.

Allow an overheating engine to cool downbefore opening the bonnet. If there is afire in the engine compartment, leave thebonnet closed and notify the fire brigade.

G WARNING

There are moving components in theengine compartment. Certain componentsmay continue to move or suddenly moveagain even after the ignition has beenswitched off, e.g. the radiator fan. Thereis a risk of injury.

If you have to carry out work in theengine compartment:

Rswitch off the ignition

Rnever touch the dangerous areas sur-rounding moving components, e.g. therotation area of the fan

Rremove jewellery and watches

Rkeep items of clothing and hair, forexample, away from moving parts.

Depending on your driving style, the vehi-cle consumes up to 0.5 litres of oil per1000 km. The oil consumption may behigher than this when the vehicle is new orif it is frequently driven at high enginespeeds.

To check the engine oil, the vehicle must beparked on a flat surface.

X If the engine has not been started for anextended period, e.g. overnight, themeasurement can be carried out immedi-ately.

X If the engine is at normal operating tem-perature after driving, wait five minutesbefore measuring.

X If the engine was only started briefly andis not at normal operating temperature,switch off the engine and wait 30 minutesbefore carrying out the measurement.

152 Checking service products and topping up>>

Mai

nte

nan

ce a

nd

car

e.

X Open the engine compartment cover.(Y page 149)

X Remove oil dipstick : from the oil dip-stick tube and wipe it off.

X Insert the oil dipstick fully into the oildipstick tube.

X Pull out the oil dipstick.X Read the engine oil level.

The level must be between MIN = andMAX ;.

Topping up engine oil

G WARNING

If engine oil comes into contact with hotcomponents in the engine compartment,it may ignite. There is a risk of fire andinjury.

Make sure that engine oil does not spillout over the filler neck. Allow the engineto cool down and thoroughly clean thecomponents that have come into contactwith engine oil before you start theengine.

! Do not add too much oil. If the oil levelis above the MAX mark on the dipstick,too much oil has been added. This canlead to engine damage or catalytic con-verter damage. Have excess oil siphonedoff.

! Do not use any additives with theengine oil. This could damage the engine.


When topping up the oil, take care not tospill any. If oil enters the soil or water-ways, it is harmful to the environment.

Information on tested and approved engineoils is available from any smart Centre.smart recommends that you have the oilchange carried out at a qualified specialistworkshop.Overview of approved engine oils: http://bevo.mercedes-benz.com, then enter thedesignation, e.g. 229.5.

X Unscrew and remove cap :.X Top up with no more than 1 litre of rec-

ommended engine oil.X Replace the cap and tighten it as far as it

will go until it engages securely.X Check the engine oil level.X Close the engine compartment cover.

(Y page 149)

i Regular engine oil changes using anapproved engine oil from the suitable SAEclassification are strongly recommended.Observe the information on approvedengine oil in the "Information on serviceproducts" section (Y page 212).

Checking service products and topping up 153

>> M

ain

ten

ance

an

d c

are.

Z

Checking the coolant and topping up

Checking the coolant level

X Stop the vehicle on a level surface.X Let the coolant cool down for at least

30 minutes.X Open the service cover. (Y page 150)X Check reservoir ; visually.

The fluid level must be between the MINmark and the MAX mark.

Topping up the coolant

G WARNING

The cooling system is pressurised, par-ticularly when the motor is warm. If youopen the cap, you could be scalded if hotcoolant sprays out. There is a risk ofinjury.

Let the engine cool down before you openthe cap. Wear protective gloves and pro-tective eyewear when opening. Open thecap slowly to release pressure.

Only top up the coolant level when thevehicle is on a level surface and the enginehas cooled down.

! Add only coolant that has been pre-mixed with the desired antifreeze protec-tion. You could otherwise damage theengine.

You can find additional notes on thecoolant in the following places:

Rin the Mercedes-Benz Specificationsfor Service Products, MB BeVo 310.1- on the internet at

http://bevo.mercedes-benz.com- on the Mercedes-Benz BeVo appRat a qualified specialist workshop

If antifreeze/corrosion inhibitor is presentin the correct concentration, the boilingpoint of the coolant during operation isapproximately 130 †.The antifreeze/corrosion inhibitor concen-tration in the engine cooling system shouldbe 50% (antifreeze protection down to-37 †). This will protect the engine coolingsystem against freezing down to approx-imately -25 †.

X Cover cap : of coolant expansiontank ; with a cloth.

X Turn the cap slowly one half turn. If nec-essary, allow excess pressure to escape.

X Turn the cap further and remove it.X Top up the coolant to the MAX level.X Replace the cap and tighten it as far as it

will go.X Close the service cover. (Y page 150)

i See "Technical data" for information onrecommended coolants.

Topping up the washer fluid

G WARNING

Windscreen washer concentrate is highlyflammable. If it comes into contact withhot components in the front compart-ment, it may ignite. There is a risk of fireand injury.

Make sure that windscreen washer con-centrate is not spilled next to the fillerneck.

154 Checking service products and topping up>>

Mai

nte

nan

ce a

nd

car

e.

X Open the service cover. (Y page 150)X Pull cap : upwards at the tab.X If available, pull the removable nozzle up

as far as the stop.X Top up with washer fluid.X If available, push the removable nozzle

down and push it inside.X Replace and tightly screw on cap :.X Close the service cover. (Y page 150)

i See "Technical data" for information onwindscreen washer fluid and antifreeze.

Checking wheels and tyres

G Warning

A flat tyre severely impairs the driving,steering and braking characteristics ofthe vehicle. There is a risk of an accident.

Do not drive with a flat tyre. Immediatelyreplace the flat tyre with your sparewheel, or consult a qualified specialistworkshop.

G WARNING

Damaged tyres can cause tyre inflationpressure loss. As a result, you could losecontrol of your vehicle. There is a risk ofaccident.

Check the tyres regularly for signs ofdamage and replace any damaged tyresimmediately.

G WARNING

If there is insufficient tyre tread, the tyretraction will decrease. The tyre tread canno longer dissipate water. This increasesthe risk of aquaplaning on a wet roadsurface, especially when the vehicle'sspeed is not adapted to the road condi-tions. There is a risk of an accident.

If the tyre pressure is too high or too low,tyres may wear differently at differentpoints of the tyre tread. Regularly checkthe tyre tread depth and the condition ofthe tread across the whole width of alltyres, therefore.

Minimum tyre tread depth on:

RSummer tyres: 3 mm

RM+S tyres: 4 mm

For safety reasons, have the tyresreplaced before the legally specifiedminimum tread depth is reached.

! If you cannot avoid driving over obsta-cles, e.g. kerbs, do so slowly and at anobtuse angle only. You could otherwisedamage the wheel rims and tyres.

Modification work on the brake system andwheels is not permitted. The use of spacersor brake dust shields is not permitted. Thisinvalidates the general operating permitfor the vehicle.Check the wheels and tyres for damage atleast once a month, as well as after drivingoff-road or on poorly surfaced roads.Run-in new tyres at moderate speeds forthe first 100 km. The tyres only attain theirmaximum performance after this distance.Vibrations, audible noises and unusualhandling characteristics, e.g. pulling to oneside, can indicate damage to wheels ortyres.

If you suspect a tyre defect:

X Reduce vehicle speed.X Stop the vehicle as soon as possible.X Check the wheels and tyres for damage.

If you find no signs of damage, have thewheels and tyres checked at a specialistworkshop.

Checking wheels and tyres 155

>> M

ain

ten

ance

an

d c

are.

Z

Changing a wheel

Please note

G WARNING

Interchanging the front and rear wheelsif the wheels or tyres have differentdimensions may severely impair thedriving characteristics. The service brakeor wheel suspension components mayalso be damaged. There is a risk of anaccident.

Rotate front and rear wheels only if thewheels and tyres are of the same dimen-sions.

G WARNING

Exceeding the stated tyre load-bearingcapacity and the approved maximumspeed could lead to tyre damage or thetyre bursting. There is a risk of accident.

Therefore, only use tyre types and sizesapproved for your vehicle model. Observethe tyre load rating and speed ratingrequired for your vehicle.

G WARNING

If you fit wheels and tyres with incorrectdimensions, the service brake or wheelsuspension components may be damaged.There is a risk of an accident.

Always replace wheels and tyres withones that comply with the specificationsof the original part.

When replacing wheels, pay attention tothe:

Rdesignation

Rtype

When replacing tyres, pay attention tothe:

Rdesignation

Rmanufacturer

Rtype

! To prevent damage, smart recommendshaving the wheel changed at a qualifiedspecialist workshop.

! On vehicles fitted with a tyre pressuremonitor, electronic components are loca-ted in the wheel.Tyre-fitting tools should not be appliedin the area of the valve, since this coulddamage the electronic components.Only have tyres changed at a qualifiedspecialist workshop.

! Only position a suitable jack on thejacking point intended for the purpose.Only raise the vehicle briefly to changethe wheel. Make sure that there are nopersons in the vehicle and that it is on asuitable surface. Secure the vehicle withwheel chocks and apply the parkingbrake.

Interchanging front and rear wheels ortyres of differing dimensions can renderthe general operating permit invalid.

Rules for selecting new tyres

! For safety reasons, smart recommendsthat you only use wheels and tyres whichsmart has specifically approved for yourvehicle. These are specially adapted tothe systems, such as ABS or ESP®.Only use tyres and wheels tested andrecommended by smart. Certain charac-teristics, such as handling, vehicle noiseemissions, fuel consumption, etc. mayotherwise be adversely affected. Dimen-sional variations and altered tyre defor-mation when driving under load may alsocause the tyres to come into contact withthe vehicle body and axle components.This may result in damage to the tyre orthe vehicle.smart is not responsible for any damagecaused by using tyres and wheels otherthan those which have been tested andrecommended.You can obtain information about tyresand wheels from any qualified specialistworkshop, e.g. a smart Centre.

156 Changing a wheel>>

Mai

nte

nan

ce a

nd

car

e.

The service life of tyres depends on variousfactors, including the following:

Rdriving styleRtyre pressureRmileageObserve the following rules for selectingnew tyres:

Robserve country-specific regulationswhich stipulate or recommend a certaintyre type for the vehicle.Ronly fit tyres and wheels of the same

type and make.Ronly tyres of the same size may be used

on a single axle (left/right).Ronly use tyres of the same type (summer

tyres, all-season tyres, winter tyres).Ronly use wheel-tyre combinations

approved by smart.Rdo not wear tyres out too much. This oth-

erwise significantly reduces the tractionon wet roads (aquaplaning).Rreplace tyres after six years at the latest.Rthe use of a specific tyre type in certain

regions and areas of operation can behighly beneficial.

i Recommended tyre pressures for vari-ous operating states can be found on thetyre pressure table on the driver's sidedoor pillar (B-pillar).

You can find further information regardingtyres and wheels at specialist tyre retail-ers, at qualified specialist workshops andat any smart Centre.

Preparing to change a wheel

The vehicle tool tray is located under theglove compartment.

X Stop the vehicle on solid, non-slipperyand level ground.

X Apply the parking brake.X Position the front wheels to point

straight ahead.X Vehicles with manual transmission:

depress the clutch pedal and shift toeither first or reverse gear.

X Vehicles with automatic transmission:shift the transmission to position j.

X Switch off the engine.

X Remove the key from the ignition lock.X Secure the vehicle against rolling away.

Removing a wheel

G WARNING

If you do not position the jack correctlyat the appropriate jacking point of thevehicle, the jack could tip over with thevehicle raised. There is a risk of injury.

Only position the jack at the appropriatejacking point of the vehicle. The base ofthe jack must be positioned vertically,directly under the jacking point of thevehicle.

! Do not place wheel bolts in sand or dirt.The threads of the wheel bolts and wheelhubs could otherwise be damaged whenthe bolts are tightened.

Always pay attention to the instructionsand safety notes on "Changing a wheel"(Y page 156).

Vehicles with steel wheels and hub caps:

X Using both hands, grasp two hub capopenings and remove the hub cap.

Changing a wheel 157

>> M

ain

ten

ance

an

d c

are.

Z

Vehicles with steel wheels and hub cap cover:

X Remove the hub cap cover.

: Wheel wrench

X Using wheel wrench : loosen the wheelbolts by about one turn. Do not unscrewthe wheel bolts completely.

; Jack= Reinforced area for the jacking points

Jack ; may only be positioned on thereinforced area intended for this purposefor jacking points =.The vehicle may be damaged if jack ; ispositioned at another point on the sill.

= Reinforced area for the jacking points? Triangular indentationA Outer covering of the sill

! To prevent damage, smart recommendshaving the wheel changed at a qualifiedspecialist workshop.

The reinforced areas for jacking points =are located behind the front wheels and infront of the rear wheels. They can be recog-nised by triangular indentations ? on thevehicle.Jack ; may only be positioned on thereinforced areas for jacking points = onthe sill and not on the outer covering of sillA.

X Search for the reinforced area for jackingpoints = which is found approx. 7 cmbehind the sill at triangular indenta-tions ?.

X Position jack ; under the correspondingreinforced area for jacking points =.

X Set the foot of the jack up vertically withrespect to the reinforced area for thejacking points on the vehicle.

X Make sure that the jack is correctly posi-tioned so that the vehicle cannot slip.

158 Changing a wheel>>

Mai

nte

nan

ce a

nd

car

e.

X Raise the vehicle using the jack until thetyre is a maximum of 3 cm off the ground.

X Unscrew and remove the wheel bolts.X Remove the wheel.

Fitting a wheel

G WARNING

The wheels could come loose if the wheelbolts or wheel nuts are not tightened tothe prescribed tightening torque. Thereis a risk of an accident.

Ensure that the wheel bolts or wheel nutsare tightened to the prescribed tighten-ing torque.

If you are not sure, do not move the vehi-cle. Contact a qualified specialist work-shop and have the tightening torquechecked immediately.

The tightening torque must be 105 Nm.After travelling approx. 500 km, check thetightening torque and retighten if neces-sary.

G WARNING

If you tighten the wheel bolts or wheelnuts when the vehicle is raised, the jackcould tip over. There is a risk of injury.

Only tighten the wheel bolts or wheelnuts when the vehicle is on the ground.

! When changing a wheel, only use wheelbolts which have been approved forwheel rims and the vehicle.

Always pay attention to the instructionsand safety notes on "Changing a wheel"(Y page 156).

Fit tyres with a specified direction of rota-tion only according to their direction ofrotation. An arrow on the sidewall of thetyre indicates its correct direction of rota-tion.

X Clean the wheel and wheel hub contactsurfaces.

X Push the wheel onto the wheel hub andpress it on.

X Screw in the wheel bolts up to the cone.X Make sure that they sit securely on the

cone.

X Lower the vehicle all the way.X Remove the jack.X Tighten the wheel bolts evenly in a

crosswise pattern in sequence indica-ted : to ?. The tightening torque mustbe 105 Nm.

X Check the recommended tyre pressureand adjust if necessary.After travelling approx. 500 km, check thetightening torque and retighten if neces-sary.

i Vehicles with tyre pressure control sys-tem: all fitted wheels must be equippedwith functioning sensors.

Changing a wheel 159

>> M

ain

ten

ance

an

d c

are.

Z

Vehicles with steel wheels and hub caps:

X Fit hub cap A such that valve B doesnot become trapped.

X Press the hub cap evenly onto the wheelwith both hands until you hear the hubcap engage.

X Check to make sure the hub cap is seatedsecurely on the wheel.

Vehicle with steel wheels and wheel hub covers:

X Fit the hub cap cover.

Storing wheels

X Store wheels in a cool, dry and dark placewhen not in use.

X Protect against oil, grease and fuel.

Using the tyre pressure monitor

Useful information

It is the driver's responsibility to set thetyre pressure to the recommended cold tyrepressure suitable for the operating situa-tion.The tyre pressure monitor issues a warningwhen the pressure drops in one or more ofthe tyres.The tyre pressure monitor works properlyonly if sensors are present in all four tyres,and after the monitor has learned the cor-rect tyre pressure for the current operatingsituation. This occurs automatically inmost situations, but may also be specifiedafter restarting the tyre pressure monitor.Before restarting, check the tyres for therecommended tyre pressure.

The tyre pressure monitor does not providea warning in the following cases:

Reven loss of pressure on multiple tyresRsudden loss of tyre pressure, e.g. due to

penetration by a foreign bodyRincorrectly set tyre pressureThe tyre pressure monitor has a yellowwarning lamp in the instrument cluster forindicating a pressure loss or malfunction.

Restarting the tyre pressure monitor(on-board computer with a mono-chrome display)

X Set the tyre pressure of all tyres to therecommended value.

X On the multifunction lever, press the´ button repeatedly until the °and h symbols are displayed in theinstrument cluster display.

X Press and hold the a button on themultifunction lever.The ° and h symbols flash in theinstrument cluster display for approx-imately five seconds. The two symbolsthen light up.

The tyre pressure monitor is restarted.

Restarting the tyre pressure monitor(on-board computer with colour dis-play)

X Set the tyre pressure of all tyres to therecommended value.

X Select Settings > Tyre pressure moni‐tor in the on-board computer.The Tyre pressure monitor Adopt cur‐rent pressures as new reference values? message appears in the display.

X Select Yes and press a to confirm.The display shows the Tyre pressure monitor restarted message.

If the Tyre pressure monitor restartedmessage does not appear after five seconds,restart the tyre pressure monitor again.

160 Using the tyre pressure monitor>>

Mai

nte

nan

ce a

nd

car

e.

Checking the tyre pressures

Please note

G WARNING

Underinflated or overinflated tyres posethe following risks:

Rthe tyres may burst, especially as theload and vehicle speed increase.

Rthe tyres may wear excessively and/orunevenly, which may greatly impairtyre traction.

Rthe driving characteristics, as well assteering and braking, may be greatlyimpaired.


Observe the recommended tyre pressureand check the tyre pressure of all thetyres:

Rat least every two weeks

Rwhen the load changes

Rbefore embarking on a longer journey

Rfor changed operating conditions, e.g.off-road driving

If necessary, correct the tyre pressure.

G WARNING

If you mount unsuitable accessories ontotyre valves, the tyre valves may be over-loaded and malfunction, which can causetyre pressure loss. Aftermarket tyre pres-sure monitoring systems will cause thetyre valve to remain open. This can alsoresult in tyre pressure loss. There is arisk of an accident.

Only screw standard valve caps or valvecaps specifically approved by smart foryour vehicle onto the tyre valve.

G WARNING

If the tyre pressure drops repeatedly, thewheel, valve or tyre may be damaged.Tyre pressure that is too low may resultin a tyre blow-out. There is a risk of acci-dent.

RCheck the tyre for foreign objects.

RCheck whether the wheel is losing airor the valve is leaking.

If you are unable to rectify the damage,contact a qualified specialist workshop.


Check the tyre pressure regularly, atleast every 14 days.

The table with the recommended tyre pres-sure for various operating conditions canbe found on the driver's side door pillar(B-pillar).The tyre pressure table may also state airpressures for different load conditions.These are defined in the table as differentnumbers of passengers and amounts of lug-gage. The actual number of seats may differfrom this.If a tyre size precedes a tyre pressure, thetyre pressure information following is onlyvalid for that tyre size. If tyre sizes are notspecified, the tyre pressures stated on thetyre pressure table apply for all approvedtyres.

Checking and correcting the tyrepressure manually

Only check the tyre pressure once the tyreshave cooled down.

X Drive the vehicle less than 2 km.X Park the vehicle away from direct sun-

light for at least three hours.X Check the tyre pressure with a suitable

tyre pressure gauge.

Checking the tyre pressures 161

>> M

ain

ten

ance

an

d c

are.

Z

X If necessary, adjust the tyre pressure.X Restart the tyre pressure monitor.

Using winter tyres

G WARNING

M+S tyres with a tyre tread depth of lessthan 4 mm are not suitable for use inwinter as they do not provide sufficienttraction. There is a risk of accident.

M+S tyres with a tread depth of less than4 mm must be replaced.

At temperatures below +7 †, summer tyreslose elasticity and therefore traction andbraking power. Change the tyres on yourvehicle therefore to winter tyres or all-sea-son tyres marked with M+S. Using summertyres at very cold temperatures could causetears to form, thereby damaging the tyrespermanently. smart cannot accept respon-sibility for this type of damage.Have the vehicle winterproofed at a quali-fied specialist workshop at the onset ofwinter.

X At low temperatures, use only wintertyres marked with M+S.

X When road conditions are wintry, useM+S tyres with the additional i snow-flake symbol.These tyres allow driving safety systems,e.g. ABS, to function optimally in thewinter.

X Use M+S tyres of the same make and treadon all wheels.

X When driving with M+S tyres, observe thespecified maximum permissible speed.

X Use only tyre types and sizes approvedfor smart.

X When using tyres with a specified direc-tion of rotation, observe the arrow on thesidewall indicating the tyre's direction ofrotation.

After fitting M+S tyres:

X Check the tyre pressure.X Restart the tyre pressure monitor.X If M+S tyres with a lower maximum per-

missible speed than that of the vehicleare fitted, affix an appropriate warning

label in the driver's field of vision. Usingthe limiter, restrict the speed to the max-imum permissible speed for M+S tyres.

Using snow chains

G WARNING

If you have fitted snow chains to thefront wheels, they may scrape against thevehicle body or chassis components. Thiscould cause damage to the vehicle or thetyres. There is a risk of an accident.

To avoid hazardous situations:

Rnever fit snow chains on the frontwheels

Rfit snow chains to the rear wheels inpairs.

! Vehicles with steel wheels: if you fitsnow chains on steel wheels, you maydamage the hub caps. Remove the hubcaps from the relevant wheels before fit-ting the snow chains.

For safety reasons, smart recommends thatyou only use snow chains that have beenspecially approved for your vehicle bysmart. Further information can be obtainedat a smart Centre or a qualified specialistworkshop.

X Observe country-specific regulations.X Use only snow chains approved for smart.X Fit snow chains on both rear wheels.X Use snow chains only on snow-covered

roads.X When driving with snow chains fitted, do

not exceed the maximum permissiblespeed of 50 km/h.

Changing the window wiper blades

Please note

G WARNING

If the windscreen wipers begin to movewhile you are changing the wiper blades,

162 Changing the window wiper blades>>

Mai

nte

nan

ce a

nd

car

e.

you can be trapped by the wiper arm.There is a risk of injury.

Always switch off the windscreen wipersand ignition before changing the wiperblades.

! Never open the service cover or tailgateif a wiper arm has been folded away fromthe windscreen or rear window. Neverfold a wiper arm without a wiper bladeback onto the windscreen or rear window.Hold the wiper arm firmly when youchange the wiper blade. If you release thewiper arm without a wiper blade and itfalls onto the window, the window may bedamaged by the force of the impact.

Changing the window wiper blades onthe windscreen

X Fold the wiper arm away from the wind-screen.

X Release tab ; of bracket ? must bepressed towards windscreen 3. Thecatch tab is released from the bracketand the wiper blade can be pulled awayfrom the wiper arm.

X Slide window wiper blade : in the direc-tion of arrow 5 until the securing hookfor the window wiper blade is revealed.

X Remove the window wiper blade.

X Slide new window wiper blade : in thedirection of arrow 4 onto mounting =of wiper arm ;.The window wiper blade snaps into place.

X Check that the window wiper blade ispositioned correctly.

X Carefully fold wiper arm ; onto thewindscreen.

Changing the rear window wiper blade(smart fortwo)

X Remove the key from the ignition lock.X Fold wiper arm : away from the rear

window until you hear it engage.X Unscrew window wiper blade ; in the

direction of the arrow until it is releasedfrom the retainer on the wiper arm.

X Pull out window wiper blade ;.X Press new window wiper blade ; onto

wiper arm : until it engages.X Check that window wiper blade ; is

positioned correctly.X Fold wiper arm : back onto the rear

window.

Changing the window wiper blades 163

>> M

ain

ten

ance

an

d c

are.

Z

Cleaning the vehicle

Useful information

Regular care maintains the appearance andquality of the vehicle over time.Observe the following when cleaning andcaring for the vehicle:

X Use soft, moist cloths.X Use care products and cleaning agents

recommended and approved for smart.X Do not use acidic cleaning agents.X In winter, carefully remove road salt as

soon as possible.

Cleaning the vehicle exterior

Washing in an automatic car wash orwashing by hand

Preparing the vehicle for cleaning

G WARNING

Braking efficiency is reduced after thevehicle has been washed. There is a riskof an accident.

After washing the vehicle, brake carefullywhile paying attention to the traffic con-ditions in order to restore full brakingefficiency.

X Close the side windows completely.X Switch off the climate control blower.X Turn the windscreen wipers to positiong.

Notes on care of matt paintwork

! The following can give the paint aglossy appearance and thus reduce thematt effect:

RRubbing hard with unsuitable agentsRWashing the vehicle in direct sunlight

! Only use automatic car washes whichcorrespond to the latest technologicalstandards. Never use wash programswhich finish by treating the vehicle withhot wax.

! Never use paint cleaner, buffing or pol-ishing products, or gloss preserver, e.g.

wax, for the purpose of paintwork care.These products are only suitable forhigh-gloss surfaces. Their use on vehi-cles with matt paintwork leads to consid-erable surface damage or, more specifi-cally, to shiny, spotted areas.Always have paintwork repairs carriedout at a qualified specialist workshop.

! Never polish the vehicle or the lightalloy wheels. Polishing makes the paint-work shiny.

If your vehicle has a clear matt finish,observe these notes. By doing so, you canavoid paintwork damage due to incorrecthandling.

Washing in an automatic car washX Prepare the vehicle for cleaning.X Remove excess dirt.X Drive through the automatic car wash.X Remove wax from the front windscreen

and the wiper blades.

i If the windscreen wipers leave smearsafter the vehicle has passed through thecar wash, this may be caused by wax orother residue. This residue can beremoved with washer fluid.

Washing by handX Locate a washing bay equipped for hand-

washing.X Prepare the vehicle for cleaning.X Apply mild cleaning agent with a soft

vehicle sponge.X Thoroughly hose the vehicle with a gen-

tle jet of water; do not point the water jetdirectly towards the air inlet grille.

X Dry the vehicle off with a chamois.

Cleaning with a high-pressure cleaner

G WARNING

The water jet of circular-jet nozzles (dirtgrinders) can cause damage not visiblefrom the outside to tyres or chassis com-ponents. Components damaged in thisway can unexpectedly fail. There is a riskof an accident.

Do not use high-pressure cleaners withcircular-jet nozzles to clean the vehicle.

164 Cleaning the vehicle>>

Mai

nte

nan

ce a

nd

car

e.

Have damaged tyres or chassis compo-nents replaced immediately.

! Always maintain a distance of at least30 cm between the vehicle and the high-pressure cleaner nozzle. Informationabout the correct distance is availablefrom the equipment manufacturer.Move the high-pressure cleaner nozzlearound when cleaning your vehicle.Do not aim directly at any of the follow-ing:

RtyresRdoor gaps, roof gaps, joints etc.Relectrical componentsRbatteryRplug-type couplingsRlight bulbsRsealsRtrim elementsRventilation slotsDamaged seals or electrical componentscan lead to leaks or failures.

X Prepare the vehicle for cleaning.X Maintain a distance of at least 30 cm

between the high-pressure cleaner noz-zle and the vehicle.

X Keep moving the nozzle whilst cleaning.

Cleaning the reversing camera

X Clean camera lens : with water and asoft cloth.

Cleaning the sensors

Vehicles with forward collision warning:: Forward collision warning sensor; Parking aid sensors

Vehicles with Active Brake Assist:: Active Brake Assist sensor; Parking aid sensors

X Clean sensors with water, car shampooand a soft cloth.

Cleaning the wheels

G WARNING

The water jet of circular-jet nozzles (dirtgrinders) can cause damage not visible

Cleaning the vehicle 165

>> M

ain

ten

ance

an

d c

are.

Z

from the outside to tyres or chassis com-ponents. Components damaged in thisway can unexpectedly fail. There is a riskof an accident.

Do not use high-pressure cleaners withcircular-jet nozzles to clean the vehicle.Have damaged tyres or chassis compo-nents replaced immediately.

! Do not use acidic wheel cleaning prod-ucts to remove brake dust. This coulddamage wheel bolts and brake compo-nents.

! Do not park up your vehicle for a longperiod of time immediately after clean-ing, particularly after cleaning the wheelrim with wheel cleaner. Wheel cleanermay lead to increased corrosion of thebrake discs and pads. You should there-fore drive for a few minutes after clean-ing. By heating up the brakes, the brakediscs and pads dry. The vehicle can thenbe parked up for a long period of time.

X Clean the wheels with an acid-free clean-ing agent.

Cleaning the exhaust pipe

! Do not clean the exhaust pipe withacid-based cleaning agents, such as san-itary cleanser or wheel cleaner.

X Clean the exhaust pipe with an acid-freecleaning agent.

Cleaning the windows and windscreenwipers

Cleaning the windows

G WARNING

If the windscreen wipers are set inmotion when cleaning the windscreen orwiper blades, you could become trapped.There is a danger of injury.

Always switch off the windscreen wipersand the ignition before cleaning thewindscreen or wiper blades.

X Place the wiper arms in the vertical posi-tion and fold them away from the win-dow.

X Clean the inside and outside of the win-dows with a damp cloth and a cleaningagent recommended for smart.

X Clear deposits regularly from the wind-screen and rear window to ensure thatwater can drain unhindered.

Cleaning the window wiper bladesX Place the wiper arms in the vertical posi-

tion and fold them away from the win-dow.

X Clean the window wiper blades with asoft cloth.

X Fold the wiper arms back into place.

Cleaning the panoramic roof (smart for-two)

! Only use cleaning agents or cleaningcloths that are suitable for plastic lenses.Unsuitable cleaning agents or cleaningcloths could scratch or damage the plas-tic panes of the panorama roof. Do not usecleaning agents containing solvents

X Apply mild cleaning agent for plasticwindows and wipe off with a moistsponge.

Cleaning the roof

Dry cleaningX Brush from the front to the back using a

soft brush.

Wet cleaningX Dry clean first.X Wash down with a soft brush or sponge

and lukewarm water.X Rinse with clean water.

Cleaning the soft top (smart fortwo cab-rio)

Useful information

! Never clean the soft top using a high-pressure cleaner as water could other-wise enter the vehicle interior.

166 Cleaning the vehicle>>

Mai

nte

nan

ce a

nd

car

e.

! Only clean the folding roof and the rearsoft top when they are closed.

Dry cleaningX Brush from the front to the back using a

soft brush.

Wet cleaningX Dry clean first.X Wash down with a soft brush or sponge

and lukewarm water.X Rinse with clean water.

Cleaning the exterior lighting

X Apply mild cleaning agent for plasticlenses and wipe off with a wet sponge.

Cleaning and caring for paintwork

! Do not affix stickers to the painted sur-face. Adhesive residue could damage thepaintwork.

X Remove impurities immediately by rub-bing carefully.

X Soak insect remains with insect removerand rinse off.

X Soak bird droppings with water and rinseoff.

X Use tar remover to remove tar stains.X Use silicone remover to remove wax.X Remove coolant, brake fluid, tree resin,

oils, fuels and greases by rubbing care-fully with a cloth soaked in petroleumether or lighter fluid.

Cleaning the vehicle interior

Cleaning the displays

! For cleaning, do not use any of the fol-lowing:

Ralcohol-based thinner or petrolRabrasive cleaning agentsRcommercially-available household

cleaning agentsThese may damage the display surface.Do not put pressure on the display sur-face when cleaning. This could lead toirreparable damage to the display.

X Switch off the display and let it cooldown.

X Clean the display surface with a microfi-bre cloth and cleaner for TFT or LCD dis-plays.

X Dry the display surface using a drymicrofibre cloth.

Cleaning the steering wheel and gear orselector lever

X Wipe off with a moist cloth, or use aleather care agent recommended forsmart.

Cleaning the seat belts

G WARNING

Seat belts may be severely weakened ifbleached or coloured. This may lead tothe seat belts, for example, tearing orfailing in an accident. There is anincreased risk of injury, possibly evenfatal.

Never bleach or colour seat belts.

! Do not clean the seat belts using chemi-cal cleaning agents. Do not dry the seatbelts at temperatures above 80 † or indirect sunlight.

X Clean the seat belts using only lukewarmsoapy water.

Cleaning and caring for seats

Please note

! Do not use a microfibre cloth to cleancovers made of genuine leather or artifi-cial leather. A microfibre cloth is tooaggressive and can damage the coverwhen used frequently.

Regular care maintains the appearance andfeel of the seats over time.

Cleaning the vehicle 167

>> M

ain

ten

ance

an

d c

are.

Z

Cleaning and caring for genuine leatherseat coversX Wet a cloth with water and clean the seat

covers. Do not allow the leather to becomesoaked.

X Wipe off with a dry cloth.X Apply a leather care agent recommended

for smart.

Cleaning synthetic leather seat coversX Wet a cloth with detergent water and

clean the seat covers.

Cleaning cloth seat coversX Wet a microfibre cloth with detergent

water.X Rub cloth covers with care, cleaning

entire sections of the cover.X Allow the seat to dry.

Cleaning DINAMICA seat coversX Wet a cloth with water.X Clean entire sections of the cover.

Cleaning the artificial leather cover ofthe instrument panel

X Wet a cloth with detergent water andclean.

Cleaning the trim

Cleaning the plastic trim

G WARNING

Care products and cleaning agents con-taining solvents can cause surfaces inthe cockpit to become porous. This couldresult in plastic parts breaking awaywhen the airbags are deployed. There is adanger of injury.

Do not use care products and cleaningagents containing solvents to clean thecockpit.

! Never attach the following to plasticsurfaces:

RstickersRfilmsRperfume oil container or similarYou could otherwise damage the plastic.

To maintain the appearance of high-qualityplastic surfaces, do not allow surfaces tocome into contact with cosmetics, insectrepellents or sun creams.

X Clean the plastic trim with a damp cloth.X Use care products and cleaning agents

recommended for smart to remove heavysoiling.

Cleaning the roof lining (smart fortwo)X Remove heavy soiling using a soft brush

or a cleaning agent recommended forsmart.

Cleaning the carpetsX Use carpet and textile cleaning agents

recommended for smart.

Cleaning the trim elements

! Do not use solvent-based cleaningagents such as tar remover, wheel clean-ers, polishes or waxes. There is otherwisea risk of damaging the surface.

X Clean the trim elements with a moistmicrofibre cloth.

X Use care products and cleaning agentsrecommended for smart to remove heavysoiling.

Observing service due dates

The ¯ and ° indicator lamps in theinstrument cluster display are reminders ofupcoming service due dates:

R¯: minor service.R°: major service.Monochrome display: the indicator lampflashes for a few seconds after the engine isstarted. Depending on the operating condi-tions of the vehicle, the time or distanceremaining until the service is due, is alsodisplayed.

168 Observing service due dates>>

Mai

nte

nan

ce a

nd

car

e.

The service interval is based on normaloperation of the vehicle. Observe the fol-lowing if the vehicle is operated underarduous conditions or increased loads, e.g.regular city driving with frequent inter-mediate stops:

X Carry out service work more often thanspecified by the service interval.

X Have the air filter, engine oil and oil fil-ter changed more frequently.

X Check the tyres more frequently.

Current information on the type of servicecan be obtained at a smart centre or aqualified specialist workshop.

Parking up the vehicle

! Please note that if the vehicle is notused for prolonged periods, vehicle dam-age may occur and the battery may dis-charge or become damaged.

X Visit a qualified specialist workshop for aconsultation.

Parking up the vehicle 169

>> M

ain

ten

ance

an

d c

are.

Z

Securing the vehicle in the event ofan accident or a breakdown

Securing the vehicle

! When a tyre is damaged, the dangerarea must be kept clear of all persons.

X Stop the vehicle away from traffic onsolid, non-slippery ground.

X Switch on the hazard warning lights.X Turn the front wheels to the straight-

ahead position.X Switch off the engine.X Passengers should leave the vehicle.X Secure the vehicle against rolling away.X Set up the warning triangle.

In the event of a flat tyre, without TIREFITthe vehicle cannot be made roadworthyagain using the on-board equipment. Noemergency call can be made via the smartAudio-System. The vehicle owner and thedriver of the vehicle are responsible forequipping the vehicle with an appropriatebreakdown kit and seeking assistance inthe event of a breakdown.

Switching the hazard warning lampson and off

When the hazard warning lamps areswitched on, all the turn signal lamps flash.The hazard warning lamps automaticallyswitch on in the following cases:

Ran airbag is deployed.Rthe vehicle decelerates rapidly from a

speed of above 70 km/h and comes to astandstill.

The hazard warning lamps switch off auto-matically if the vehicle reaches a speed ofabove 10 km/h again after a full brakeapplication.

X To switch on the hazard warning lampsmanually: press button :.

Securing the vehicle against rollingaway

Securing on level ground

X When changing a wheel, place chocks orother suitable items under the front andrear of the wheel that is diagonally oppo-site the wheel you wish to change.

Securing on a downhill gradient

170 Securing the vehicle in the event of an accident or a breakdown>>

Dea

lin

g w

ith

acc

iden

ts a

nd

bre

akd

own

s.

X Place wheel chocks or other suitableitems in front of the wheels of the frontand rear axle.

Using the warning triangle

Removing the warning triangle

Warning triangle : is secured behind thedriver's seat backrest with a Velcro fas-tener.

X Fold the driver's seat forwards.X Remove warning triangle :.

Setting up the warning triangle

X Fold feet 3 out to the side.X Pull side reflectors 2 upwards to form a

triangle.X Connect the reflectors using upper stud1.

X Place the warning triangle at a suitabledistance.

Using a reflective safety jacket

Notes on reflective safety jackets

: Maximum number of washes; Maximum wash temperature= Do not bleach? Do not ironA Do not use a tumble dryerB Do not dry-cleanC This is a class 2 jacket

The reflective safety jacket only meets therequirements defined by the legal standardif it is the right size and fully closed whenin use.Replace the reflective safety jacket:

Rif it is damaged or there is irremovabledirt on the reflective stripesRif you exceed the maximum number of

washesRif the fluorescence has faded

Removing the reflective safety jacket

The reflective safety jacket is located instowage compartment : of the front-passenger door. Reflective safety jackets

Securing the vehicle in the event of an accident or a breakdown 171

>> D

eali

ng

wit

h a

ccid

ents

an

d b

reak

dow

ns.

can also be stored in the rear door stowagecompartments.

X To remove: take out the safety jacket bagcontaining the reflective safety jacket.

X Open the safety jacket bag and take outthe reflective safety jacket.

X To stow: fold the reflective safety jacket,roll it up and stow it in the safety jacketbag.

X Replace the safety jacket bag in stowagecompartment :.

Removing the first-aid kit

i Check the expiry date on the first-aidkit at least once a year. Replace the con-tents if necessary, and replace any miss-ing parts.

First-aid kit : is secured behind the driv-er's seat backrest with a Velcro fastener.Return it to this location after use.

X Fold the driver's seat forwards.X Remove first-aid kit :.

Removing the fire extinguisher

The fire extinguisher is located underneaththe front passenger seat.

Removing the vehicle tool tray

The towing eye and the TIREFIT kit arelocated in the vehicle tool tray under theglove compartment.

X Remove bolts in the front-passengerfootwell.

X Remove the vehicle tool tray.

Sealing tyres using the TIREFIT kit

Useful information

The tyre sealant is pumped into the tyre.TIREFIT is a tyre sealant. TIREFIT is used toseal punctures of up to 4 mm, particularlythose in the tyre tread, at outside tempera-tures down to -20 †.

i The tyre inflation compressor weighsapproximately 0.7 kg.

At a distance of approximately 60 cm fromthe tyre inflation compressor, the followingsound pressure level applies:

RX-axis: 82.9 dB (A)RY-axis: 84.3 dB (A)RZ-axis: 84.1 dB (A)The tyre inflation compressor is mainte-nance-free. If there is a malfunction, con-tact a qualified specialist workshop.

172 Sealing tyres using the TIREFIT kit>>

Dea

lin

g w

ith

acc

iden

ts a

nd

bre

akd

own

s.

Please note

G WARNING

In the following situations, the tyre seal-ant is unable to provide sufficient break-down assistance, as it is unable to sealthe tyre properly:

Rthere are cuts or punctures in the tyrelarger than those mentioned above.

Rthe wheel rim is damaged.

Ryou have driven at very low tyre pres-sures or on a flat tyre.


Do not drive any further. Contact a quali-fied specialist workshop.

G WARNING

The tyre sealant is harmful and causesirritation. It must not come into contactwith your skin, eyes or clothing or beswallowed. Do not inhale TIREFIT fumes.Keep tyre sealant away from children.There is a risk of injury.

If you come into contact with the tyresealant, observe the following:

RRinse off the tyre sealant from yourskin immediately with water.

RIf the tyre sealant comes into contactwith your eyes, immediately rinse themthoroughly with clean water.

RIf tyre sealant is swallowed, immedi-ately rinse your mouth out thoroughlyand drink plenty of water. Do notinduce vomiting, and seek medicalattention immediately.

RImmediately change out of clothingwhich has come into contact with tyresealant.

RIf an allergic reaction occurs, seekmedical attention immediately.

G WARNING

A tyre temporarily sealed with tyre seal-ant impairs the vehicle's driving charac-teristics and is not suitable for driving at

higher speeds. There is a risk of an acci-dent.

Adapt your driving style accordingly anddrive carefully. Do not exceed the maxi-mum permissible speed for a tyre sealedwith tyre sealant.

The maximum permissible speed for a tyresealed with tyre sealant is 80 km/h.

! After use, excess tyre sealant may runout of the filler hose. This could causestains.Therefore, place the filler hose in theplastic bag that contained the TIREFITkit.


Have the used tyre sealant bottle dis-posed of professionally, e.g. at a qualifiedspecialist workshop.

Comply with the manufacturer's safetyinstructions on the sticker on the tyreinflation compressor.

Using tyre sealant

X Leave foreign bodies which have pene-trated the tyre in the tyre.

X Remove the vehicle tool tray.X Remove the TIREFIT kit, consisting of a

tyre sealant bottle and a tyre inflationcompressor, from the vehicle tool kit.

X Affix the 80 km/h maximum speed stickerto the instrument cluster within the driv-er's field of vision.

Sealing tyres using the TIREFIT kit 173

>> D

eali

ng

wit

h a

ccid

ents

an

d b

reak

dow

ns.

Z

X Unwind plug : with the cable from tyreinflation compressor ;.

X Remove hose A from the bottom sectionof tyre inflation compressor ;.

X Unscrew the cap from tyre sealant bot-tle ?.

X Connect hose A.

X Remove the valve flap from valve E onthe faulty tyre.

X Unscrew the cap from filler hose =.X Screw filler hose = onto valve E.X Insert connector : into the cigarette

lighter socket or the 12 V socket.X Turn the key to position 1 in the igni-

tion lock.X Press on/off switch B on tyre inflation

compressor ; to position 1.The tyre sealant is pumped into the tyre.The pressure may briefly rise to approx-imately 600 kPa (6.0 bar/87 psi) in pres-sure gauge C.

i Preventing damage to the tyre inflationcompressorDo not switch off the tyre inflation com-pressor during this phase.

X Let the tyre inflation compressor run fora maximum of 15 minutes, then allow it tocool down.

The tyre pressure must be at least 180 kPa(1.8 bar/26 psi) in pressure gauge C.Allow any leaking tyre sealant to dry. It canthen be removed like a layer of film.Have any clothing stained with tyre sealantcleaned as soon as possible with perchloro-ethylene.

Further procedure if the pressure ofthe sealed tyre is below 180 kPa

G WARNING

If the specified tyre pressure still cannotbe reached, the tyre is too badly dam-aged. The tyre sealant cannot repair thetyre in this instance. Damaged tyres andlow tyre pressures can significantlyimpair the vehicle's braking and drivingcharacteristics. There is a risk of an acci-dent.

Do not drive any further. Contact a quali-fied specialist workshop.

X Switch off the tyre inflation compressor.X Unscrew the filler hose from the valve of

the defective tyre.Please note that tyre sealant may escapewhen unscrewing.

X Slowly move the vehicle approximately10 m forwards or backwards.

X Pump up the tyre again.After a maximum of 15 minutes, the tyrepressure must be at least 180 kPa(1.8 bar/26 psi).

Further procedure if the pressure ofthe sealed tyre is at least 180 kPa

X Switch off the tyre inflation compressor.X Unscrew the hose from the valve of the

defective tyre.Please note that tyre sealant may escapewhen unscrewing.

X Stow the tyre sealant bottle and the tyreinflation compressor.

X Perform a test drive.The maximum permissible speed for atyre sealed with tyre sealant is 80 km/h.

X Stop after driving for approximately 3 kmand check the tyre pressure with the tyreinflation compressor.The tyre pressure must now be at least130 kPa (1.3 bar/19 psi). The precise val-ues are located on the door pillar (B-pil-lar) on the driver's side.

X If necessary, adjust the tyre pressure.

174 Sealing tyres using the TIREFIT kit>>

Dea

lin

g w

ith

acc

iden

ts a

nd

bre

akd

own

s.

X Unscrew the filler hose from the valve onthe sealed tyre.Please note that tyre sealant may escapewhen unscrewing.

X Screw the valve cap onto the valve of thesealed tyre.

X Pull the tyre sealant bottle out of the tyreinflation compressor. The filler hosestays on the tyre sealant bottle.

X Drive to the nearest qualified specialistworkshop and have the tyre changedthere.

X Have the tyre sealant bottle and fillerhose replaced as soon as possible at aqualified specialist workshop.

Adjusting the tyre pressure

Increasing the tyre pressure

X Switch on the tyre inflation compressor.X Observe the display.

Reducing the tyre pressure

X Press button : next to pressuregauge ;.

i Even unused tyre sealant loses itseffectiveness over time.Have the tyre sealant bottle replacedevery four years at a qualified specialistworkshop.

Jump-starting and charging the bat-tery

Please note

G WARNING

Work carried out incorrectly on the bat-tery can lead, for example, to a short cir-cuit and thus damage the vehicle elec-tronics. This can lead to function restric-tions applying to safety-relevant sys-tems, e.g the lighting system, the ABS

(anti-lock braking system) or the ESP®

(Electronic Stability Program). The oper-ating safety of your vehicle may berestricted.

You could lose control of the vehicle, forexample:

Rwhen braking

Rin the event of abrupt steeringmanoeuvres and/or when the vehicle'sspeed is not adapted to the road condi-tions


In the event of a short circuit or a similarincident, contact a qualified specialistworkshop immediately. Do not drive anyfurther. Always have work on the batterycarried out at a qualified specialist work-shop.

Further information about ABS (Y page 57)and ESP® (Y page 60).

G WARNING

During charging and jump-starting,explosive gases can escape from the bat-tery. There is a risk of an explosion.

Particularly avoid fire, naked flames, cre-ating sparks and smoking. Ensure thereis sufficient ventilation while chargingand jump-starting. Do not lean over abattery.

G WARNING

During the charging process, a batteryproduces hydrogen gas. If a short circuit

Jump-starting and charging the battery 175

>> D

eali

ng

wit

h a

ccid

ents

an

d b

reak

dow

ns.

Z

occurs or sparks are created, the hydro-gen gas can ignite. There is a risk of anexplosion.

RMake sure that the positive terminal ofa connected battery does not come intocontact with vehicle parts.

RNever place metal objects or tools on abattery.

RIt is important that you observe thedescribed order of the battery termi-nals when connecting and disconnect-ing a battery.

RWhen jump-starting, make sure thatthe battery poles with identical polar-ity are connected.

RIt is particularly important to observethe described order when connectingand disconnecting the jump leads.

RNever connect or disconnect the bat-tery terminals while the engine is run-ning.

G WARNING

Electrostatic build-up can lead to thecreation of sparks, which could ignite thehighly explosive gases of a battery. Thereis a risk of an explosion.

Before handling the battery, touch thevehicle body to remove any existing elec-trostatic build-up.

The build up of an electrostatic charge maybe caused by the following:

Rwearing synthetic-fibre clothingRclothing rubbing against the seatRmoving the battery over carpet or other

synthetic materialsRrubbing the battery with a cloth

G WARNING

Battery acid is caustic. There is a risk ofinjury.

Avoid contact with the skin, eyes orclothing. Do not breathe in any batterygases. Do not lean over the battery. Keepthe batteries out of the reach of children.

Immediately rinse off battery acid thor-oughly with plenty of clean water andseek medical attention at once.

G WARNING

A discharged battery can freeze at tem-peratures below freezing point. Whenjump-starting the vehicle or charging thebattery, gases can escape from the bat-tery. There is a risk of an explosion.

Allow the frozen battery to thaw outbefore charging it or jump-starting.

Observe the following at low temperatures:

RIf the indicator/warning lamps in theinstrument cluster do not light up attemperatures around or below freezingpoint, the discharged battery may havefrozen. In this case do not jump-start thevehicle or charge the battery.RThe service life of a battery that has been

thawed may be reduced drastically.RThe starting characteristics may be

impaired, especially at low temperatures.RHave the thawed battery checked at a

qualified specialist workshop.

! Have the battery regularly checked at aqualified specialist workshop.Observe the service intervals in the Ser-vice Booklet or contact a qualified spe-cialist workshop for more information.

Have the battery charge checked more fre-quently if you use the vehicle mainly forshort trips, or if the vehicle has beenparked for an extended period of time.

! Always have work on the battery car-ried out at a qualified specialist work-shop. Should it, in exceptional circum-stances, be absolutely necessary to dis-connect the battery yourself, pleaseobserve the following:Rswitch off the engine and remove the

key. Check that all the indicator lampson the instrument cluster are off. Oth-erwise, you may damage electroniccomponents such as the alternator, forexample.Rfirst, disconnect the negative terminal

clamp, followed by the positive termi-

176 Jump-starting and charging the battery>>

Dea

lin

g w

ith

acc

iden

ts a

nd

bre

akd

own

s.

nal clamp. Never swap the terminalclamps. There is otherwise a risk ofdamaging the vehicle electronics.Rin vehicles with automatic transmis-

sion, the transmission is locked inposition j after the battery is discon-nected. The vehicle is secured againstrolling away. You cannot move thevehicle.

The battery and the cover of the positiveterminal clamp must be fitted securelyduring operation.

! If a low on-board voltage, such as poorlighting, occurs or is displayed in the3 display when the ignition isswitched on, do not start the vehicle. Astarting attempt could otherwise damagethe batteries if they are cold or not fullycharged.

! Avoid repeated and lengthy startingattempts. Otherwise, the catalytic con-verter could be damaged by the non-combusted fuel.


Batteries contain pollu-tants. It is illegal to dis-pose of them with thehousehold rubbish. Theymust be collected sepa-rately and disposed of inan environmentallyresponsible recyclingsystem.

Dispose of batteries in anenvironmentally respon-sible manner. Take dis-charged batteries to aqualified specialist work-shop or to a collectionpoint for used batteries.

For safety reasons, smart recommendsusing only batteries which have beenapproved for your vehicle by smart. Thesebatteries provide increased leakage protec-tion in the event of an accident.

Comply with the following safety instruc-tions and protective measures when han-dling batteries.

WARNING

Fire, naked flames and smokingare prohibited when handling thebattery. Avoid creating sparks.

Battery acid is caustic. Avoidcontact with the skin, eyes orclothing.Wear suitable protective cloth-ing; in particular gloves, anapron and a face mask.Immediately rinse acid splashesoff with clean water. Consult adoctor if necessary.Wear protective eyewear.

Keep children away.

Observe the Owner's Manual.

Jump-starting

When jump-starting, observe the followingrules:

RAvoid multiple or lengthy startingattempts.RDo not use a rapid charging device to

start the vehicle.RYou may only jump-start the vehicle

when the engine and exhaust system arecold.RFor jump-starting, only use batteries

with a nominal voltage of 12 V.ROnly use jump leads that have a suffi-

cient cross-section and insulated termi-nal clamps.RIf the battery is fully discharged, leave

the donor battery connected for a few

Jump-starting and charging the battery 177

>> D

eali

ng

wit

h a

ccid

ents

an

d b

reak

dow

ns.

Z

minutes before attempting to start. Thischarges the empty battery a little.RMake sure that the two vehicles do not

touch.RMake sure that the jump leads are not

damaged.RDo not allow non-insulated parts of the

terminal clamps to come into contactwith other metal parts while the jumpleads are connected to the battery.RThe jump leads must not come into con-

tact with parts which can move when theengine is running, e.g. the wiper rods orthe fan.

X Secure the vehicle using the parkingbrake.

X Switch off all electrical consumers, e.g.rear window heating or lighting.

X Turn the key to position g in the igni-tion lock.

X Remove the key from ignition lock.X Open the service cover (Y page 150)

A Charged donor battery or an equivalentjump-starting device

X Remove the protective cap from positiveterminal : of your battery.

X First connect positive terminal : of yourbattery to positive terminal ; of donorbattery A using the jump lead.

X Start the engine of the donor vehicle andrun it at idling speed.

X First connect negative terminal = ofdonor battery A and then negative ter-minal ? of your battery using the jumplead.

X Start the engine.X Before disconnecting the jump leads, let

both engines run for several minutes.

X To disconnect the jump leads, follow thesequence in reverse.

X Attach the protective cap to positive ter-minal :.

X Have the battery checked at a qualifiedspecialist workshop.

The battery is not accessible in all vehicles.If the other vehicle's battery is not accessi-ble, jump-start the vehicle using a donorbattery or a jump-starting device.

Charging the battery

In order to prevent damage, observe thefollowing requirements:

ROnly use battery chargers with a maxi-mum charging voltage of 14.8 V.ROnly charge the battery using a battery

charger approved by smart.When using another battery charger,remove the battery before charging.RObserve the operating instructions for

the battery charger.

X Open the service cover. (Y page 150)X Remove the protective cap from the posi-

tive terminal on the battery.X Connect the positive terminal on the bat-

tery to the positive terminal on the bat-tery charger.

X Connect the negative terminal on thebattery charger to the negative terminalon the battery.

The vehicle battery should always be suffi-ciently charged to achieve the maximumpossible service life. The battery may dis-charge over time if the vehicle is not used.To charge the battery, a battery chargerrecommended by smart can be connected.If the vehicle is unused for an extendedperiod, the battery should be checked fre-quently or disconnected at a qualified spe-cialist workshop.A battery charger adapted to and approvedby smart allows the charging of the batteryin its installed position. Further informa-tion is available from any smart Centre.

178 Jump-starting and charging the battery>>

Dea

lin

g w

ith

acc

iden

ts a

nd

bre

akd

own

s.

Towing and tow-starting the vehicle

Please note

G WARNING

Safety relevant functions are restrictedor no longer available if:

Rthe engine is not running

Rthe brake system or power steering ismalfunctioning

Rthere is a malfunction in the voltagesupply or the vehicle's electrical sys-tem

When your vehicle is towed away ortowed started, you may require consider-ably more effort to steer and brake. Thereis a risk of an accident.

In such cases use a rigid towing bar.Before being towed away or tow started,make sure the steering moves freely.

G WARNING

If the steering wheel lock is engaged, thevehicle can no longer be steered. There isa risk of an accident.

Always switch on the ignition when tow-ing with a tow rope or a towing bar.

G WARNING

When towing or tow-starting anothervehicle and its weight is greater than thepermissible gross weight of your vehicle,the:

Rtowing eye may be torn off

Rcar/trailer combination may swerve oreven overturn


When towing or tow-starting anothervehicle, its weight should not be greaterthan the permissible gross weight of yourvehicle.

Information on the vehicle's permissiblegross weight can be found on the vehicleidentification plate (Y page 211).

! Observe the following points when tow-ing with a tow rope:

Rsecure the tow rope on the same side onboth vehicles.Rmake sure that the tow rope is not lon-

ger than legally permitted. Mark thetow rope in the middle, e.g. with awhite cloth (30 x 30 cm). This makesother road users aware that a vehicle isbeing towed.Ronly secure the tow rope to the towing

eye.Robserve the brake lamps of the towing

vehicle while driving. Always maintaina distance so that the tow rope does notsag.Rdo not use steel cables or chains to tow

your vehicle. You could otherwise dam-age the vehicle.

! Do not use the towing eyes for recoverypurposes as this could damage the vehi-cle. If in doubt, recover the vehicle with acrane.

! Pull away smoothly when towing awayor tow-starting a vehicle. If the tractivepower is too high, the vehicles could bedamaged.

! You may tow the vehicle for a maximumof 50 km. A towing speed of 50 km/h mustnot be exceeded.For towing distances over 50 km, theentire vehicle must be lifted up andtransported.

Observe the legal requirements for the rel-evant countries when towing and tow start-ing.Preference should be given to transportingrather than towing.Vehicles with automatic transmission: thetransmission must be in position i whenthe vehicle is being towed.

i Before the vehicle is towed, switch offthe automatic locking feature. The drivercould otherwise be locked out whenpushing or having the vehicle towed.

i Vehicles with the basic carrier fitted:Do not tow the vehicle with the basic car-rier fitted.

Towing and tow-starting the vehicle 179

>> D

eali

ng

wit

h a

ccid

ents

an

d b

reak

dow

ns.

Z

Do not secure the tow rope or tow bar tothe basic carrier.

Vehicles with automatic transmission:observe the notes on the selector leverwhen towing away the vehicle.

Fitting the towing eye

The towing eye can be attached to the frontor rear of the vehicle.

X Remove the towing eye from the vehicletool tray.

X Carefully prise off cover : on the vehi-cle.

X Screw in the towing eye to the stop.

Towing the vehicle with both axles onthe ground

Vehicles with automatic transmission:

X Turn the key to position 2 in the igni-tion lock.


X Shift the automatic transmission to posi-tion i.The selector lever lock can be manuallyreleased in the event of an electricalmalfunction.

X Release the brake pedal.X Release the parking brake.X Switch on the hazard warning lights.

Vehicles with manual transmission:

X Leave the key in position 2 in the igni-tion lock.

X Release the brake pedal.X Release the parking brake.X Switch on the hazard warning lights.

Towing the vehicle with the rear axleraised

X Switch on the hazard warning lights.X Deactivate automatic door locking.X Turn the front wheels to the straight-

ahead position.X Vehicles with automatic transmission:

turn the key to position 2 in the igni-tion lock.

X Vehicles with automatic transmission:shift the transmission to position j.

X Vehicles with manual transmission:depress the clutch pedal fully and selectneutral.

X Turn the key to position u in the igni-tion lock and remove it.

Transporting the vehicle

! Only secure the vehicle by the wheelsor rims, not by parts of the vehicle suchas the axle or steering components. Oth-erwise the vehicle could be damaged.

X Vehicles with automatic transmission:turn the key to position 2 in the igni-tion lock. Shift the transmission to posi-tion i.

X Vehicles with manual transmission:depress the clutch pedal fully and selectneutral.

180 Towing and tow-starting the vehicle>>

Dea

lin

g w

ith

acc

iden

ts a

nd

bre

akd

own

s.

As soon as the vehicle is loaded:

X Apply the parking brake.X Vehicles with automatic transmission:

shift the transmission to position j.X Vehicles with manual transmission:

engage first gear.X Remove the key.X Lash down the vehicle.

Emergency engine starting by towstarting

The following conditions must be metbefore tow starting:

RThe battery is connected.RThe engine has cooled down.RThe exhaust system has cooled down.X Switch on the hazard warning lights.X Fit the towing eye.X Attach the tow bar or tow rope.X Depress the brake pedal and keep it

depressed.X Turn the key to position 2 in the igni-

tion lock.X Vehicles with automatic transmission:

activate manual gearshifting.X Vehicles with manual transmission:

depress the clutch pedal fully, engagesecond gear and keep the clutch pedalfully depressed.

X Release the brake pedal.X Tow start the vehicle.X Vehicles with automatic transmission:

push the selector lever forwards towardsq until the engine starts. Do not depressthe accelerator pedal while doing so.

X Vehicles with manual transmission: with-out depressing the accelerator pedal,release the clutch pedal slowly.

X Vehicles with manual transmission: whenthe engine is started, immediatelydepress the clutch pedal fully and selectneutral.

X Keep the engine running by accelerating.X Pull over at a suitable place and stop the

vehicle safely, paying attention to roadand traffic conditions.

X Apply the parking brake.

X Remove the tow bar or tow rope.X Remove the towing eye.

Removing the towing eye

X Loosen the towing eye and unscrew it.X Attach the cover to the recess at the top

and engage it at the bottom.X Stow the towing eye in the vehicle tool

tray.

Manually releasing the selector leverlock

In cases of an electrical fault the selectorlever lock can be manually deactivated, e.g.if the parking lock has been deactivated fortowing and should subsequently be re-applied.

! Do not use any sharp-edged objects toprise out the cover from the centre con-sole. Otherwise, the cover or the centreconsole could be damaged.

X Apply the parking brake.X Open the drawer on the front-passenger

side.X Prise out cover : on the centre console

from bottom edge ; using with a flat,blunt object.

X Pull cover : in the direction of thearrow.

Manually releasing the selector lever lock 181

>> D

eali

ng

wit

h a

ccid

ents

an

d b

reak

dow

ns.

Z

X Pull yellow release = behind the trim upand simultaneously press release but-ton ? on the selector lever.

X Shift the gear selector lever to positioni or j.

Replacing the bulbs

Please note

G WARNING

Bulbs, lamps and plug connectors canbecome very hot during use. Whenreplacing a bulb, you could burn yourselfon these components. There is a risk ofinjury.

Allow these components to cool downbefore replacing the bulb.

G WARNING

The radiator fan may continue to move orsuddenly move again even after theengine is switched off. There is a risk ofinjury.

If you have to carry out work in the frontcompartment:

Rswitch off the ignition

Rremove jewellery and watches

Rnever touch the rotation area of the fan

Rkeep items of clothing and hair, forexample, away from the fan

Observe the following rules when replacingbulbs:

ROnly replace bulbs when the engine isswitched off.RDo not use bulbs that have been dropped

or show signs of visible damage, e.g.scratches.RDo not touch the glass bulb with your

bare hands.ROnly use bulbs in enclosed lamps

designed for that purpose.ROnly fit spare bulbs of the same type and

with a specified voltage.RDo not allow bulbs to come into contact

with moisture.RHave LEDs changed at qualified specialist

workshops only.Change only the bulbs described belowyourself in accordance with the specifiedbulb types.

Replacing front bulbs

Changing dipped-beam and main-beamheadlamps

X Switch off the lights.X Open the service cover.X Remove cover :.X Pull out the connector.X Press retainer ; inwards and to the left.X Pull the bulb out.X Insert the new bulb.X Lock retainer ;.X Insert the connector.X Replace and engage cap :.

182 Replacing the bulbs>>

Dea

lin

g w

ith

acc

iden

ts a

nd

bre

akd

own

s.

Replacing the front turn signal lamps

X Switch off the lights.X Turn the respective front wheel inwards.X Push clamp : downwards.X Remove cover ; upwards.X Turn the bulb holder anti-clockwise and

remove it.X Remove the bulb from the bulb holder.X Insert the new bulb.X Insert the bulb holder and turn it clock-

wise until it engages.X Insert and engage cover ;.

Replacing the side turn signal lamps

X Carefully insert a flat tool into recess :.X Prise out side turn signal ;.X Unscrew the bulb from the bulb holder.X Insert the new bulb into the bulb holder.X Refit side turn signal ;.

Replacing rear bulbs

Replacing the tail lamp bulbs

Tail lamps without partial LEDs

: Rear/brake lamp; Rear fog lamp= Reversing lamp? Turn signals

Tail lamps with partial LEDs

: Turn signals; Reversing lamp

Removing the tail lamp cover

Replacing the bulbs 183

>> D

eali

ng

wit

h a

ccid

ents

an

d b

reak

dow

ns.

Z

X Switch off the lights.X smart fortwo: open the upper and lower

tailgate.X smart fortwo cabrio: open the lower tail-

gate.X smart fortwo cabrio: fold the rear soft top

up.X Loosen screws :.X Remove the tail lamp.X Carefully insert a flat tool under the

plastic hanger on the tail lamp.X Lift the connector and remove it.

Replacing a faulty tail lamp bulb

: Rear lamp/brake lamp (vehicles withoutpartial LEDs)

; Turn signals= Reversing lamp? Rear fog lamp (vehicles without partial

LEDs)

X Release four tabs A on the bulb holder.X Remove the bulb holder.X Pull the faulty bulb out.X Insert the new bulb.X Refit the bulb holder.X Insert the connector.X Insert the tail lamp until you hear it

engage.X Tighten the screws on the tail lamp.

Replacing the licence plate lighting

X Insert a flat tool into recess :.X Remove the cover from the licence plate

lamp.X Remove the bulb from the holder.X Insert the new bulb into the holder.X Insert the lamp lens into the licence plate

lamp.

Replacing the interior lighting

X Insert a flat tool into the recess.X Prise out lamp lens :.X Remove the bulb from the holder.X Insert the new bulb into the holder.X Refit the lamp lens.

Replacing fuses

Please note

G WARNING

If you manipulate, bridge or replace afaulty fuse with a fuse of a higher amper-

184 Replacing fuses>>

Dea

lin

g w

ith

acc

iden

ts a

nd

bre

akd

own

s.

age, the electric cables could be overloa-ded. This may result in a fire. There is arisk of an accident and injury.

Always replace faulty fuses with speci-fied new fuses of the correct amperage.

! Only use fuses that have been approvedfor smart vehicles and which have thecorrect fuse rating for the system con-cerned. Components or systems couldotherwise be damaged.

! Make sure that no moisture can enterthe fuse box when the cover is open.

The electrical fuses disconnect defectivecircuits. If a fuse blows, all the connectedcomponents and their functions will fail.Blown fuses must be replaced with fuses ofthe same rating, which you can recogniseby the colour and fuse rating. The fuse rat-ings are listed in the fuse allocation chart(Y page 214).If new fuses blow, the cause for this mustbe diagnosed and rectified at a qualifiedspecialist workshop.

Preparing the vehicle to replace afuse

X Apply the parking brake.X Switch off all electrical consumers.X Turn the key to position u in the igni-

tion lock and remove it.X Check whether all indicator lamps in the

instrument cluster are off.

Replacing a fuse (left-hand drivevehicle)

! Do not use a pointed object such as ascrewdriver to open the cover in thedashboard. You could damage the dash-board or the cover.

X Open the front-passenger door.X Open the glove compartment.X To open: open cover : in the direction of

the arrow.X Replace the faulty fuse.X To close: insert and fold in cover : until

it engages.X Close the glove compartment.

Replacing a fuse (right-hand drivevehicle)

X Open the driver's door.X To open: turn quick-release fastener ;

by 90° using a suitable object.X Fold down cover :.X Replace the faulty fuse.X To close: close cover :.X Close quick-release fastener ;.

Replacing fuses 185

>> D

eali

ng

wit

h a

ccid

ents

an

d b

reak

dow

ns.

Z

Replacing the key battery

G WARNING

Batteries contain toxic and corrosivesubstances. If batteries are swallowed, itcan result in severe health problems.There is a risk of fatal injury.

Keep batteries out of the reach of chil-dren. If a battery is swallowed, seek med-ical attention immediately.


Batteries contain pollu-tants. It is illegal to dis-pose of them with thehousehold rubbish. Theymust be collected sepa-rately and disposed of inan environmentallyresponsible recyclingsystem.

Dispose of batteries in anenvironmentally respon-sible manner. Take dis-charged batteries to aqualified specialist work-shop or to a collectionpoint for used batteries.

X Fixed keys: unscrew screw :.

X Insert a flat tool, e.g. a coin, into therecess.

X Turn the tool until the cover of the bat-tery tray opens.

X Replace battery ; with the positive ter-minal facing upwards.

X Replace the cover on the battery tray andpush it closed.

X Fixed keys: screw in screw :.X Check the function of all key buttons.

Open a door with the emergencyrelease.

186 Open a door with the emergency release.>>

Dea

lin

g w

ith

acc

iden

ts a

nd

bre

akd

own

s.

If the vehicle cannot be opened using theremote control key, the vehicle can beopened using the emergency release.If the driver's door is unlocked and openedwith the key in the emergency release, theanti-theft alarm system will issue analarm. To disable the alarm, switch on theignition.

X Carefully remove the cover from theemergency release.

X Insert the key into the emergency releaseon the driver's door.

X Turn the key anti-clockwise.X Remove the key from the lock.X Push the cover into the emergency

release until it engages.X Open the door.X To disable the alarm from the anti-theft

alarm system: switch on the ignition.

On right-hand-drive vehicles, the emer-gency release is located on the front-passenger door.

Locking the doors in an emergency

Locking the doors with the lockingbutton

X Open the driver's door.X Close the other doors and the tailgate.X Press and hold button :. An audible

locking and unlocking sound can beheard. Wait until the third (locking)sound, before releasing button :.When the doors are locked, indicatorlamp ; lights up.

X Leave the vehicle and close the driver'sdoor.

The doors, tailgate and fuel filler cap arelocked. The anti-theft alarm system isprimed.

X From the outside, check that the doors,tailgate and fuel filler cap are locked.

Locking the doors with the emergencylocking

X Insert the key into slot : on the leftdoor.

X Turn the key towards the bonnet as far asit will go to position 2.

X Close the left door.X Repeat the procedure described above on

the right door.X Check that the doors are locked.

i If you lock the vehicle using the emer-gency locking, the tailgate and fuel fillerflap are not locked. The anti-theft alarmsystem is not primed.

Locking the doors in an emergency 187

>> D

eali

ng

wit

h a

ccid

ents

an

d b

reak

dow

ns.

Z

Notes on display messages

The display shows warnings, malfunctionsor additional information. A warning tonealso sounds with some display messages.Messages from all categories can containimportant information that must beobserved. Have error messages checked at aMercedes-Benz Service Centre as soon aspossible. If an error message is not followedup with a repair, this can lead to damagethat is not covered by the Mercedes-BenzLimited Warranty including injuries ormaterial damage.

Display messages with graphic symbols aresimplified in the Owner's Manual and maydiffer from the symbols in the display.Colour display: low-priority display mes-sages can be hidden by pressing a onthe steering wheel. High-priority messagesare shown in red. The display messages arethen stored in the message memory and canbe called up for as long as the ignitionremains switched on. Switching off theignition clears the message memory.

Locking and unlocking

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

The key does not lockor unlock the vehicle.

A strong source of radio waves is interfering with the signal.

X Stand closer to the door lock and try to lock/unlock the vehi-cle again.

Key battery is low or discharged.

X Unlock the vehicle with the key in the emergency release orlock the vehicle with emergency locking.

X Replace the key battery.

Key is faulty.To lock:

X Press the locking button and close the door withinfive seconds.

The vehicle still will not lock.

X Lock driver's door using emergency locking.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

To unlock:

X Unlock vehicle with the key in the emergency release.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Key is lost. X Have the key deactivated or replaced at a qualified specialistworkshop.

X Report loss of the key to vehicle insurer.

Side window will notclose or will not openor close fully.

Objects are obstructing the window guide.

X Remove objects.

188 Locking and unlocking>>

Pra

ctic

al a

dvi

ce.


Side window is not reset.

G WARNING

While closing the side windows, body parts in the closingarea could become trapped. There is a risk of injury.

When closing make sure that no parts of the body are in theclosing area. If somebody becomes trapped, release theswitch or press the switch to open the side window again.

X Close all doors.X Turn the key to position 2 in the ignition lock.X Pull the switch for closing the window until the window is

closed, and then push the switch for one second.

The side window opens again a little way.

X Repeat previous step until the window remains closed afterreleasing the switch.

Fuel filler flap will notopen.

Fuel filler flap is not unlocked.

X Unlock vehicle.

Key battery is low or discharged.

X Unlock the vehicle using the emergency key element in theemergency release.

C Red warninglamp lights up.If the speed exceeds20 km/h, a warningtone also sounds.Colour display: thedisplay shows an opendoor/tailgate.

A door or the tailgate is open.

X Pull over and stop the vehicle, paying attention to road andtraffic conditions.

X Close all doors and the tailgate.

Locking and unlocking 189

>> P

ract

ical

ad

vice

.

Z

Vision, vehicle occupants, airbag


The exterior mirror isnot engaged.

The exterior mirror has been moved forwards or backwards byforce.

X Carefully move the exterior mirror to the correct position.

The windscreen wip-ers do not function.

The windscreen wipers are obstructed, e.g. by snow.


X Remove the key from ignition lock.X Remove the cause of the obstruction.X Switch the windscreen wipers on again after 30 seconds.

The windscreen wiper drive is malfunctioning.

X Select another wiper speed on the combination switch.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

The windscreen wip-ers will not stop oralways wipe at thesame speed.

The combination switch or rain sensor is malfunctioning.


X Remove the key from ignition lock.

X Insert the key into the ignition lock, turn to position 1 andstart the engine.

X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

The red 7 warninglamp lights up for 6seconds after startingthe engine (certaincountries only).A warning tonesounds.

The warning lamp prompts the driver and front passenger tofasten their seat belts.

X Fasten the seat belts.

The red 7 warninglamp lights up afterstarting the engine.

The driver or front passenger has not fastened their seat belt.


The red 7 warninglamp flashes.A warning tonesounds.

The driver or front passenger has not fastened their seat beltand the vehicle is travelling faster than 20 km/h.


190 Vision, vehicle occupants, airbag>>

Pra

ctic

al a

dvi

ce.


The red 6 warninglamp lights up whilethe engine is running.Colour display: Mal‐function Visit workshop appears.

The restraint system is malfunctioning.

G WARNING

If the restraint system is malfunctioning, restraint systemcomponents may be triggered unintentionally or might not betriggered as intended in the event of an accident. This mayapply to belt tensioners or airbags, for example. There is arisk of injury.

Have the restraint system checked and repaired immediatelyat a qualified specialist workshop.

The 4 indicatorlamp on the overheadcontrol panel lightsup.

The front-passenger front airbag has been disabled(Y page 43).

X Enable the front-passenger front airbag.

The front-passenger front airbag has not been disabled and ismalfunctioning.

X Do not use a rearward-facing child restraint system on thefront-passenger seat.

X Do not allow passengers to travel on the front-passengerseat.


The × indicatorlamp on the overheadcontrol panel lightsup.

The front-passenger front airbag is enabled (Y page 43). Theairbag system is operating correctly.

X Do not use a rearward-facing child restraint system on thefront-passenger seat.

The × indicatorlamp on the overheadcontrol panel does notlight up if the front-passenger front airbaghas been enabledmanually.

There is a malfunction in the airbag system.

X Do not allow passengers to travel on the front-passengerseat.


Vision, vehicle occupants, airbag 191

>> P

ract

ical

ad

vice

.

Z

Engine, brakes, transmission


The engine will notstart using the key.

The steering lock is manually locked.

X Remove the key from the ignition lock and then reinsert itinto the ignition lock.

X Turn the key.X Turn the steering wheel left and right.

The engine will notstart. The startermotor cannot beheard.

The on-board voltage is too low.

X Switch off electrical consumers that are not required.X Start the engine.

The engine still does not start.

X Jump-start the vehicle.

The engine will not start despite jump-starting.


The starter motor has overheated.

X Let the starter motor cool down for 2 minutes.

X Start the engine.

The engine still does not start.


The engine will notstart. The startermotor can be heard.

The engine electronics or fuel delivery system is malfunction-ing.

X Switch off the engine.X Start the engine.

Lengthy and frequent starting attempts will drain the battery.The engine will not start after several attempts.


The engine will notstart. The startermotor can be heard.The fuel tank gauge isat zero.

The fuel tank is empty.

X Refuel the vehicle.

Engine is not runningsmoothly and is mis-firing.

There is malfunction in the engine electronics or a mechanicalcomponent.

X Only depress the accelerator pedal slightly.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop immediately.

192 Engine, brakes, transmission>>

Pra

ctic

al a

dvi

ce.


Fuel leaking fromvehicle.

The fuel line or fuel tank is faulty.

G WARNING

Fuel is highly flammable. Risk of fire and explosion byimproper handling of fuel.

You must avoid fire, naked flames, smoking and creatingsparks. Switch off the ignition before refuelling and, if pres-ent, switch off the auxiliary heating.

X Turn the key to position u in the ignition lock and removeit.


The yellow ;warning lamp flasheswhile driving.

Risk of misfiring. The ignition system is malfunctioning.


The yellow ;warning lamp lightsup and engine outputis reduced.Colour display: Reduced power See Owner's Manualappears.

The engine is running in emergency mode. The ignition systemmay be malfunctioning.

X Drive on carefully.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

The yellow ;warning lamp lightsup while the engine isrunning.

There is a malfunction in one or more of the following compo-nents:

REngine managementRExhaust systemRFuel systemRAccelerator pedal sensor


8 lights up.Colour display:Low fuel levelappears.

The amount of fuel in the tank has reached the reserve range.

X Refuel as soon as possible.

Engine, brakes, transmission 193

>> P

ract

ical

ad

vice

.

Z


The red ? warninglamp lights up.A warning tonesounds.Colour display: Stop Switch off engineappears.

The coolant level is too low or the air supply to the engine radi-ator is restricted. The engine is not being cooled sufficientlyand the coolant temperature exceeds 110 †.

G WARNING

If you open the bonnet while the engine is overheating orwhile there is a fire in the engine compartment, you couldcome into contact with hot gases or other leaking serviceproducts. There is a danger of injury.

Allow an overheating engine to cool down before opening thebonnet. If there is a fire in the engine compartment, leave thebonnet closed and notify the fire brigade.

X Stop the vehicle, paying attention to road and traffic condi-tions, and switch off the engine.

X Leave the vehicle and allow the engine to cool down.X Make sure that the air supply to the engine radiator is not

blocked, e.g. by frozen slush.X Check the coolant level and top up if necessary.

The coolant level is sufficient. The electric engine radiator fanhas failed.


The red ? warninglamp lights up.A warning tonesounds.Stop Switch off motor appears.

The coolant is too hot.


X Switch off the engine.X Secure the vehicle against rolling away with the parking

brake.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.X Do not tow away the vehicle on its own wheels.

The red 5 warninglamp lights up whilethe engine is running.A warning tonesounds.Colour display: Stop Switch off engineappears.

The oil pressure is too low.

! Check the oil level regularly. If there is insufficient oil (oillevel is below the MIN mark), there is a risk of engine failure.


X Switch off the engine.X Check the engine oil level.X If necessary, top up the engine oil.


Pra

ctic

al a

dvi

ce.


The red J warninglamp lights up whilethe engine is running.A warning tonesounds.Colour display: Check brake fluid levelappears.

Brake fluid level is too low.

G WARNING

If the brake fluid level is too low the brake system may fail.There is a risk of an accident.

Stop the vehicle in accordance with the traffic conditions.Secure the vehicle by applying the parking brake. Do notdrive any further. Consult a qualified specialist workshopimmediately and have the brake system repaired.

Do not top up the brake fluid, as this will not rectify the fault.


The red J warninglamp lights up whiledriving.A warning tonesounds.Colour display:Release parking brake appears.

The parking brake is applied.

X Release the parking brake.

The yellow çwarning lamp lightsup while driving andwhen stationary.Colour display: Mal‐function See Own‐er's Manual appears.

The automatic start/stop system is malfunctioning and hasbeen automatically switched off.


The yellow çwarning lamp lightsup when stationary.

Not all conditions for the automatic start/stop system havebeen fulfilled.

X Please observe the conditions for the automatic start/stopsystem.

The green è indi-cator lamp flashesduring automaticengine switch-off.A warning tonesounds.Colour display: When exiting: remove keyappears.

Automatic start/stop system has automatically switched off theengine, the driver's door has been opened or a seat belt hasbeen unfastened.

X Close the driver's door.X Fasten the seat belts.X Restart the engine.

When leaving the vehicle:


X Remove the key from ignition lock.


>> P

ract

ical

ad

vice

.

Z


The green è indi-cator lamp flasheswhile the vehicle isstationary.

Vehicles with manual transmission: the vehicle is at a stand-still. No stop preventers are active. The clutch pedal is fullydepressed.The engine is not switched off automatically. The flashing indi-cator lamp is intended to remind you to activate the automaticstart/stop system in order to save fuel.

X Shift into neutral and release clutch pedal slowly.The engine is switched off automatically.

The green è indi-cator lamp flashes.Colour display: To start engine: oper‐ate the clutch again appears.

Vehicles with manual transmission: the engine has stalled.

X Depress the clutch pedal fully.X If the engine will not start, release the clutch pedal slowly.X Depress the clutch pedal again.

The green è indi-cator lamp flashes.Colour display: To start engine: shift to neutralappears.

Vehicles with manual transmission: the engine has stalled.

X Shift to neutral.The engine starts.

Monochrome display:i flashes in the mid-dle of the display.Colour display: To start engine: shift to neutral or depress clutchappears when startingthe engine.

Vehicles with manual transmission: a gear is engaged and theclutch pedal is not fully depressed when starting the engine.

X Depress the clutch pedal fully.

If the engine fails to start despite the clutch pedal being fullydepressed, then the clutch sensor is malfunctioning.


Colour display: To start engine: shift to neutralappears when theengine is started.

Vehicles with manual transmission: the clutch sensor is mal-functioning.

X Shift to neutral.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Monochrome display:i flashes in the mid-dle of the display.Colour display: Park‐ing lock malfunc‐tion. To park: apply parking brakeappears when startingthe engine.A warning tonesounds.

Vehicles with automatic transmission: the parking lock is mal-functioning. The vehicle is not secured against rolling away.

X Apply the parking brake to park.


Pra

ctic

al a

dvi

ce.


Monochrome display:i or j flash alter-nately in the middle ofthe display.Colour display: To start engine: shift to P or Nappears.

An attempt was made to start the engine with the transmissionin position h or k.

X Shift to j or i to start.

Monochrome display:i or h/k flashalternately in themiddle of the display.Colour display: To start engine: shift to N appears.

Vehicles with automatic transmission: the engine switches offwhile the vehicle is in motion.

X Select i to start.

Monochrome display:e flashes for15 seconds in the mid-dle of the display.Colour display: To start engine: apply brake appears.

Vehicles with automatic transmission: an attempt was made tostart the engine with the transmission in position i, withoutapplying the brake.

X Depress the brake pedal.

Monochrome display:j or h/k, i flashalternately.A warning tonesounds.Colour display: Risk of vehicle rolling away Transmission not in P appears.A warning tonesounds.

Vehicles with automatic transmission: the driver's door is openand the selector lever is in position k, i or h.

G WARNING

The vehicle may roll away.There is a risk of an accident.

X Shift to position j.X Switch off the engine.X Close the driver's door completely.

Monochrome display:S lights up.Colour display: Elec‐tronics malfunc‐tion Visit workshopappears.

Vehicles with manual transmission: the transmission electronicsare malfunctioning.The system deactivates the automatic start/stop system andcruise control.

X Depress clutch pedal fully to start the engine.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

S lights up.Colour display: Trans‐mission malfunc‐tion Visit workshopappears.

Vehicles with automatic transmission: the automatic transmis-sion is malfunctioning.



>> P

ract

ical

ad

vice

.

Z


S flashes alter-nately with the cur-rent transmissionposition j/h/k/i.Colour display:Clutch protection active See Owner's Manual appears.

Vehicles with automatic transmission: other pulling away pro-cedures result in the clutch overheating.

X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible,paying attention to road and traffic conditions.

X Secure the vehicle to prevent it from rolling away.X Wait until the automatic transmission has cooled down and

the display message does not reappear after acknowledgingit.

S flashes alter-nately with the cur-rent transmissionposition j/h/k/i.A warning tonesounds.Colour display: Trans‐mission overheated See Owner's Manualappears.

Vehicles with automatic transmission: the automatic transmis-sion clutch has overheated. You will feel the clutch pedal pul-sate.

X Avoid pulling away or crawling manoeuvres.If the display message disappears, automatic transmission isavailable again.

Vehicles with auto-matic transmission:the transmission hasfaulty gear shifts.

The transmission is losing oil.

X Have the transmission checked immediately at a qualifiedspecialist workshop.

Vehicles with auto-matic transmission:acceleration charac-teristics are deterio-rating.The transmission nolonger shifts into allof the gears.Reverse gear can nolonger be selected.

The transmission is in emergency mode.

X Stop.X Shift the transmission to position j.X Switch off the engine.X Wait at least ten seconds.X Start the engine.X Shift the transmission to position h.X Have the transmission checked immediately at a qualified

specialist workshop.

¯ or ° warninglamp flashes for a fewseconds after startingthe engine.Colour display: Next service due in … kmor Service due … days ago appears.

A service due date is approaching or has already passed:

R¯ indicates a minor service.R° indicates a full service.



Pra

ctic

al a

dvi

ce.

Driving safety systems


! Yellow warninglamp lights up.Colour display: Sys‐tem inoperativeappears.

ABS is malfunctioning. Other driving systems may be deactiva-ted.If ABS is faulty, there is also a possibility that other drivingsystems may be unavailable.Observe the information on the ABS warning lamp and displaymessages which may be shown in the instrument cluster.

G WARNING

If ABS is faulty, the wheels could lock when braking. Thesteerability and braking characteristics may be severelyimpaired. Additionally, further driving safety systems aredeactivated. There is an increased danger of skidding andaccidents.

Drive on carefully. Have ABS checked immediately at a quali-fied specialist workshop.

When ABS is malfunctioning, other systems, including drivingsafety systems, will also become inoperative. Observe theinformation on the ABS warning lamp and display messageswhich may be shown in the instrument cluster.


J Red warninglamp lights up whilethe engine is running.A warning tonesounds.Colour display: Brake force distribution inoperative Stop See Owner's Manualappears.

EBD is malfunctioning. This means that ABS, ESP®, CrosswindAssist and Hill Start Assist are also unavailable.Other driving systems may be deactivated.

G WARNING

The brake system continues to function normally, but withoutthe functions listed above. The wheels could therefore lockearly if you brake hard, for example.The steerability and braking characteristics may be severelyaffected. The braking distance may increase in emergencybraking situations.

If ESP® is not operational, the vehicle will not be stabilised byESP®.The danger of skidding and having an accident increases.


X Secure the vehicle against rolling away.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Driving safety systems 199

>> P

ract

ical

ad

vice

.

Z


÷ Monochrome dis-play: yellow warninglamp lights up whilethe engine is running.÷ Colour display:yellow warning lamplights up.System inoperativeappears.

ESP® is not available due to a malfunction. Other driving sys-tems may be deactivated.

G WARNING

If ESP® is malfunctioning, ESP® is unable to stabilise thevehicle. In addition, other driving safety systems areswitched off. This increases the risk of skidding and an acci-dent.

Drive on carefully. Have ESP® checked at a qualified special-ist workshop.

Brake lamps may be inoperative and thus no longer workingwhen braking.

X Pull over and stop the vehicle, paying attention to road andtraffic conditions. Do not drive on.

X Check that the brake lamps are working.

The brake lamps are not working.


The brake lamps are working.


÷ Colour display:yellow warning lamplights up.Brake Assist Sys‐tem (BAS) inopera‐tive appears.

The Brake Assist System (BAS) is inoperative.


÷ Yellow warninglamp flashes whiledriving.

ESP® is intervening because there is a risk of skidding or atleast one of the wheels is spinning.

X Pull away carefully.X Accelerate carefully whilst driving.X Adapt your driving style to suit the road and weather condi-

tions.

÷ and C andother warning lampsare lit.Colour display: Elec‐tronics malfunc‐tion Visit workshopappears.

The central vehicle electronics system is malfunctioning.After switching off the engine, it is no longer possible to lock orunlock the doors using the remote control on the key or to startthe engine.



200 Driving safety systems>>

Pra

ctic

al a

dvi

ce.


Colour display: ÷Hill start assist inoperative appears.

Hill start assist is malfunctioning. Vehicle will not be heldautomatically when pulling away uphill and may start rollingimmediately.

G WARNING

If ESP® is malfunctioning, ESP® is unable to stabilise thevehicle. In addition, other driving safety systems areswitched off. This increases the risk of skidding and an acci-dent.

Drive on carefully. Have ESP® checked at a qualified special-ist workshop.

Other driving systems may be deactivated.

The brake system functions normally, but without hill startassist.


h Yellow warninglamp lights up whiledriving.Colour display: Cor‐rect tyre pressureappears.

The tyre pressure is too low in at least one of the tyres, or thetyre pressure difference between the wheels is too great.

X Check tyre pressure.X Correct the tyre pressure.X Restart tyre pressure monitor.


>> P

ract

ical

ad

vice

.

Z


h Yellow warninglamp lights up whiledriving.Colour display: Tyre pressure Caution tyre malfunctionappears.

The tyre pressure monitor has detected a significant loss ofpressure in at least one of the tyres.

G WARNING

Underinflated or overinflated tyres pose the following risks:

Rthe tyres may burst, especially as the load and vehiclespeed increase.

Rthe tyres may wear excessively and/or unevenly, whichmay greatly impair tyre traction.

Rthe driving characteristics, as well as steering and brak-ing, may be greatly impaired.


Observe the recommended tyre pressure and check the tyrepressure of all the tyres:

Rat least every two weeks

Rwhen the load changes

Rbefore embarking on a longer journey

Rfor changed operating conditions, e.g. off-road driving

If necessary, correct the tyre pressure.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away.X Check tyres visually and, if necessary, follow the instructions

for flat tyres.X Check the tyre pressure and correct it if necessary.

h Yellow warninglamp flashes forapproximately oneminute and then stayslit.Colour display: Tyre pressure monitor inoperative appears.

The tyre pressure monitor is malfunctioning or was not restar-ted after a wheel change.

G WARNING

If you correct the tyre pressure without recalibrating the RunFlat Indicator, the system cannot issue a warning about adefective tyre in time. In the event of tyre pressure loss, thedriving characteristics and the steering and braking may begreatly impaired. There is a risk of an accident.

If you correct the tyre pressure, you must recalibrate the RunFlat Indicator.

X Restart tyre pressure monitor.

The display message continues to be displayed.


202 Driving safety systems>>

Pra

ctic

al a

dvi

ce.


h Yellow warninglamp flashes forapproximately60 seconds and thenremains lit.Colour display: Tyre pressure monitor inoperative wheel sensors missingappears.

There is no signal from the tyre pressure sensor of one or morewheels.

G WARNING

Risk of accident due to undetected tyre pressure losses. Thesystem is possibly unable to recognise or register low tyrepressure.


Wheels have unsuitable tyre pressure sensors.

X Fit wheels with suitable tyre pressure sensors.

J Red warninglamp lights up.÷, ! yellowwarning lamps lightup while the engine isrunning.A warning tonesounds.Colour display: Elec‐tronics malfunc‐tion Stop See Own‐er's Manual appears.

The following systems are malfunctioning:

RABS (anti-lock braking system)RESP® (Electronic Stability Program)RCrosswind AssistRHill start assistFurther driving systems could be switched off automatically.

G WARNING

The risk of skidding and having an accident increases due tomalfunctioning driving safety systems.The brake system functions normally, but without the systemslisted. The wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard,for example.This will greatly impair the ability to steer and brake. Thebraking distance may increase in emergency braking situa-tions.




>> P

ract

ical

ad

vice

.

Z


Monochrome display:D yellow warninglamp lights up whilethe engine is running.

Power assistance may be malfunctioning, making steering dif-ficult.

G WARNING

You will need to use more force to steer.There is a risk of an accident.

X Check whether you are able to apply the extra force required.

If you are able to steer safely:

X Drive on carefully.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately.

If you are unable to steer safely:

X Do not drive on.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

D Yellow warninglamp lights up whilethe engine is running.Colour display: Steer‐ing malfunction See Owner's ManualorElectronics mal‐function See Own‐er's Manual appears.

Power assistance may be malfunctioning, making steering dif-ficult.

G WARNING

You will need to use more force to steer.There is a risk of an accident.

X Check whether you are able to apply the extra force required.

If you are able to steer safely:

X Drive on carefully.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately.

If you are unable to steer safely:

X Do not drive on.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Driver assistance systems


The red · warninglamp is lit.A warning tonesounds.

Vehicles with forward collision warning: the forward collisionwarning detects obstacles on the road.Vehicles with Active Brake Assist: the collision warning detectsobstacles on the road.

X Pay careful attention to the road and traffic conditions andbe ready to brake.

The red · warninglamp is lit.

The distance to the vehicle in front is too short for the currentspeed.

X Increase the distance.

204 Driver assistance systems>>

Pra

ctic

al a

dvi

ce.


The yellow ^warning lamp lightsup while driving.Colour display: Dis‐tance warning inop‐erative or Electron‐ics malfunction Visit workshopappears.

The sensors in the radiator trim are dirty.

X Clean the sensors.

Environmental influences or error sources outside the systemare temporarily interfering with the forward collision warning.Possible causes:

Rheavy rain or snowRoperating temperature is too highRon-board voltage is too lowThe forward collision warning is operational again when thecauses listed no longer apply.

Warning lamp remains lit:


X Clean the sensors.X Restart the engine.

Warning lamp still remains lit:


The yellow ^warning lamp lightsup while driving.Colour display:Active Brake Assist inoperativeor Electronics mal‐function Visit workshop appears.

The sensors in the radiator trim are dirty.

X Clean the sensors.

Environmental influences or error sources outside the systemare temporarily interfering with Active Brake Assist and radar-assisted recuperation. Possible causes:

Rheavy rain or snowRoperating temperature is too highRon-board voltage is too lowActive Brake Assist is automatically operational again when thecauses listed no longer apply.

Warning lamp remains lit:


X Clean the sensors.X Restart the engine.

Warning lamp still remains lit:


^ and C as wellas other warninglamps are lit.

The central vehicle electronics system is malfunctioning.After switching off the engine, it is no longer possible to lock orunlock the doors using the remote control on the key or to startthe engine.



Driver assistance systems 205

>> P

ract

ical

ad

vice

.

Z


Ã flashes forapproximately threeseconds.A warning tonesounds.Colour display: Lane Keeping Assist inoperative appears.

The windscreen is dirty in the camera's field of vision.


X Clean the windscreen.

Environmental influences are interfering with Lane KeepingAssist. Possible causes:

Rheavy rain or snow or thick fog is impairing visibilityRthe sun is low in the sky and shining directly onto the sensorRlane markings cannot be detectedLane Keeping Assist is automatically operational again whenthe causes listed no longer apply.If the windscreen is clean and the causes listed do not apply,then the electronics are malfunctioning.

The system electronics are faulty.


¤ flashes for amaximum of five sec-onds.Colour display: thegreen Ã warninglamp flashes for amaximum of five sec-onds.A warning tonesounds.

A lane boundary marking was crossed without using the turnsignal.

X Stay inside the lane boundary markings.X Use the turn signal before changing lanes.

¯ flashes forapproximately tenseconds.A warning tonesounds.Colour display: ¯Cruise control inoperative appears.

Cruise control is malfunctioning and deactivates automatically.


¯ flashes forapproximately tenseconds. C andother warning lampsare also lit.A warning tonesounds.Colour display: Elec‐tronics malfunc‐tion Visit workshopappears.

The central vehicle electronics system and cruise control aremalfunctioning. After switching off the engine, it is no longerpossible to lock or unlock the doors using the remote control onthe key or to start the engine.

X Pull over and stop the vehicle immediately, paying attentionto road and traffic conditions.


206 Driver assistance systems>>

Pra

ctic

al a

dvi

ce.


È lights up.The speed displayflashes.A warning tonesounds.

The vehicle is exceeding the set limit speed.

X Brake the vehicle, paying attention to road and traffic condi-tions.

È flashes forapproximately tenseconds.A warning tonesounds.Colour display: Lim‐iter inoperativeappears.

The speed limiter is malfunctioning and deactivates automati-cally.


The Ò warninglamp flashes for aminute or lights upcontinuously.Colour display: Black ice warning appears.

The outside temperature has fallen to or below 3 °C. There is arisk of black ice.

X Adapt your driving style and speed to suit the weather con-ditions.

Battery, lights, heating


Rear window heatingor seat heatingswitches off automati-cally or cannot beswitched on.

Battery is not sufficiently charged.

X Switch off electrical consumers that are not required.

# Red warninglamp lights up whenthe vehicle is ready tostart.A warning tonesounds.Colour display: Stop See Owner's Manualappears.

Possible causes:

RAlternator is faulty.RBattery is faulty.RV-belt is torn.RElectronics are malfunctioning.

X Do not drive on.X Pull over and stop the vehicle, paying attention to road and

traffic conditions.X Switch off the engine.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Colour display: #Warning lamp lightsup.Malfunction Visit workshop appears.

Battery monitoring is malfunctioning.


Battery, lights, heating 207

>> P

ract

ical

ad

vice

.

Z


Monochrome display: b Warning lamplights up.

Dipped beam is on continuously. Main beam cannot be activa-ted.

X Switch off the engine.X Start the engine.

Warning lamp remains lit:Brake lamps are inoperative. The bulb or LED is faulty.

G WARNING

Risk of accident due to faulty brake lamps.The brake lamps are faulty and no longer alert other road userswhen braking.



Warning lamp still remains lit:Rain/light sensor is malfunctioning.

X Manually adjust exterior lighting.X Manually adjust windscreen wipers.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Colour display: bWarning lamp lightsup.Malfunction See Owner's Manualappears.

Dipped beam is on continuously. Main beam cannot be activa-ted.

X Switch off the engine.X Restart the engine.

Warning lamp remains lit:Rain/light sensor is malfunctioning.

X Manually adjust exterior lighting.X Manually adjust windscreen wipers.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Colour display: bWarning lamp lightsup.Brake lamps inoper‐ative appears.

Brake lamps are inoperative. The bulb or LED is faulty.

G WARNING

Risk of accident due to faulty brake lamps.The brake lamps are faulty and no longer alert other road userswhen braking.



Colour display:Switch off lightsappears.A warning tonesounds.

Lights are still switched on when you leave the vehicle.

X Turn control knob for the lights to Ã or u.

208 Battery, lights, heating>>

Pra

ctic

al a

dvi

ce.

smart Audio-System and smart Media-System

Bluetooth® connection


A Bluetooth® connec-tion cannot be estab-lished between thesmart Audio-Systemor smart Media-Sys-tem and mobile phone.

X Ascertain whether the mobile phone is compatible with thesystem. Information about compatible mobile phones: http://www.smart.com/connect

X Check the security settings on your mobile phone.X Check that the Bluetooth® function is enabled on the smart

Audio-System or smart Media-system and on your mobilephone.

X Start the device search on the smart Audio-System or smartMedia-System and on the mobile phone.

Navigation system in the smart Media-System


No map is displayed inthe navigation sys-tem.

The SD card with the map data is missing or damaged.

X Check to see that the SD card is inserted.

The position of thevehicle in the naviga-tion system does notmatch the vehicle'sactual position.The GPS symbol on thedisplay is grey or yel-low.

GPS reception is poor.

X Drive the vehicle to another position where GPS reception isbetter.

The road's course inthe navigation systemno longer coincideswith the actual road.

The map data is out of date.

X Update the map data.

The navigation systemdoes not display anytraffic information.

Route guidance has not been started.

X Select a destination and start navigation.

HD Traffic is not available or the subscription for HD Traffic hasexpired.

X Check whether HD Traffic is available for the country you arein or upgrade the subscription for HD Traffic.

smart Audio-System and smart Media-System 209

>> P

ract

ical

ad

vice

.

Z


There are no naviga-tion messages duringroute guidance.

The road's course is not detected. The map data may be out ofdate.

X Check if route guidance has started.X If not, select a destination and start navigation.

Navigation messages are switched off.

X Switch on navigation messages.

Voice control system in the smart Media-System


The voice control sys-tem does not under-stand voice com-mands.

The interval for entering voice commands has been exceeded.

X Press the button on the multifunction steering wheel.

Voice commands have not been given from the driver's seat.

X Issue voice commands from the driver's seat.

Noise from the blower or wind noise are interfering with voicecommands.

X Avoid interfering noises.

Voice commands have not been given clearly.

X Speak clearly when giving voice commands.

A voice command is unknown.

X Enter voice command "Help".A list of possible voice commands appears.

210 smart Audio-System and smart Media-System>>

Pra

ctic

al a

dvi

ce.

Obtaining technical data

Information on technical data: http://www.smart.deThe technical data was determined inaccordance with EU Directives. All dataapplies to the vehicle's standard equip-ment. Differences will be present in thecase of vehicles with optional equipment.Further information is available from anysmart Centre.

Reading vehicle data

Useful information

Please observe the following notes for thespecified vehicle data:

RItems of optional equipment reduce themaximum payloadRVehicle-specific weight information can

be found on the vehicle identificationplate.RFor certain countries only: you can find

vehicle-specific vehicle data in the COC(CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY) docu-ments. These documents are deliveredwith your vehicle.

Vehicle identification plate

: Vehicle identification plate position

: Vehicle identification plate; Vehicle manufacturer= EU type approval number? Vehicle identification number (VIN)A Maximum permissible gross weightB Maximum permissible front axle loadC Maximum permissible rear axle loadD Paint code

i The data shown on the vehicle identifi-cation plate is example data. This data isdifferent for every vehicle and can devi-ate from the data shown here. The dataapplicable to the vehicle is found on thevehicle's identification plate.

Vehicle identification number (VIN)

X Slide the right-hand front seat to itsrearmost position.

X Fold floor covering : upwards.VIN ; is located there.

The VIN can also be found on the vehicleidentification plate.

Reading vehicle data 211

>> T

ech

nic

al d

ata.

Dimensions and weights

The heights specified may vary as a resultof the following factors:

RtyresRloadRcondition of the suspensionRoptional equipment

Model Openingheight :

smart fortwo 1855 mm

smart fortwo Dimensionsand weights

Vehicle length 2695 mm

Vehicle width includingexterior mirrors

1893 mm

Vehicle width excludingexterior mirrors

1663 mm

Vehicle width excludingexterior mirrors forvehicles equipped withwheel trims

1671.8 mm

Vehicle height 1555 mm

Wheelbase 1873 mm

Maximum ground clear-ance

113 mm

Maximum tailgate load 100 kg

Permissible roof load 0 kg

smart fortwo cabrio Dimensionsand weights

Vehicle length 2695 mm

Vehicle width includingexterior mirrors

1893 mm

Vehicle width excludingexterior mirrors

1663 mm

Vehicle width excludingexterior mirrors forvehicles equipped withwheel trims

1671.8 mm

Vehicle height 1553 mm

Wheelbase 1873 mm

Maximum ground clear-ance

110 mm

Maximum tailgate loadwithout side bars

100 kg

Maximum tailgate loadwith sidebars stowed

0 kg

Permissible roof load 0 kg

Service products

Please note

Also observe the information in the section"Checking and refilling service products"(Y page 151).Vehicle components and their respectiveservice products must match. Therefore,only use products tested and approved byMercedes-Benz.

Information on service products

The following table lists all technical datafor the service products of the vehicle. Fur-ther information on service products:http://bevo.mercedes-benz.com and in anysmart Centre.

212 Service products>>

Tec

hn

ical

dat

a.

Serviceproducts

Specifications

Fuel(Y page 82)

Unleaded petrol with atleast 95 RON that con-forms to the Europeanstandard EN 228.As a temporary measure,if the recommended fuel isnot available, regularunleaded petrol with anoctane rating of 91 RONmay also be used.

Engine oil(Y page 151)

226.5, 229.3, 229.5MB-Freigabe or MB-Approval is stated on theengine oil containers.

Corrosioninhibitor/antifreeze(Y page 154)

325.6, 326.6MB-Freigabe or MB-Approval is stated on thecorrosion inhibitor/anti-freeze containers.

Windscreenwasher fluid(Y page 154)

Temperatures abovefreezing point: mixingratio of 1:100MB SummerFit to water.Temperatures belowfreezing point: for thecorrect mixing ratio ofMB WinterFit and water,please observe the infor-mation on the antifreezecontainer.

Tank capacity

Model Total capacity

smart fortwo 28.0 lor

35.0 l

Model Of which reservefuel

smart fortwo 5.0 l

Model Total capacity

smart fortwo cabrio 28.0 lor

35.0 l

Model Of which reservefuel

smart fortwo cabrio 5.0 l

Engine oil capacities

The following values refer to an oil changeincluding the oil filter.

Model Replacementamount

smart fortwo 52 kWsmart fortwo cabrio52 kW

3.5 l

smart fortwo 66 kWsmart fortwo cabrio66 kW

4.3 l

Brake fluid

G WARNING

The brake fluid continuously absorbsmoisture from the air. This results in theboiling point of the brake fluid lowering.If the boiling point of the brake fluid istoo low, vapour pockets may form whenthe brakes are subjected to a heavy load.This would impair braking efficiency.There is a risk of an accident.

Have the brake fluid renewed at the pre-scribed intervals.

Have the brake fluid regularly replaced at aqualified specialist workshop.Only use brake fluid approved byMercedes-Benz according to MB-Freigabeor MB Approval 331.0.

Service products 213

>> T

ech

nic

al d

ata.

Z

Further information on approved brakefluid can be obtained in the following pla-ces:

Rin the Mercedes-Benz operating fluidregulations- at http://bevo.mercedes-benz.com- on the Mercedes-Benz BeVo appRat a qualified specialised workshop

Bulb types

The following table lists the correct bulbtypes of the vehicle:

Bulb Type

Dipped-beam/main-beamheadlamps

H4 60/55W

Front foglamps H 16

Bulb Type

Turn signals PY 21 W

Side turn signal lamps WY 5 W

Licence plate lighting W 5 W

Interior lighting W 5 W

Tail lamps

Bulb Type

Tail lamp and brake lamp P21 5 W

Rear foglamp P21 W

Reversing lamp W 16 W

Turn signals PY 21 W

Fuse allocation

No. Consumer Current Colour cod-ing

1 Starter motor 5 A Brown

2 Power steering control unit 5 A Brown

3 Multifunction lever 5 A Brown

4 Airbag 5 A Brown

214 Fuse allocation>>

Tec

hn

ical

dat

a.


5 ‑ ‑ ‑

6 Instrument cluster 10 A Red

7 Horn, alarm system 15 A Blue

8 Power supply control unit 10 A Red

9 Power supply control unit 10 A Red

10 Central control unit 20 A Yellow

11 Central control unit 15 A Blue

12 Central control unit 10 A Red

13 Central control unit 15 A Blue

14 Power window switch (without reversing func-tion)

30 A Green

15 ESP®, transmission control unit 5 A Brown

16 Interior lighting 10 A Red

17 Immobiliser 3 A Violet

18 Electrical exterior mirror 5 A Brown

19 Brake lamps 10 A Red

20 Cruise control, radio, belt warning 15 A Blue

21 Not for smart EQ fortwo, smart EQ fortwo cabrio,smart EQ forfour: central control unit, fuelpump, ignition system

15 A Blue

22 Rear window wiper 15 A Blue

23 Starter motorsmart EQ fortwo, smart EQ fortwo cabrio, smartEQ forfour only: power supply control unit

40 A Orange

24 ‑ ‑ ‑

25 Power supply control unit 30 A Green

26 Radio 20 A Yellow

27 Daytime driving lamps 5 A Brown

28 12 V socket, cigarette lighter 15 A Blue

29 Power supply control unit 5 A Brown

30 Forward collision warning 15 A Blue

31 ‑ ‑ ‑

32 Radio, central control unit 15 A Blue

Fuse allocation 215

>> T

ech

nic

al d

ata.

Z


33 Tail lamps, front foglamps, hazard warninglamp button, locking button, headlamp rangecontrol, power windows, licence plate lighting,radio, control unit for heating or climate controlsystem, cruise control, limiter, parking aid but-ton, program selector button, tailgate release,Lane Keeping Assist camera, automatic start/stop system button

25 A Cyan

34 Power supply control unit 25 A Cyan

35 Headlamps, daytime driving lamps 25 A Cyan

36 - 40 ‑ ‑ ‑

41 smart EQ forfour only: seat heating in the rear 15 A Blue

42 smart EQ fortwo, smart EQ fortwo cabrio, smartEQ forfour only: seat heating in the front

25 A Cyan

43 Mirror heating 5 A Brown

44 Power windows (automatic reversing feature) 25 A Cyan

45 Transmission control unitsmart EQ fortwo, smart EQ fortwo cabrio, smartEQ forfour only: EV control unit

5 A Brown

46 Radio amplifier 20 A Yellow

47 ‑ ‑ ‑

48 smart EQ fortwo, smart EQ fortwo cabrio, smartEQ forfour only: vacuum pump

10 A Red

49 smart EQ fortwo, smart EQ fortwo cabrio, smartEQ forfour only: heating control unit, air-condi-tioning

10 A Red

216 Fuse allocation>>

Tec

hn

ical

dat

a.

Radio type approvals for the tyrepressure monitors

Country Radio type approval number

Argen-tina

MW2433AH-12337GG4H-12338

Brazil 2770-12-8001Model: MW2433A0381-13-8001Model: GG4

AbuDhabiDubai

TRA, Registered-NOER0092100/12TRA, Registered-NOER0099792/12TRA, Registered-NOER0076990/11Dealer-NO: DA0047074/10

Jordan Model: Gen Alpha Wal 2 TPMStransmitterType Approval Number:TRC/LPD/2012/114Model: Gen Gamma Gen 4433.92 MHz.Type Approval Number:TRC/LPD/2012/190Model: Corax 3 MRXMC34MA4Type Approval Number:TRC/LPD/2011/158Type Number: LPD

Morocco MR7319 ANRT 2012/ 11/07/2012MR7672 ANRT 2012/ 23/11/2012MR6706 ANRT 2011

Moldova 1024

Philip-pines

No: ESD-1206394CNo: ESD-1306871C

Serbia И 011 12

Singa-pore

Compliance with IDA StandardDA- 103365

SouthAfrica

TA-2012/719TA-2012/1540TA-2011/1370

Installing two-way radios and mobilephones

G WARNING

The electromagnetic radiation from two-way radios can interfere with the vehicleelectronics if they are manipulated orretrofitted incorrectly. This could jeop-ardise the operating safety of the vehicle.There is a risk of an accident.

You should have all work on electricaland electronic components carried out ata qualified specialist workshop.

G WARNING

If you operate two-way radios incorrectlyin the vehicle, their electromagneticradiation can interfere with the vehicleelectronics, for example if:

Rthe two-way radio is not connected toan exterior aerial

Rthe exterior aerial is not correctlymounted or is not low-reflection

This could jeopardise the operatingsafety of the vehicle. There is a risk of anaccident.

Have the low-reflection exterior aerialfitted at a qualified specialist workshop.When operating two-way radios in thevehicle, always connect them to the low-reflection exterior aerial.

! Have the engine electronics and associ-ated parts, such as control units, sensors,actuating components or electric cablesserviced only at a qualified specialistworkshop. Vehicle components may oth-erwise wear more quickly and the vehi-cle's operating permit may be invalida-ted.

! The operating permit may be invalida-ted if the instructions for installationand use of two-way radios are notobserved.

Installing two-way radios and mobile phones 217

>> T

ech

nic

al d

ata.

Z

In particular, the following requirementsmust be complied with:

Ronly approved wavebands may be usedRobserve the maximum permissible out-

put in these wavebandsRonly approved aerial positions may be

used

Excessive levels of electromagnetic radia-tion can cause damage to health. The use ofan exterior aerial takes into considerationthe scientific discussion surrounding thepossible health risk posed by electromag-netic fields.The following aerial positions may be usedfor the correct installation of two-wayradios:

: Front roof area; Rear roof area

Use Technical Specification ISO/TS 21609(Road Vehicles – "EMC guidelines forinstallation of aftermarket radio frequencytransmitting equipment") when retrofittingtwo-way radios. Comply with the legalrequirements for add-on parts.If your vehicle has fittings for two-wayradio equipment, use the power supply andaerial connections intended for use in thebasic wiring. Be sure to observe the manu-facturer's additional instructions duringinstallation.Deviations with respect to wavebands,maximum transmission outputs or aerialpositions must be approved by smart.

The maximum transmission output (PEAK)at the base of the aerial must not exceedthe following values:

Waveband Maximum transmission

output

Tetra380 - 410 MHz

20 W

Mobile communicationsgeneration 2G/3G/4G

6 W

The following can be used in the vehiclewithout restrictions:

Rtwo-way radios with a maximum trans-mission output of up to 100 mWRmobile phones (2G/3G/4G)There are no restrictions when positioningthe aerial on the outside of the vehicle forthe following wavebands:

RtetraRmobile communications (2G/3G/4G)

218 Installing two-way radios and mobile phones>>

Tec

hn

ical

dat

a.

Publication details

Internet

Further information about smart vehiclesand about Daimler AG can be found on thefollowing websites:http://www.smart.comhttp://www.daimler.com

Editorial office

You are welcome to forward any queries orsuggestions you may have regarding thisOwner's Manual to the technical documen-tation team at the following address:Daimler AG, HPC: CAC, Customer Service,70546 Stuttgart, Germany©Daimler AG: not to be reprinted, translatedor otherwise reproduced, in whole or inpart, without written permission fromDaimler AG.

Vehicle manufacturer

Daimler AGMercedesstraße 13770327 StuttgartGermany

Symbols in the Owner's ManualThe following symbols are used in thisOwner's Manual:

G WARNING

Warning notes draw your attention tohazards that may endanger your healthor life, or the health or life of others.

Observe the warning notes.


Environmental notes provide you withinformation on environmentally awareactions or disposal.

! Notes on material damage alert you todangers that could lead to damage toyour vehicle.

i These symbols indicate useful instruc-tions or further information that could behelpful to you.

X Instructions that must be followed.

X Several consecutive symbols indicate aninstruction with several consecutive steps.

(Y page) Further information on a topic

YY A warning or an instruction that iscontinued on the next page.Display text: Display text in the instru-ment cluster display, the smart Audio-Sys-tem or the smart Media-System.

G WARNING

If the front passenger airbag has beenactivated, a child on the front passengerseat may be hit by the front passengerairbag in the event of an accident. Thereis a risk of injury or fatal injury.

NEVER use a rearward-facing childrestraint system on a seat protected by

an ACTIVE FRONT AIRBAG; DEATH or SERI-OUS INJURY to the CHILD can occur.

Observe the "Children in the vehicle" sec-tion .

As at 27.06.2018

>> Owner's Manualsmart fortwo and smart fortwo cabrio

É4535849415)ËÍ

4535

8494

15

Ord

er n

o. 6

522

0302

02

Part

no.

453

5849

415

Edit

ion

ÄJ2

018-

1b

www.smart.com smart - A Daimler brand smar

t fo

rtw

o an

d s

mar

t fo

rtw

o ca

bri

o O

wn

er's

Man

ual

>> Owner's Manualmoba.i.daimler.com/markets-smart/ece-row/baix/cars/smart-fortwo-4… · smart...

Documents

Transcript of >> Owner's Manualmoba.i.daimler.com/markets-smart/ece-row/baix/cars/smart-fortwo-4… · smart...